Home

TextWrangler 3.0 User Manual

1. Key Modifier Action left right Arrow Move 1 character left right left right Arrow Option Move 1 word left right left right Arrow Command Move to beginning end of line left right Arrow Control Jump to the previous next character transition from lower case to upper case OR the next word boundary up down Arrow Move up down 1 line in file up down Arrow Command Move to top bottom of file up down Arrow Option Move to previous next screen page up down Arrow Control Scroll view up down any of the above Shift Make or extend a selection range Delete Deletes selection range or character preceding to the left of the insertion point Delete Command Deletes all characters backwards to beginning of line Delete Option Deletes all characters back to beginning of word Delete Shift same as Forward Delete Forward Delete Deletes selection range or character after to the right of the insertion point Forward Delete Command Deletes all characters forward to end of the current line Forward Delete Option Deletes all characters forward to end of word Forward Delete Shift same as Forward Delete alone Note The meaning of the Command and Option modifiers listed above may be exchanged depending on which settings you have selected for Exchange Command and Option Key Behavior in the Text Editing panel of the Preferences window 252 Appendix B Editing Shortcuts Emacs Key Bindings The Text E
2. 9 E Sites ka E about html foal cgi bin E company E contact al css je discuss error html Gi files images B index html js main styles sidebar css main styles css main styles php C Show items starting with Date May 04 2009 12 08 August 27 2008 22 09 March 18 2009 11 18 August 27 2008 21 52 August 29 2008 10 53 February 08 2009 18 39 May 04 2009 12 08 February 08 2009 18 39 April 01 2009 11 36 May 04 2009 12 09 August 29 2008 10 40 March 28 2006 11 39 March 28 2006 11 39 May 30 2007 17 33 February 08 2009 18 40 April 01 2009 11 36 August 27 2008 19 39 May 04 2009 12 09 May 04 2009 12 09 March 09 2009 18 47 April 01 2009 11 37 Delete Info Open To refresh the directory listing click the button with the circular arrow icon located above the upper left corner of the listing The checkbox below the listing labeled Show Files Starting with tells TextWrangler whether to display hidden or admin files in the chosen directory such as login forward and signature Starting a file name with a period is a convention used by Mac OS X and other Unix systems to make that file invisible in most directory listings Once you have selected a file and opened it TextWrangler displays the file in a text editing window The tool bar displays the URL of the file on the server not the pathname of the file on your ha
3. International Text in TextWrangler As a text editor TextWrangler supports only one font per document window though it can display all available characters in the active font including Unicode characters TextWrangler supports editing in almost any language which uses left to right text input methods To start entering text in any supported language choose a suitable input method from the Input menu The icon for that method will appear in the menu bar in place of either the American flag for the U S English layout or the icon for your usual Roman keyboard layout If you have turned off the Try to match keyboard with text option in the Options dialog of the International section of the System Preferences you may also need to select a suitable display font via the Font panel We recommend leaving this option on so that TextWrangler can automatically switch to the correct input method when you change document windows An International Text Primer 43 44 You can use international text throughout TextWrangler for example in the Find amp Replace dialog or Sort Lines sheet or anywhere else you would use Roman text Likewise TextWrangler will provide the necessary style information so that if you copy and paste or drag and drop international text into another application that application will have enough information to handle the text correctly assuming it is capable of doing so TextWrangler remembers the encoding
4. Supplied Plug ins The text processing plug ins supplied with old versions of TextWrangler have been superseded by equivalent commands on the Text menu See Text Menu Commands on page 95 You should not copy any of the factory supplied plug ins from previous versions of TextWrangler to use with TextWrangler 3 To determine whether a plug in was factory supplied select it in the Finder choose the Get Info command and check its version information Third Party Plug ins A wide variety of language modules and plug ins are available from third parties An extensive though not exhaustive listing is available in the support section of the Bare Bones Software web site http www barebones com support plugins html 236 Chapter 13 Language Modules amp Plug Ins IMPORTANT Plug In Compatibility You will not be able to use any third party plug ins which have not been specifically updated for Mac OS X compatibility or which do not support Unicode text If TextWrangler encounters such a plug in it will not load that plug in and will log a message to the system console Contact the developers of your plug ins or visit the Bare Bones Software web site see above for more information on the availability of updated plug ins Developer Information In addition to a selection of third party plug ins the Bare Bones Software web site contains additional resources for developers who may wish to e provide an Edit in BBEdit Edi
5. m Remove Spaces w Leave Trailing Space vw Relative to First Line v Paragraph Fill s Don t Rewrap J Cancel Rewrap gt aun In Internet messages it is common to use the gt symbol to indicate that part of a message is quoted from a message that is being replied to As a message gets batted back and forth in a discussion the oldest bits of text will end up having several gt symbols in front of them Each line of text in the message has a carriage return at the end making rewrapping the text to a different width somewhat problematic When you apply this command TextWrangler first extracts each chunk of quoted text a successive set of lines with the same number of markers and temporarily removes the markers and any hard line breaks from the chunk of text forming it into a soft wrapped paragraph TextWrangler then hard wraps that paragraph according to your chosen settings which are the same as for the Hard Wrap command see Hard Wrap on page 97 and reinserts the quote markers When you use this command on a rectangular selection TextWrangler will pad lines with spaces as necessary Increase and Decrease Quote Level This command inserts or deletes a standard Internet quote character gt from the selected hard wrapped text or for the current line if there is no selection Strip Quotes This command removes all Internet style quoting from the selected hard wrapped text or from th
6. Launching TextWrangler To launch TextWrangler double click the TextWrangler application icon or a TextWrangler document Holding down the following keys at launch has the indicated effects overriding any startup options set in the Application preference panel When one of these keys is held down TextWrangler will beep after it finishes launching Modifier Function Option Suppress startup items only Shift Disable all plug ins tools external services and startup items 32 Startup Items When launched TextWrangler will look for a folder named Startup Items in the its application support folder see TextWrangler s Application Support Folders on page 25 If this folder is found TextWrangler will open any items it finds in the folder If the items present are documents of a type that TextWrangler knows how to handle such as text files TextWrangler will open them directly If you place a compiled AppleScript in this folder TextWrangler will execute the script If you place a folder alias here TextWrangler will open a disk browser window based at that folder If you place other types of items in this folder TextWrangler will ask the Finder to open them If you often edit HTML files for instance you may want to place an alias to your Web browser or your visual HTML editor in the TextWrangler Startup Items folder so that it will start up automatically whenever you run TextWrangler If you wish you may place
7. Match with if then else 20 Match with if then gt Match non backtracking subpattern once only R Recursive pattern Comments The sequence marks the start of a comment which continues up to the next closing parenthesis Nested parentheses are not permitted The characters that make up a comment play no part in the pattern matching at all Search for foo Hello this is a comment bar Will match foobar Advanced Grep Topics 155 156 Pattern Modifiers The settings for case sensitivity multi line matching whether the dot character can match returns and extended syntax can be turned on and off within a pattern by including sequences of letters between and Modifier Meaning Default i case insensitive according to Case Sensitive checkbox in Find amp Replace dialog m allow and to match at r on s allow to match r off x ignore most white space and allow off inline comments in grep patterns i By default TextWrangler obeys the Case Sensitive checkbox in the Find amp Replace dialog or the corresponding property of the search options when using the scripting interface The i option overrides this setting m By default TextWrangler s grep engine will match the and metacharacters after and before returns respectively If you turn this option off with m will only match at the beginning of the document and will only match at t
8. No Modifier Option Command Up Up one line Start of document Up one screen Down Down one line End of document Down one screen Left Left one Start of line Left one word character Right Right one End of line Right one word character When the Shift key is held down the arrow keys behave as described in the table above except that the selection range is extended to include the new placement of the insertion point This is the same effect as typing the arrow key combination and then holding down the Shift key and clicking at the original placement of the insertion point or at the end of the original selection range Cursor Movement and Text Selection 71 IMPORTANT IMPORTANT CamelCase Navigation TextWrangler now supports CamelCase navigation CamelCase also camel case is the practice of writing intercapitalized compound words or phrases it is used as a standard naming convention in several programming languages and as an automatic link creation method in wiki content You can move from one part of a CamelCase word to the next by holding the Control key down and tappings right or left arrow key to jump to the next or previous transition from lower case to upper case or the next word boundary whichever comes first Rectangular Selections By holding down the Option key as you drag or holding down the Shift and Option keys while clicking you can select all text lying within a specified rectangular area You can then
9. Remove Line Breaks This command removes carriage returns and spaces from sections of text Use this command to turn text that has hard line breaks into text that can be soft wrapped How TextWrangler Wraps Text on page 81 for more information Apply Text Factory This command presents a submenu which lists all the text factories present in the Text Factories folder of TextWrangler s application support folder When you choose a text factory from the menu TextWrangler will run that factory against the current document See Text Factories in TextWrangler on page 105 for more information on installing and using text factories Apply Last Text Factory This command allows you to reapply the most recently used text factory against the current document Text Menu Commands 97 98 Note Convert to ASCII This command will convert certain eight bit Mac Roman characters characters whose decimal values are greater than 128 and less than 255 to 7 bit printable ASCII range equivalents Converted characters include umlauted and accented vowels ligatures typographer s quotes and various specialized punctuation forms This conversion may entail expansion to multiple characters for example in the case of ligatures Educate Quotes This command converts straight quotes and to typographer s quotes and You should not use this plug in to prepare text for posting on a web page or use in an email as ty
10. You can set the default colors that TextWrangler uses for syntax coloring in the Text Colors preference panel and set text colors on a per language basis in the Languages preference panel Soft Wrap Text When this option is selected TextWrangler soft wraps the text in the file to the right margin that you choose the Page Guide the window width or a specific number of characters as selected by the options below the checkbox Default Font This option controls the standard font and font size and the number of spaces per tab which TextWrangler uses to display the contents of text windows To change this option click Set to bring up the standard Font panel and choose the desired font and size or tab width The default setting is 12 point Monaco with 4 spaces per tab Chapter 10 Preferences File Filters Preferences The File Filters preference panel lists all the file filters you have defined for use with multi file searches Find Differences and disk browsers You can create edit rename or delete filters using the buttons on the right side of this panel For more information on creating and using file filters see Chapter 7 File Search Preferences The File Search preferences control the way TextWrangler searches for files when you use the Open File by Name or Open Selection command from the File menu Search Folders and Paths The Search Folders and Paths list allows you to define which folders and Unix search paths
11. lt div gt banner lt link rel alternate 1 Bare Bones Software Inc f http www barebones com news x lt style type text css body color blaci i lt hl gt bannerheader lt div gt menuBox lt ul gt menubar Ili HTML wi lt a gt companyActuator a The following indicators appear in the function popup to show the type of function Indicator Meaning The function containing the insertion point t C C typedef 0 C C pragma mark directive italicname C C function prototype 1 6 Heading level in HTML files tag name Tag name for the indicated name or ID attribute value in HTML files Navigation with Markers A marker is a selection range that you can name If a document contains any markers you can select them from the Marker popup menu to move quickly to the specified section of the file Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 33 09 File Path v Desktop index html 7706 wa 4 index htm TITLE Welcome to Bare Bones Software ea lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C 0TD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN Set Marker http www w3 org TRAhtml4 Loose dtd gt lt html gt Clear Markers lt head gt Find amp Mark All lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt 1 lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt Welcome lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name de
12. 176 Soft Wrapped Line Indentation 176 Extra Space in Text Views 177 Turn Off Text Smoothing 177 Editing Keyboard Preferences 66600 e cece e eens 177 Home and End Keys 177 Allow Tab Key to Indent Text Blocks 177 Exchange Command and Option Key Behavior 177 Enable Shift Delete for Forward Delete 177 Use Numeric Keypad for Cursor Movement 178 When Auto Indenting 178 Option on Japanese Keyboards 178 Use Emacs Key Bindings 178 Editor Defaults Preferences 0 0 cece eee eee ee 179 Auto Indent 179 Balance While Typing 179 Smart Quotes 179 Auto Expand Tabs 179 Show Invisibles 179 Check Spelling as You Type 180 Syntax Coloring 180 Soft Wrap Text 180 Default Font 180 File Filters Preferences 0 0 0 0 ccc cece eee eee eee ee eee 181 File Search Preferences 00 0 0 c ccc e cence eee eee es 181 Search Folders and Paths 181 FTP Settings Preferences 6 60 c cee 182 List FTP Files on the Open Recent Menu 182 Listing Options 182 Bookmarks 183 Languages Preferences 60 aoai REEE ARSE ees 183 Installed Languages 183 Suffix Mappings 184 Table of Contents XI Menus Preferences iii sisan ite op ite e aE om be AEEA aes dot 185 Menu Key Equivalents and Item Visibility 185 Allow Menu Key Equivalents to Autorepeat 186 Include Contextual Menu Items for 186 Text Col
13. 224 The edit Command Line Tool 224 The twdiff Command Line Tool 225 Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more Using Unix Scripts 225 Language Resources 226 Environment Variables 227 Line Endings and Unix Scripts 227 Configuring Perl 227 Configuring Python 227 Configuring Ruby 228 Shebang Menu 228 Filters and Scripts 229 Filters 230 Scripts 230 Additional Notes 230 Language Modules amp Plug Ins Installing Language Modules and Plug Ins ash 220 Table of Contents xiii xiv Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Using Language Modules 0 66 nananana 234 Codeless Language Modules 234 Language Module Compatibility 234 Overriding Existing Modules 235 Usine Plug INSR e eea e a terse E sees hyenas ctcine hes 235 The Tools Menu and Palette 235 Setting Key Equivalents for Plug Ins 235 Supplied Plug Ins 236 Third Party Plug Ins 236 Plug In Compatibility 237 Developer Information 066 6 c cece enn eens 237 Command Reference 239 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 0000 eee eee 239 Assigning Keys to Menu Commands 000000 e ee 240 Available Key Combinations 240 Listing by Menu and Command Name 0065 241 Listing by Default Key Equivalents 000005 247 Editing Shortcuts 251 Mouse Commands aee ania en
14. Inserting a Folder Listing The Folder Listing command inserts a textual listing of a folder hierarchy When you use this command TextWrangler displays a sheet that lets you select a folder to insert and inserts that folder s listingat the insertion point or replaces the selected text Set the Show Invisible Items option to have TextWrangler include invisible files and folders including the contents of packages You can also drag a folder s icon from the Finder into a document to insert a folder listing Inserting a Page Break To insert a page break choose the Page Break command from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu This will place a form feed character ASCII 12 at the location of the insertion point TextWrangler uses this character to indicate the start of a new page when printing Inserting Time Stamps To insert the current time choose Short Time Stamp or Full Time Stamp from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu These commands will insert short and long forms respectively of the current date and time at the location of the insertion point Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Comparing Text Files If you have ever had to reconcile changes between two different versions of a file or even larger numbers of documents you know how laborious this task can be TextWrangler s Find Differences command is a powerful tool for doing such comparisons faster and more effectively Using Find Differences you can compare an
15. Saved Searches folder for your login account To add a file folder or other suitable item to the Search In list click Other in the Multi File Search window and choose the item using the resulting selection sheet You can select multiple items to be added To designate any item in the list as a search source click on the box next to its name or double click on the name to add a checkmark To deselect a search source click the box next to its name or double click its name to turn off the checkmark To select a single source only and deselect all other sources Command click on the checkbox next to the desired source s name To remove a search source from the list click on the minus sign to the right of its name Doing so removes only the entry from the list not the original item TextWrangler will display a summary of the selected sources in the information box at the bottom of the Multi File Search window Here are some common scenarios Searching the files in a folder To search the files in a folder click on the box next to the folder s name or double click its name in the Sources drawer If the folder you want to search is not in the Sources drawer click the Other button at the right of the dialog and pick the folder using the resulting selection sheet You can also drag a folder from the Finder directly into the search items box of the Find amp Replace dialog to choose it as the source Searching all op
16. Search in list Multi File Search Options Click the Options button to display the search options sheet Search Nested Folders File Type C Skip Folders Text Files Only C Search Invisible Folders O All File Types C Exclude Matches _ Cancel C To search the contents of all subfolders within the folders you choose select the Search Nested Folders option in the resulting sheet You can also choose to skip any folders whose names are enclosed in parentheses here by selecting the Skip Folders option or whether to search the contents of invisible folders by selecting the Search Invisible Folders option You can also choose to search only text files or to search all file types If you have image files or other non text files in search source folders it may be a good idea to restrict the search to only text files This setting is applied in addition to any file filter see next section and in fact takes effect before the filter To find only files whose contents do not contain the search string select the Exclude Matches option You can further restrict which files from the chosen sources will be searched by applying a file filter See File Filters below for more details File Filters If you do not want to search every file in the set you selected but want to include only those that meet certain criteria such as those created on a certain date or only those created by TextWrangler and not som
17. User Manual TextWrangler THE Text Editor for Anyone who Types Bare Bones Software Inc TextWrangler 3 0 Product Design Product Engineering Documentation Additional Engineering Icon Design PCRE Library Package Rich Siegel Patrick Woolsey Jim Correia Steve Kalkwarf Jim Correia Jon Hueras Steve Kalkwarf Rich Siegel Steve Sisak Philip Borenstein Stephen Chernicoff John Gruber Simon Jester Jeff Mattson Jerry Kindall Caroline Rose Rich Siegel Patrick Woolsey Seth Dillingham Macrobyte Resources http www macrobyte net Polaschek Computing http www polaschek computing com Ultra Maroon Design http www ultramaroon com updates by Bryan Bell http www bryanbell com written by Philip Hazel and 1997 2004 University of Cambridge England TextWrangler and the TextWrangler User Manual are copyright 2003 2009 Bare Bones Software Inc All rights reserved Published and printed in USA Bare Bones Software Inc P O Box 1048 Bedford MA 01730 01048 978 251 0500 978 251 0525 fax http www barebones com Sales information sales barebones com Technical support support barebones com TextWrangler is a trademark of and BBEdit and It Doesn t Suck are registered trademarks of Bare Bones Software Inc Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of the copyright holder The software descr
18. lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit supergetinfo Save l lt link rel alternate type application rss xml title RSS href http www lt style type text css gt p O gt 13 1 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF To create a new document choose New Text Document from the New submenu of the File menu or use the New command from the drawer s action menu To open an existing file into the current text window choose Open from the File menu or drag and drop the file from the Finder into the window s document drawer To move a document from the current text window into its own text window select it in the drawer and choose Open in Separate Window from the action menu or Control click on the document in the drawer and choose this command from the contextual menu To move multiple documents select them and choose Open in Separate Window to open each document into a separate text window or choose Open in New Window to create a new text window containing all the selected documents Window Anatomy 65 66 To close a document you can choose Close Document from the File menu click on the close box next to its name in the drawer select it in the drawer and apply the Close command from the drawer s action menu or Control click on it in the drawer and select Close in the contextual menu You can also choose the Close Others command from the action menu or in the contextual menu to close all
19. or usr local bin python While TextWrangler does not entirely depend upon the accuracy of the shebang line if your script file has an accurate language mapping it is always a good practice and sometimes necessary to specify the full path to the executable in the shebang line Language Resources Perl is an acronym for Practical Extraction and Report Language or alternatively Pathologically Eclectic Rubbish Lister and was developed by Larry Wall If you are interested in learning Perl the quintessential Perl references are Learning Perl 4th Edition by Randal L Schwartz amp Tom Phoenix O Reilly and Associates 2005 ISBN 0 596 10105 8 Programming Perl 3rd Edition by Larry Wall Tom Christiansen Jon Orwant O Reilly and Associates 2000 ISBN 0 596 00027 8 The following are excellent Internet resources for the Macintosh implementation of Perl and Perl in general Perl com from O Reilly and Associates http www perl com Perl Mailing Lists http lists cpan org Python is a portable interpreted object oriented programming language originally developed by Guido van Rossum If you are interested in learning Python consider the following books Learning Python 2nd Edition by Mark Lutz amp David Ascher O Reilly and Associates 2003 ISBN 0 596 00281 5 Programming Python 2nd Edition by Mark Lutz O Reilly and Associates 2001 ISBN 0 596 00085 5 Internet resources for Python
20. Bare Bones Software develops and publishes eect 4 META_KEVHORDS gt bare bones software bbedit mailsmith superget il SIDEBAR gt news php RSS_FEED gt http www barebones com news xml ADDITIONAL STYLESHEETS gt main styles css 4 X O gt 10 1 HTML Western Mac OS Roman Unix LF AAA index_alt html 9 Last Saved 08 21 2009 09 00 59 R B amp 2 File Path v Sites index_alt html 7 4 index_alt htm no symbol selected IWH a template_args arrayt TITLE gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software META_DESCRIPTION gt Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best META_KEYWORDS gt bare bones software bbedit mailsmith supergeti RSS_FEED gt http www barebones com news xmL ADDITIONAL_STYLESHEETS gt si te stules css v O j 9 1 HTML Western Mac OS Roman Unix LF New File Deskto ex_alt html 2 Apply 2 Apply Z Old File Sites index_alt htm Extra lines in New before 8 in Old File index_alt html Line 8 File index_alt html Line 8 Nonmatching Lines e index_alt html Line 10 File index_alt html L 2 differences found Je 88 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Tip You can change how the document windows and the differences windows are positioned with the Arrange command in the Window menu If you use the Arrange command with a differences window open TextWrangler will remember the option you choose and use that n
21. Developer Tools package or with a third party editor such as PlistEdit Pro http www fatcatsoftware com plisteditpro You can find complete specifications for creating codeless language modules in Appendix C see page 255 or in the Developer Information section of our web site http www barebones com support develop index html Language Module Compatibility You will not be able to use any third party language modules which do not support Unicode text If TextWrangler encounters such a module it will not load that module and will log a message to the system console Contact the developers of such a module or visit the Bare Bones Software web site see above for more information on the availability of updated modules 234 Chapter 13 Language Modules amp Plug Ins Overriding Existing Modules Language modules can override existing language definitions including the built in definitions If there is more than one module present which supports a given language TextWrangler will use the module with the most recent modification date Using Plug Ins The commands made available by all installed plug ins appear in the Tools menu To use a plug in choose it from the menu Some plug ins may require that there be an active text window or an active text selection in order to function The menu entries for such tools may be dimmed when this condition is not met When there are no plug ins installed TextWrangler will automatic
22. Editing Source Code TextWrangler is a powerful tool for editing numerous types of source code with the following features e Syntax coloring helps you read your code and find simple errors e The function pop up menu lets you can quickly find the functions in your files e Find Differences lets you compare two versions of a text file and merge the differences e Find in Reference lets you look up documentation in the Developer Help Center Editing Text Files TextWrangler is a full featured text editor that makes it easy to create edit and search any sort of text file such as release notes articles books or TeX documents It s also an excellent tool for pre and post processing any files that contain textual data such as database exports or server logs e Grep searching lets you find and change text that matches a set of conditions that you specify e Multi file search and replace lets you quickly search and modify text files anywhere on your computer e Numerous text manipulation and processing commands allow you to reformat or rearrange the information in text files e g add or remove hard line breaks change the case of selected text or remove duplicate lines from a list e Extensive AppleScript support allows you to combine multiple processing steps for reuse and enables you to easily transfer data into and out of TextWrangler to other applications e International text support lets you edit Unicode files UTF 8 and
23. Index 269 Macintosh Drag and Drop 58 see also drag and drop Mark pop up menu 90 Marker popup menu 63 markers clearing 91 setting 91 menus 17 Menus preference panel 17 18 message URL http groups google com group textwrangler 134 mouse shortcuts 251 moving text 56 moving the cursor 70 using the arrow keys 71 multi byte text 36 37 44 95 multi file comparisons 89 multi file search 119 multiple clipboards 57 multiple Undo 58 named subpattern 142 navigation functions 63 with jump marks 131 navigation bar 62 New Window with Selection 34 Non Greedy Quantifiers 145 non printing characters 80 119 numeric keypad 76 O Open command 37 options 39 Open File by Name command 43 Open from FTP SFTP Server 41 Show Files Starting with 47 Open Hidden 41 Open Recent command 37 43 Open Recent menu 174 Open Selection 41 Open Selection command 37 41 Opening 37 binary plists 40 bz2 compressed files 40 gzip compressed files 40 Opening Existing Documents 37 Option on Japanese Keyboards 178 outdenting 97 270 Index P page breaks 86 Page Down key 77 Page Guide 180 page guide 79 Page Up key 77 paragraph definition 56 Paragraph Fill option 84 Paste command 18 57 Paste Previous Clipboard command 57 pattern matching see grep pencil icon 60 Perl 225 Perl scripts 225 Perl Unix Filters palette 239 Perl Unix Scripts palette 239 Philip Bar 196 Plug In Info command 235 Plug In Tools palette 18 239 plug ins 23
24. Opt Opt Cmd Cmd Opt Opt Opt Opt Cmd Cmd Opt Cmd Shift View Text Display submenu Show Hide Tool Bar Show Hide Navigation Bar Show Hide Documents Drawer Show Hide Editor Balance Cmd B Previous Document Cmd Opt Next Document Cmd Opt Move to New Window Cmd Opt O Open in Additional Window Get Info Cmd l Reveal in Finder Go Here in Terminal Go Here in Disk Browser Open in Super Get Info View gt Text Display Show Hide Fonts Cmd T Soft Wrap Text Show Hide Page Guide Show Hide Tab Stops Show Hide Line Numbers Show Hide Gutter Show Hide Invisibles Show Hide Spaces Search Find Multi File Search Search in Disk Browser Quick Search Find Next Find Previous Find All Find Selected Text Find Previous Selected Text Use Selection for Find Use Selection for Find grep Use Selection for Replace Use Selection for Replace grep Replace Replace All Replace to End Replace amp Find Next Go to Line Go to Line Go to Center Line Go to Previous Error Go to Next Error Go to Function Start Go to Function End Go to Previous Function Go to Next Function Jump Back Jump Forward Set Jump Mark Find Differences Compare Two Front Documents Compare Against Disk File Apply to New Apply to Old Compare Again Find Definition Find in Reference Tools Installed plug ins Cmd F Cmd Shift F Cmd Opt F Cmd G Cmd Shift G Cmd Op
25. Save Default Window 0 cece ccc een eee e eens Arane singe ee oo Ge Sete ya oti a these Rad keh Sethe A EEE a He eet le Seah Zoom key equivalent only 6 0 cece cece ee eee eee Send fo Back aren 5 gb CR eee Sone SA woe a SIS GS SS Excharig with Next iraa ane TAA AE ate ee AG Dele ee Synchro Scrolling seee kee bate Pel atas bakes eed wed awe eons Window Names sepite ss ais ake iets titties KOE ed 6 RE Rae wR ES ER Window Menu The Window menu provides easy centralized access to all of TextWrangler s tool and utility palettes in addition to offering commands that you can use to access and organize editing and results windows on screen TextWrangler also offers several preference options in the Applications panel of the Preferences window so that you have greater control over the listing of open documents You can choose whether items are grouped by window kind or are all listed together without dividers You can also elect to sort windows by name or in order of creation Please refer to Chapter 10 for additional details Minimize Window This command puts the frontmost window into the Dock Click the window icon in the Dock to restore the window Hold down the Option key and this command will become Minimize All Windows 109 110 Note Bring All to Front This command will bring all un minimized TextWrangler windows to the front Palettes The Palettes submenu provides quick access to all of TextWrang
26. Supplied Plug Ins 236 Third Party Plug Ins 236 Plug In Compatibility 237 Developer Information 6 ccc cece een ence eens 237 Installing Language Modules and Plug Ins To install a language module move or copy the module file into the Language Modules folder of your TextWrangler application support folder If no such folder exists you may create one To install a plug in drag and drop it directly onto the TextWrangler application icon in the Finder TextWrangler will launch if necessary and present an alert asking you to confirm that you want to install the item If there is already a plug in with the same name in your TextWrangler application support folder you will be asked whether to replace that item with the version you are dragging If you confirm this operation the plug in you dragged will be placed at the top level of the Plug Ins subfolder 233 Note IMPORTANT When you install a plug in by drag and drop if there is no local TextWrangler application support folder available one will be created See TextWrangler s Application Support Folders on page 25 After installing a new language module or plug in you will need to quit and relaunch TextWrangler in order to use it To remove an installed language module or plug in you must remove the item s file from the appropriate subfolder of your TextWrangler application support folder then quit and relaunch TextWrangler Using Languag
27. To change the display characteristics for text windows that you will open in the future use the Text Status Display preference panel Line numbers This option displays line numbers along the left edge of the window Tool bar This option shows or hides the tool bar in the window Navigation bar This option shows or hides the navigation bar in the window Page guide This option shows or hides the page guide in the window Tab stops This option shows or hides tab stop indicators in the window Text Options 79 80 Note Show invisibles This option shows or hides non printing characters in the window Select this option when you want to see line breaks tabs and gremlins other invisible characters TextWrangler uses these symbols Symbol Meaning A tab space non breaking space a line break q page break other non printing or special characters If you turn on Show Invisibles the Show Spaces option will become available allowing you to enable display of the visually noisy space characters if you desire Syntax Coloring When this option is selected and the editing window contains a document in a programming language TextWrangler recognizes TextWrangler displays keywords and other language elements in color TextWrangler uses several methods to determine what language if any to use for a particular file The primary way to activate syntax coloring in a document is simply t
28. You may view our privacy policy before registering by pressing the View Privacy Policy button If you do not wish to register press the Skip Registration button You may also press the Later button and TextWrangler will prompt you to register the next time you launch it TextWrangler s Application Support Folders TextWrangler makes use of an application support folder to store and organize a variety of items that add functionality such as plug in tools scripts and more Such items are kept in subfolders according to their purpose described below TextWrangler s application support folder will be present in either or both of the following locations e Global items available to all users Library Application Support TextWrangler e Local user specific items Library Application Support TextWrangler Use of the character in a folder path description is the customary Unix shorthand for the location of your home directory If written out in full this path would be Users lt username gt Library Application Support TextWrangler Using the Global Application Support Folder You can use the global application support folder to provide a common set of supporting items in TextWrangler to each user of the machine Users whose accounts do not have admin privileges will not be able to modify the contents of the global application support folder since it resides in the system hierarchy This arrangement can
29. could map to a different language from html To change an existing suffix mapping 1 Select an item from the list 2 Click Change The Change Suffix dialog appears 3 Fill in the Change Suffix dialog with the appropriate suffix choose a language from the popup menu and select a radio button to indicate whether this type of file is a source file an include file or neither TextWrangler uses this information among others to identify counterpart files To delete a suffix mapping 1 Select an item from the list 2 Click Remove To reset all suffix mappings to factory default settings 1 Click Reset All 184 Chapter 10 Preferences Menus Preferences The Menus preferences allow you to show or hide whole menus or individual commands You can also assign key equivalents to commands and choose which commands to include in the contextual menu BOD TextWrangler Preferences Use these settings to adjust TextWrangler s menu keyboard equivalents and menu behaviors al Application Menu key equivalents and item visibility Documents amp Drawer Editing General Editing Keyboard Editor Defaults File Filters File Search FTP Settings Languages Menus V TextWrangler V File V Edit Clea M Text M view Reset All Keys V Search EE Y Tools V Window ShowAall Ma ra a M Scripts Hideall M Text Factories EE V Toolbar Navigation Bar Status Bar V Find Windows V FTP SFTP Browser V Miscellaneous
30. e FTP SFTP Browser Opens a new FIP SFTP browser see later in this chapter for more information Creating and Saving Documents 33 34 You can also create a new text document by selecting text in any application which supports Mac OS X Services and choosing the New Window with Selection command from the TextWrangler submenu of the Services menu TextWrangler will open a new text window containing a copy of the selected text When you want to save a new text document 1 Choose the Save or Save As command from the File menu TextWrangler opens a standard Save sheet Save As help_index html fa gt 82 aD Sites WA Q searct Y DEVICES a Date Modified O images August 16 2008 14 02 I leopard testbed a VMLeopard index htm August 16 2008 14 02 Streaming August 16 2008 14 02 gt SHARED Y PLACES Eq Desktop Dropbox A Applications X C Save as stationery Line breaks Unix LF Ka Encoding Unicode UTF 8 no BOM W New Folder Cancel Save 2 Give the file a name 3 Change any desired options see below 4 Click Save to save the file You can also create a new document from the selected text in any open window with TextWrangler s contextual menu Simply Control click the selected text and choose New with selection or Save Selection from the menu that appears Depending on which command you choose TextWrangler will either create a new editing window containing the
31. or Open Recent command from the File menu e Select the name of a file in a TextWrangler editing window then use the Open Selection command in the File menu e Double click a file name in a browser s file list see Chapter 9 Browsers e Drag a file s icon to the Windows palette see Chapter 6 Working with Windows e Drag a file s icon to the document drawer of any text window see Chapter 4 Window Anatomy e Drag a file s icon to the TextWrangler icon or to an alias of the icon e Select a file in the Finder and use the Open File command from the TextWrangler submenu of the Services menu TextWrangler can natively open files with type TEXT utxt and UTF8 By default TextWrangler will also attempt to display the contents of image files and movie files other than m3u and smi files via QuickTime but will open PDF files in a raw condition as if they were text documents You can adjust how TextWrangler should handle such files by means of defaults write options See Optional settings via defaults write on page 198 Choosing the Encoding for a Document When you open a document TextWrangler will automatically examine its contents for any indication of the proper encoding and attempt to handle it appropriately If TextWrangler cannot determine the proper encoding and you opened the file with the Open command it uses the encoding specified in the Read As po
32. with the replace string Replace All Replaces every occurrence of the search string in a file with the replace string Replace to End Replaces each occurrence of the search string from the current insertion point or the start of the current selection range to the end of the document Replace amp Find Again Replaces the selected text with the replace string and searches for the next occurrence of the search string Chapter 7 Searching Note Go to Line When you choose this command TextWrangler opens the Go To Line dialog box Type in a line number and the frontmost text window will jump to display that line The Go To Line command honors the Use Hard Line Numbering in Soft Wrapped Text Views option in the Editing General preferences panel Go to Center Line Will move the insertion point to the beginning of the middle or center line of the displayed text Go to Function Start End When you choose one of these commands TextWrangler will move the insertion point to a position immediately before the start or immediately after the end of the current function where a function is any item which appears on the function pop up menu If you anticipate using these commands often you may wish to assign them key equivalents by using the Menus preference panel Go to Previous Next Function When you choose one of these commands TextWrangler will select the name of the previous or next function in the document w
33. 168 contextual menus 186 spell checking 186 control characters 103 267 Convert to ASCII 98 Copy amp Append command 57 Copy command 18 57 Counterpart button 64 counterparts overriding defaults 43 creating documents 33 with clipboard 33 with selection 33 cursor movement 70 using arrow keys 71 Cut amp Append command 57 cut and paste 57 Cut command 18 57 default window position setting 112 Delete key 56 75 252 deleting text 56 Detab command 104 development environments source and header files 224 dialog keyboard shortcuts 18 dictionary AppleScript 214 Differences command 89 Disk Browser 33 disk browsers 27 32 33 37 167 file list panel 168 status bar 167 text panel 169 document proxy icon 61 69 documents comparing 87 creating 33 editing text 56 inserting text 85 modification indicator 60 saving 33 34 window anatomy 59 double clicking 37 drag and drop in document windows 58 to TextWrangler application icon 37 to Windows floating window 37 dynamic menus 17 edit command line tool 224 editing text 56 shortcuts 251 Emacs Key Bindings 178 253 Emacs variables 190 x counterpart 43 268 Index encoding 36 37 44 End key 77 Entab command 104 Enter key 18 Enter Search String command 130 escape codes 135 Escape key 18 Excalibur see spell checking 94 Exchange with Next command 114 expanding tabs 79 extended attributes 198 extending the selection 71 76 extensions see plug ins F keys 77 Fa
34. 3 e Extract the documentation files and place them in some suitable location e g Library Python Docs e Edit your environment plist file and create an environment variable PYTHONDOCS to the location of the folder which contains the Python documentation Configuring Ruby TextWrangler can make full use of the standard Mac OS X Ruby install with no need for further configuration However if you wish to install and work with multiple versions of Ruby you will need to specify the appropriate version in your scripts shebang lines Shebang Menu The commands in this menu are also available in a floating tool palette named Unix Scripting Tools which is accessible via the Palettes submenu of the Window menu Check Syntax Checks the syntax for the frontmost window Errors are displayed in a standard TextWrangler error browser see Chapter 9 Browsers for more details on working with error browsers This command is only available for Perl and Python scripts Run Runs the script in the frontmost window by default Any output from the script is displayed in a new TextWrangler window The output window is titled Unix Script Output and the file is created in the Unix Support folder in TextWrangler s application support folder By default errors for Perl and Python scripts are displayed in an error browser errors for other languages are displayed as text in the output window Hold down the Option key while
35. Applications and Apple Events Since AppleScripts must have direct access to an application s internal data structures any application that will be used in an AppleScript must be designed to allow this access We say such applications are scriptable TextWrangler is scriptable as are many many other programs However it is important to note that not every application is scriptable and AppleScripts are not the best solution for automating applications that are not What goes on in an application that is scriptable The foundation of AppleScript is something called the Apple Event Macintosh applications are designed around an event loop they go around in circles waiting for you the esteemed user to do something choose a menu command press some keys and so on These actions are passed to the application by the operating system in the form of an event The application decodes the event to figure out what you did and then performs an appropriate operation After an event has been handled the application goes back to waiting for another one At this point the Mac OS may decide to give some time to another application on your computer Apple Events are special events that applications send to each other enabling a feature called inter application communication IAC It s a mouthful but it just means applications can talk to each other Apple Events are also the way AppleScripts tell applications what to do and which data to retriev
36. Cancel 0x To choose or deselect an item as a target click the checkbox next to its name To add a file or folder to the list click Other and select it in the resulting Choose Object dialog Chapter 5 Text Transformations Click Options to select additional options for controlling which target items will be processed To process all the files in subfolders of each target folder mark the Search Nested Folders checkbox The Skip Folders checkbox skips the contents of folders whose names are enclosed in parentheses The Search Invisible Folders checkbox allows you to process the contents of invisible folders M Search Nested Folders File Type O Skip Folders Text Files Only _ Search Invisible Folders CZAI FileType C Use File Filter current criteria HJ Edit Filter If a File is Changed O Leave Open Save to Disk M Confirm Saves Cancel 50K You can also choose to process only text files or to process all file types If you have graphics or other types of files in the target folders you should restrict processing to only text files This setting works in addition to any file filter see File Filters on page 124 and is in fact applied before the filter The last group of options controls how TextWrangler treats processed documents Choose Leave Open to have TextWrangler leave all the documents open so that you can inspect the results of the operation Choose Save to Disk
37. Examples Search for i saturday sunday Will match SATURDAY or Saturday or SUNday and so on Search for i f00 i bar Will match foobar or FOObar Will not match FOOBAR or fooBAR Positional Assertions Positional assertions anchor a pattern without actually matching any characters Simple assertions have already been described those which are invoked with the escape sequences b B A Z z and For example the pattern bfoo b will only match the string foo if it has word breaks on both sides but the b s do not themselves match any characters the entire text matched by this pattern are the three characters f o and o Advanced Grep Topics 157 158 Lookahead and lookbehind assertions work in a similar manner but allow you to test for arbitrary patterns to anchor next to If you have ever said to yourself I would like to match foo but only when it is next to bar lookaround assertions fill that need Positive lookahead assertions begin with and negative lookahead assertions begin with 1 For example wt will match any word followed by a semicolon but the semicolon is not included as part of the match foo bar matches any occurrence of foo that is not followed by bar Note that the apparently similar pattern f00 bar does not find an occurrence of bar that is preceded by something other than
38. FFFFFF gt lt img src twlogo gif align right width 128 height 128 alt gt lt font face Lucida Grande Geneva Arial size 6 gt lt b gt TextWrangler 2 3 lt b gt lt br gt The information at the top of the window tells you how many matches TextWrangler found in the set of files you specified as well as specifying whether there were any error conditions or warnings generated during the search You can display or hide any combination of errors warnings and matches by checking the appropriate options Multi File Searching 121 The middle panel lists each line that contains the matched text Every match is identified by file name and line number You can toggle between the standard Finder style hierarchical list where each match in a file is listed under the file s name or a flat list where each occurrence is displayed in order by pressing the File List button next to the Open button Click any match in the list of occurrences to have TextWrangler display the part of the file that contains the match in the text pane IMPORTANT With TextWrangler 3 you can edit text directly within a search results browser or you can double click any line that contains a match to open the corresponding file at the point of the match After you have opened a file you can use the Find Again Replace Replace All and Replace amp Find Again commands in the Search menu to continue searching it as if you had chosen a File by File sear
39. Help 2 Type the string you are looking for in the Find text field 3 Type the replace string if any in the Replace text field Be sure to read the section Multi File Replacing later in this chapter if you want to perform replace operations 4 Turn on any search options that you want to apply to your search To learn more about these options see Search Settings earlier in this chapter 5 Drag a folder to the search target area to search its contents or select any of the available search sources in the Sources list to specify the set of files to search See Specifying the Search Set later in this chapter for more information 6 Click one of the buttons along the right side of the dialog box to begin the search 120 Chapter 7 Searching The table below tells you what each of the buttons does This button Does this Find All Finds all occurrences of the search string in all the files in the selected search sources TextWrangler displays the results in a search results browser Replace All Finds all occurrences of the search string in all the files in the selected search sources and replaces them with the replace string Other Select arbitrary file s or folder s to add to the search sources Options Brings up the Search Options sheet Save Set Creates an entry under the Saved Search Sets heading in the search sources list which you can later choose to reselect the same search sourc
40. If necessary chose a different language dictionary from the Dictionary popup menu 3 Click Find Next to begin checking TextWrangler scans the document and stops at the first misspelled or unrecognized word This word is displayed in the text field to the left of the Correct button Possible corrections for the questioned word are listed in the Guess box above 4 If the questioned word is misspelled choose the correct spelling from the Guess list or type it yourself in the Correct field 5 Click one of the Spelling panel s action buttons to handle the questioned word Click Ignore to ignore further instances of the questioned word without adding it to the active dictionary Click Guess to display a list of possible corrections Click Find Next to ignore this instance of the questioned word and continue checking Click Correct to replace this instance of the questioned word with the text in the adjacent text field Click Learn to add the questioned word to the active dictionary Click Forget to remove the questioned word from the active dictionary Using Excalibur for Spell Checking Although TextWrangler no longer provides a preference option to select an external spelling checker if you wish to use Excalibur for spell checking instead of the system spelling checker you can enable this by issuing the following command in the Terminal defaults write com barebones TextWrangler Spelling UseExcalibur bool YES To have Ex
41. M Spell checking M Text searching M Text folding mM Clipboard operations mM Resolve URL mM Markers mM Save New with selection To set the key equivalent for a menu command locate and select the entry for the command under the appropriate menu click the Set Key button and type the desired keystroke To remove the key equivalent from the selected menu command click the Clear Key button Click the Reset All button to restore all key equivalents to their default values as listed in this Appendix Available Key Combinations All menu key combinations must include either the Command key or the Control key or both except function keys which may be used unmodified In addition to the letter number and punctuation keys you can use the Help Home End Page Up and Page Down keys in menu key combinations as well The Help key can be assigned without modifiers the others must be used in combination with at least either the Command or Control key When the Auto Assign Shortcut Keys option in the Windows preference panel is on TextWrangler reserves the key combinations Command 0 through Command 9 for file entries in the Window menu The system may also preempt certain key combinations such as Command Tab Appendix A Command Reference Listing by Menu and Command Name TextWrangler Menu About TextWrangler Install Command Line Tools Preferences Provide TextWrangler Feedback Register Check for Updates Services H
42. Other events might return a specific type of result or none at all Save did not have a Result line in its dictionary entry which means it does not return a result AppleScript Overview 203 204 Note Classes and the Class Hierarchy A class defines a particular kind of object a particular example of an object belonging to the class is said to be an instance of that class or just an object of that class Let s look now at a typical class definition window will do nicely It is in the BBEdit Suite toward the bottom e000 6 TextWrangler sdef C Required Suite gt aanraai pl B text E Standard Suite gt Ei document 0 Miscellaneous a E document BBEdit Suite gt bounds B Text Suite gt Omoa TOPi E closeable B unix Scripting gt Compare Results e CE collapsed s FA FTP Info s Y E index bd window n inh item Every open window ELEMENTS contains text documents contained by application PROPERTIES document document r o the document associated with this window bounds rectangle the boundary rectangle for the window closeable boolean r o Does the window have a close box collapsed boolean Is the window collapsed index integer the number of the window modal boolean r o Is the window modal file alias r o the disk file associated with this window if any modified boolean r o Has the window been modified since the last save name text the
43. Python home page http www python org Python Cookbook http aspn activestate com ASPN Cookbook Python Ruby is an interpreted scripting language with an emphasis on object oriented programming which has fast become a favorite of Web developers Ruby was created by Yukihiro Matsumoto If you are interested in learning Ruby consider the following books Programming Ruby The Pragmatic Programmer s Guide 2nd Edition by Dave Thomas with Chad Fowler and Andy Hunt Pragmatic Bookshelf 2004 ISBN 0 9745140 5 5 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Ruby Cookbook by Lucas Carlson amp Leonard Richardson O Reilly and Associates 2006 ISBN 0 596 52369 6 Internet resources for Ruby Ruby home page http www ruby lang org RubyGarden Wiki http wiki rubygarden org Ruby Environment Variables Apple Technical Q amp A 1067 describes the procedure necessary to set environment variables for use within TextWrangler and other GUI applications http developer apple com qa qa2001 qa1067 html Line Endings and Unix Scripts To execute scripts the script interpreter for any given language requires source code to be encoded with native line endings i e Unix line breaks for Perl and most other shell scripting languages TextWrangler will warn you if you attempt to run a script which does not have Unix line endings Configuring Perl TextWrangler can make full use of the standard Mac OS X Perl install with no need fo
44. Roman Classic Mac CR Now paste the text you previously cut back in and you re finished e800 __ Rectangular Selections txt oS G Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 49 02 EN z L8 TE File Path v Desktop Rectangular Selections txt gt E Rectangular Selections txt Wy This This This text text text goes goes goes on the in the on the left middle Fight This text doesn t go anywhere e D 6 17 none Western Mac OS Roman Classic Mac CR Further Details Some word processors also provide support for rectangular selections which works a little differently than TextWrangler s so you may wish to keep this difference in mind Typically when you copy a rectangular selection of text to the clipboard in these programs they handle that piece of text differently than text copied from a line by line selection Then when you paste the text will be entered in a block even when you have not made a rectangular selection to paste into Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler TextWrangler does not do this Instead when you copy a rectangular selection to the clipboard TextWrangler turns the selection into a series of individual lines which is why you must make a rectangular selection before pasting so TextWrangler will know it should paste the text in block fashion Though this method does require an extra step it is more flexible because you can select a set of lines and then paste it as a block
45. Show Library Scripts or Hide Show Library Filters Preference Files and Folders When you start up TextWrangler it may create the files and folders noted in this section TextWrangler Preferences File All of TextWrangler s basic preference settings are stored in the file Library Preferences com barebones textwrangler plist which is created and maintained using standard system services This change brings several benefits including improved durability of the preferences file better performance when accessing remote storage e g with a network home folder and the ability to modify preference settings outside of TextWrangler by using appropriate defaults write commands see Optional settings via defaults write on page 198 TextWrangler 3 0 will directly use all relevant preference settings from TextWrangler 2 x and will import relevant preference settings from previous versions if a suitable TextWrangler Prefs Data file is available i e is within a TextWrangler Preferences folder in the old TextWrangler Support folder or in Library Preferences TextWrangler Preferences Folder The folder Library Preferences com barebones textwrangler PreferenceData contains ancillary preference and settings files and folders for TextWrangler Its standard contents are as follows 28 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler Upgrading Note Note Document State plist TextWrangle
46. Symbol Meaning A tab space non breaking space a line break Editor Defaults Preferences 179 180 Note Symbol Meaning q page break other non printing characters Show Spaces When this option is on and Show Invisibles is also active TextWrangler will display placeholder characters for spaces Turn this option off to suppress the display of spaces reducing visual clutter when you are displaying invisible characters Non breaking spaces typed by pressing Option space will not be displayed with a placeholder Check Spelling as You Type When this option is on TextWrangler will automatically check spelling as you type and underline any potentially misspelled words Turn this option off to prevent TextWrangler from automatically checking spelling You can turn on automatic spell checking for the active document only by choosing Check Spelling as You Type from the Text menu See Check Spelling As You Type on page 92 Syntax Coloring When this option is selected and the editing window contains a document in one of the languages that TextWrangler knows how to parse TextWrangler displays keywords and other language elements in color The languages that TextWrangler knows about are those listed in the Languages preference panel Remember that the document must be saved to a file and that the file must end with a suffix extension that maps to a language that TextWrangler can parse
47. Text Colors Text Encodings Text Files Text Printing Text Search Text Status Display Windows VVVVVVYVYVYVYVYVYVYVVVVY C Allow menu key equivalents to autorepeat Include contextual menu items for mM Spell checking mM Text searching mM Text folding mM Clipboard operations mM Resolve URL m Markers mM Save New with selection Menu Key Equivalents and Item Visibility This section of the preference panel displays a hierarchical list of each menu and menu command available within TextWrangler it also lists many window elements and options You can hide any menu or command which is not necessary for TextWrangler to function by turning off the checkbox next to that item s name The checkbox is disabled for necessary items such as the File menu and the Quit command To hide all non essential menus and commands click Hide All to display all available menus and commands click Show All You can assign or change the keyboard shortcut key equivalent for any menu command as well as items on the Text Options Markers and Line Breaks tool bar popup menus by selecting the command in the list clicking Set Key and typing the desired key equivalent in the Set Key sheet To remove the key equivalent from the selected menu command click Clear Key Click Reset All Keys to restore all key equivalents to their factory default values as listed in Appendix A Menus Preferences 185 186 Note Available Key Combinations
48. The to parameter can be a single reference or a list of references as for the multi file find or replace events Optional parameters include filter saving recursion text files only skip shielded folders search invisible folders all with the same meanings as in the multi file replace event Setting Text Encodings When specifying the encoding to use for opening or saving a file you may either use the encoding s internet name or its exact display name as shown in the Read As pop up menu For example open file Hard Disk Users Shared example txt reading as Western ISO Latin 1 open file Hard Disk Users Shared example txt reading as Western ISO Latin 1 Common AppleScript Pitfalls Here are some things to watch out for when scripting TextWrangler with AppleScript The Escape Issue AppleScript uses the backslash character as an escape character You can use r to indicate a carriage return or t to indicate a tab character More importantly you can use or to include a quote mark or apostrophe in a string that is delimited by quotes or apostrophes If you want to specify a real backslash you must write That s not all that confusing until you start writing AppleScripts that call on TextWrangler s powerful grep searching capability TextWrangler also uses the backslash as an escape character If you want to search for an actual backslash in a document you have to tell TextWran
49. UTF 16 as well as files saved in most non Roman single byte scripts e FTP and SFTP support lets you open and save text files located on remote servers 16 Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler IMPORTANT Human Interface Notes TextWrangler enhances the behavior of its menus and dialogs as described in this section Dynamic Menus Many of TextWrangler s pull down menus are dynamic if you hold down the Shift or Option key while a menu is open you can see some of the items change The illustration below shows what the File menu looks like normally left and when you hold down the Option key right New gt New gt New with Stationery gt New with Stationery gt Open 0 Open 0 Open Hidden Open Hidden Open from FTP SFTP Server 0 Open from FTP SFTP Server 0 Open File by Name D Open Recent gt Open Recent gt Reopen Using Encoding gt Reopen Using Encoding gt Close Window W Hex Dump File Hex Dump File Page Setup EP Print P You can use the Shift and Option keys when you choose an item from a menu or when you use the Command key equivalents Bypassing Options Dialogs You may have noticed that commands that require additional settings to be made before they are performed appear on the menu with ellipses after their names To bypass this step and use the command with its most recent settings hold down the Option key while selecting the menu item For example Zap Greml
50. and marks those that are different with a bullet You have the additional options described below List Identical Files Normally when you compare folders using the Find Differences command TextWrangler presents you with three lists one list of the items that are in the first folder but not in the second folder another list of the items that are in the second folder but not in the first one and another list of the items that appear in both folders The list of items that appear in both folders generally displays a bullet next to items that are not identical For example if you have an archived mail folder that you are comparing against a current mail folder mailbox files that appear in both the old and new file will all be listed together however if there have been any changes to the contents of particular mailbox files the changed mailbox files will be listed with bullets next to them If you are comparing very large folders however the list of common items can be extremely long making the flagged items hard to find When you deselect the List Identical Files checkbox TextWrangler will list only the flagged items the ones that have been changed in the list of items that appear in both folders Comparing Text Files 89 90 Note Note Flatten Hierarchies Normally TextWrangler retains the hierarchy of the files being compared in a folder In other words when comparing folders it looks in each subfolder of the first folder
51. any options that you want to apply to your search For more info about these options see Search Settings later in this section 5 Click one of the buttons along the right side of the dialog box The following table explains what each of the buttons does This button Does this Next Finds the first occurrence of the text in the active window after below the current insertion point Previous Finds the first occurrence of the text in the active window before above the current insertion point Basic Searching and Replacing 117 118 This button Does this Find All Finds all the occurrences of the search string and displays the results in a search results browser Replace Replaces the current selection with the replace string Replace All Replaces every occurrence of the search string in the active window with the replace string Replace amp Find Replaces the current selection with the replace string then finds the next occurrence of the text in the active window Once you ve entered a search string and also if desired a replace string you can also use the commands in the Search menu to find and replace matches see Search Menu Reference later in this chapter The table below summarizes the most common commands you can use at this point This command Does this Find Next Finds the next occurrence of the search string To reverse the search direction hold down Shi
52. as well as performance enhancements and bug fixes For a detailed summary of changes and bug fixes please refer to the current release notes which are available in the TextWrangler Support section of our web site http www barebones com support textwrangler current_notes html Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler Note TextWrangler Discussion Group We maintain a public Google Group where our customers can discuss and share knowledge about using TextWrangler http groups google com group textwrangler Support Services The Support area of our web site offers up to date information on TextWrangler and all our other products http www barebones com support You ll find a wide range of information there including e Frequently Asked Questions FAQ Information and answers for commonly encountered questions and problems We strongly recommend you check the TextWrangler FAQs before resorting to any other means of inquiry e Product Updates The latest maintenance versions of our products are always available for download as well as access to plug ins sample scripts developer info and other materials How to contact us If you re using TextWrangler and can t find the information you need on our web site or if you encounter any problems with the software please use the contact form on our web site or send email to support barebones com We do not offer telephone support for TextWrangler Please refer to t
53. attaching scripts to menu items 212 Auto Indenting Remove Leading Whitespace 178 automatic spell checking 180 backups 51 balancing parentheses 96 bbedit tool 224 binary plist files 40 BOM see byte order mark 38 45 Bonjour 46 bookmarks 46 browsers 165 differences 88 disk browser 167 file list panel 168 search results 121 169 setting the list display font 173 splitter 166 status bar 166 167 text panel 166 169 byte order mark 38 45 byte swapped see Little Endian 45 bz2 compressed files 40 c C programming language 103 camel case see CamelCase 72 CamelCase 72 keyboard navigation of 72 Cancel button 18 capitalize lines 96 sentences 96 words 96 case sensitivity 118 case transformations 148 changing case 96 character classes 138 character offset specification 41 character set encoding 36 37 44 190 check spelling as you type 180 Check Spelling command 92 checking spelling user dictionary 94 Clear command 18 56 Clear key 56 clearing a marker 91 Clipboard 57 clipboard 57 clipboards multiple 57 colored text 80 Command and Option keys in document windows 71 Command key 19 command keys assigning to menu items 239 in dialogs 18 in menus 17 listing by default key 246 listing by menu 241 shortcuts 251 Command Period 18 Compare Again command 132 Compare Against Disk File 89 Compare Two Front Documents 87 comparing files 87 multiple files 89 complex patterns 142 concatenate 86 contextual menu in disk browsers
54. be more than one file with the same name in the various folders TextWrangler looks in Normally TextWrangler opens the first such file it encounters and then stops If you want TextWrangler to find all files that match the selected name be sure to select the Find All Matching Files option in the File Search preference panel Opening Existing Documents 41 42 Note Using the Open File by Name Commands If there is no selection or there is no text display view in the front window Open Selection becomes Open File by Name Choosing this command brings up a dialog in which you can specify a file name an exact path or a file URL You can also chose a previously used name by clicking on the pop up control at the right of the name field and selecting it from the menu The number of names kept on the menu is controlled by the Remember the most recently used items option in the Application preference panel TextWrangler will attempt to open the specified file as described above for Open Selection As with Open Selection you can specify an optional line number and character offset and can enclose the file name in angle brackets to limit the search to the default directory specified in the File Search preference panel When specifying a file in the Open File by Name dialog on Mac OS X you can use the shorthand user notation to refer to an arbitrary user s home directory for example admin Documents bigfile c If yo
55. body If one or both of these prefix strings is present in the plist and non empty the function scanner will look for Pascal style function definitions otherwise it will look for C style function definitions Open Parameter Lists String Close Parameter Lists String A function s list of parameters is almost always enclosed by matching left and right parentheses probably due to the tradition in mathematics though there are exceptions Note that in C style function definitions empty parameter lists must be designated at a minimum by or whatever pair of delimiters applies whereas in Pascal style function definitions even the delimiters may be omitted Language Keys and Properties 263 Key Value Type Terminator for Prototypes 1 String Terminator for Prototypes 2 String Some languages allow for a function definition to appear without a body so that other functions that reference it know its interface without needing to know its implementation Sometimes a keyword is used as a substitute for the body in Pascal the keywords forward or external are used In C style languages the function definition is usually just closed off with a semicolon after the parameter list In either case if one of the specified strings is encountered before the string value of Open Statement Blocks described below the function definition is considered to be a bodiless prototype and doesn t appear in the
56. can also be changed there You can choose the colors that TextWrangler uses for syntax coloring in the Text Colors preference panel TextWrangler will recognize and syntax color VBScript embedded within HTML via the lt gt and lt SCRIPT gt lt SCRIPT gt tags Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note Tip Note How TextWrangler Wraps Text TextWrangler wraps text in one of two ways soft wrapping or hard wrapping Soft wrapping is like the word wrapping found in most word processors When the insertion point reaches a right margin as you type the word processor automatically moves the insertion point to the beginning of the next line You never need to type a carriage return that is press the Return key at the end of a line but only to start anew paragraph If you place the insertion point in the middle of a paragraph and start typing the text reflows so that words that are pushed out beyond the right margin end up on the next line Usually you use soft wrapping when you are editing memos mail messages and other prose It is also useful for HTML documents With soft wrapping you generally do not have to scroll the window horizontally to see all the text in the file Unlike soft wrapping hard wrapping requires a carriage return at the end of every line When soft wrapping is turned off TextWrangler lets you type as far as you like ona line and never automatically moves the insertion point to the beginning of t
57. change on disk This option controls whether TextWrangler checks if documents files have changed on disk while they re open If an open document has changed on disk and there are no unsaved changes TextWrangler will automatically reload the document If a document has changed on disk and also has unsaved changes TextWrangler will ask whether you want to reload the document from disk or keep the unsaved changes This option is on by default The effects of the Revert command from the File menu and of a file Reload which occurs when a document is reloaded by a refresh action are both undoable Remember the N most recently used items This text field lets you choose how many files appear on the Open Recent sub menu of the File menu and how many folders appear on the folder search popup menu in the Find Differences folder lists Always Show Full Paths in Open Recent Menu Check this option to have TextWrangler always display full paths in the Open Recent menu If this option is off TextWrangler will only display path info when it s needed to distinguish between files with the same name At Startup This preference controls what TextWrangler does when you launch it or when you click on TextWrangler s Dock icon or double click its icon in the Finder and there are no open windows even if the application is already running Do Nothing Choose this option to prevent TextWrangler from opening a new text editing window
58. control the behavior of all new windows Auto Indent When this option is selected pressing the Return key in new windows automatically inserts spaces or tabs to indent the new line to the same level as the previous line To temporarily invert the sense of the Auto Indent option while typing hold down the Option key as you press the Return key Balance While Typing When this option is selected TextWrangler flashes the matching open parenthesis brace bracket or curly quote when you type a closing one This option is useful when you are editing source files to ensure that all delimiters are balanced Smart Quotes When this option is on TextWrangler automatically substitutes curly or typographer s quotes for straight quotes To type a straight quote when this option is selected or to type a curly quote when the option is deselected hold down the Control key as you type a single or double quote You should avoid using Smart Quotes when creating or editing HTML documents and email message content Auto Expand Tabs When this option is on TextWrangler inserts an appropriate number of spaces instead of a tab character every time you press the Tab key ee Show Invisibles This option shows or hides non printing characters in the window Select this option when you want to see line breaks tabs and gremlins invisible characters TextWrangler uses these symbols to represent non printing characters
59. document End scroll to end of move insertion document point to end of document Pg Up scroll page up Pg Dn scroll page down Note Holding down the Command and Option keys as you press the forward delete key deletes to the end of the document Cursor Movement and Text Selection 77 78 Note Note Resolving URLs To resolve a URL Uniform Resource Locator you can Command click anywhere in the URL text or Control click to bring up the contextual menu and choose Open URL from the menu TextWrangler will examine the URL and launch the appropriate helper application If the URL is not valid or the helper application cannot be found TextWrangler will beep Some Web browsers cannot resolve URLs if the request is sent when the browser is starting up If your Web browser does not properly resolve the URL wait until the browser has finished starting up and then try again Bare Bones Software gratefully acknowledges John Norstad for providing the URL parsing code Text Options You can use the Text Options command to change the way TextWrangler edits text and the way it displays text and additional elements in its windows When you choose this command TextWrangler will drop a Text Options sheet in the current text window The controls on the Text Options sheet are divided into two parts the Editing options on the left control the way TextWrangler behaves while you type and the Display options on the right control the appe
60. documents except the selected document To move a document from one text window to another drag its name out of the first text window s documents drawer into the second text window s document drawer You can select and move multiple documents at once To save the current document you can choose Save from the File menu or the action menu To save multiple documents at once select them and choose Save from the action menu or Control click on them and select Save in the contextual menu To save all documents in the window at once hold down the Option key and choose Save All from the action menu The Status Bar The status bar is located directly to the left of the horizontal scrollbar The status bar displays the current cursor position and contains popup menus showing the language text encoding and line break format of the current document To hide the status bar turn off the Show Status Bar option in the Text Status Display preference panel 0 0 0 index html 5 Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 26 21 i i L TEJ i File Path v Desktop index html gt E index html no symbol selected Wy IES Bipoervres HTML PUBLIC W3C 0TD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN A http www w3 org TRAhtm14 Lloose dtd gt lt html gt 0 lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt i lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt
61. double click a delimiter character to invoke this command When syntax coloring is active for a document Balance including auto balance will ignore balance characters that appear inside strings or comments Previous Document Next Document You may use these commands to switch between documents within the frontmost text window By default TextWrangler selects documents in most recently viewed order but you can choose to have it select documents in display order name order by setting the Display Order option in the Documents amp Drawer preference pane If the frontmost text window contains only one document these commands will be disabled Open in Separate Window Choose this command to open the active document of the frontmost text window into its own text window If the frontmost text window contains only one document this command will be disabled Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Get Info The Get Info command displays a dialog box that lists the number of characters words line and pages in the selected text and in the document Using this command is the same as clicking the info button in the tool bar Info index html Desktop index html Selection Document Chars 63 9 744 Words 9 1 248 Lines 1 326 Pages 0 0 Paginate Copy Path Cor To find out how many pages the document will take to print click the Paginate button To put the full path to the document s file on the cl
62. filter just htm or htmi O Every AND More Criteria Fewer Criteria Any OR File Name Y Ends with v htm File Name Y Ends with v html Creation Date Vv Is Equal to v 08 24 2008 Revert Close Save The leftmost column lets you specify which attribute of a file you wish to test TextWrangler lets you test a file s name the name of its enclosing folder its creator or type its creation and modification date or both date and time or its Finder label visibility or the programming or markup language it is written in You can also test the content of a file using the Contents criterion Multi File Searching 125 126 Note The middle column lets you choose the test to be applied to the selected attribute The available options here change depending on what attribute you selected If you choose Visibility in the first column for instance your only choices are whether the file is or is not visible However if you choose File Name in the first column the middle column lets you test to see if the name does or does not exactly match contain begin with or end with a particular string You can also test file names to see if they match wildcard or Grep patterns In wildcard patterns the asterisk and question mark characters have special meanings The asterisk matches any number of characters such that c matches any file whose name ends with c The question mark
63. from the popup Key Equivalents for Status Bar Items You can assign key equivalents to the items on the status bar from the Status Bar entry in the Menus preference panel For example you can assign a key equivalent to the Line Breaks popup then press that key combination and use the arrow keys to select the desired line break option directly from the keyboard The View Menu This menu contains commands which you can use to toggle the display of navigational elements in text windows to select documents and to get information on documents and files Text Display This submenu contains commands which control various text formatting and display options You can set key equivalents for any of these commands under the Text Display entry of the View menu in the Menus preference panel You can also adjust many of the same options via the Text Options command in the Edit menu Show Fonts This command toggles display of the standard system font panel which you can use to set the font font size text style and tab spacing for the active document The chosen display style will be used for all text in the window TextWrangler does not support the use of selective text styles The font changes you make by using this command affect only the active document To set the default font size style and tab width for all documents use the Default Font option in the Editor Defaults preference panel Soft Wrap Text This command toggles the us
64. having a mode variable TextWrangler will attempt to match the mode name against all currently recognized languages before attempting to match the file name suffix or guess based on the file s contents Here is an example variable block from a plain text file Local Variables coding ISO 8859 1 tab width 8 End Force New Line at End When this option is on TextWrangler always adds a line break at the end of the file if it does not already end with one Strip Trailing Whitespace When this option is on TextWrangler will trim all trailing non vertical whitespace from the document file before writing it out Use Unicode Line Breaks If this option is on TextWrangler uses Unicode line breaks in newly created or converted Unicode documents instead of the chosen platform specific line breaks See Default Line Breaks on page 189 Make Backup Before Saving Turn this option on to have TextWrangler automatically make a backup copy of each file that you save TextWrangler creates a single backup file for each file that you save in the same folder as that file This option is global and backups can no longer be made on a per file basis However you can exclude individual files from being backed up by adding an Emacs variable to them see Emacs Local Variables on page 190 When this option is on and you close a document with unsaved changes and elect to discard those changes Don t Save TextWrangler will
65. is not running TextWrangler launches it Open Scripting Dictionary Choose this item to switch to your preferred AppleScript editor and open TextWrangler s scripting dictionary for viewing If the script editor is not running TextWrangler launches it Open Scripts Folder Choose this item to open the Scripts folder which is located within TextWrangler s application support folder See TextWrangler s Application Support Folders on page 25 Start Recording Select this item to record all available actions that you perform within TextWrangler or any other recordable applications which you switch to When this command is active the menu item will change to Stop Recording and a tape icon will flash over the Apple menu When you choose Stop Recording TextWrangler will display a Save dialog which allows you to save a script file containing the recorded actions Running and Editing Scripts Choose the item corresponding to any script to run that script Hold down the Option key when choosing a script item to have TextWrangler open the script for editing in your preferred script editor or hold down the Shift key when choosing a script item to have TextWrangler reveal the script file in the Finder If you choose a folder node rather than a script item TextWrangler will open the corresponding folder in the Finder The Scripts Palette The Scripts command located in the Palettes submenu of the Window menu opens a palette listin
66. menu or press Command Up Arrow Chapter 9 Browsers Note When the list pane has input focus the browser window s AppleScript selection property will return a list of the files currently selected See Getting and Setting Properties on page 216 for further details Using the Text Pane in Disk Browsers When you select a folder or disk in the file list pane TextWrangler displays the names of all the files and folders contained in that folder or disk in the text pane When you click on a file name TextWrangler displays the contents of the file in the text pane if the file is of a type that TextWrangler recognizes TEXT utxt or UTF8 You can search the contents of the text pane with the Find command or with the Quick Search window and you can copy text from the text pane You cannot edit a file s contents in the text pane To edit a file double click its name in the list pane or use the Open button in the tool bar to open it in a text window Search Results Browsers If you selected the Batch Find option when performing a mullti file search TextWrangler displays every occurrence of the search string in the searched files in a search results browser e088 copyright htm Search Results TextWrangler 2 0 Error Warnin M 22 Notes Open Ho 22 occurrences of TextWrangler 2 found in 7 files Vv copyright htm one occurrence found File copyright htm Line 8 lt img src twlogo gif ali
67. on TextWrangler s text editing features This appendix provides a quick reference to available keyboard and mouse shortcuts for word selection and deletion In this appendix Mouse Commands 0 cece cece cece nee eee ete eeneee 251 Arrow and Delete Keysis iieii seiu cece cnet enna 252 Emacs Key Bindings s 320 096 3 stereos a aaa gars eae Rea hee eek 253 Using universal argument 254 Mouse Commands No Modifier Shift Click move insertion point extend selection Double click select word extend selection to word Triple click select line none Triple clicking is the same as clicking in a line and then choosing the Select Line command from the Edit menu Holding down the Command or Option keys as you click or double click triggers special actions Option Command ee ption Click none Open URL none Double click none none find next instance of the selected text 251 Arrow and Delete Keys You can use the arrow keys to move the insertion point right left up and down You can augment these with the Command and Option keys to move by word line or screens or with the Shift key to create or extend selections For example pressing Shift Option Right Arrow selects the word to the right of the insertion point You can hold down the Control key while using the arrow keys to scroll through editing windows without moving the position of the insertion point
68. opened into its own text window Warn Before Closing a Window Containing Multiple Documents Choose this option to have TextWrangler warn you when you attempt to close a window with more than one document in it This warning will not occur if e TextWrangler is quitting e Any of the documents in the window contain unsaved changes since TextWrangler already asks for confirmation to save changes Open the Documents Drawer You can specify when a new text window will display the Documents Drawer always only if the window contains two or more documents or never Next Document and Previous Document Navigate in You can specify whether the Next Document and Previous Document commands should select documents according to their display order in the drawer or in order of most recent use Documents amp Drawer Preferences 175 176 Allow Documents Drawer to Acquire Keyboard Focus Choose this option to prevent the Documents Drawer from also gaining keyboard focus when you click in it When this option is on you will not be able to use typeahead or the arrow keys to move among open documents in the drawer Editing General Preferences The Editing General preferences control the behavior of various general editing behaviors Allow Single Click Line Selection When this option is on clicking in the left margin of an editing window selects an entire line If you have line numbers displayed via the Show Line Numbers option in
69. operations require TextWrangler to be frontmost Here are some examples count clipboard Returns the number of clipboards supported by the application clipboard 1 e Returns index 1 contents Files WebSite length 14 is multibyte false display font Monaco display font size 9 style plain clipboard 1 as text e Returns Files WebSite clipboard 1 as reference e Returns clipboard 1 of application TextWrangler current clipboard Returns the current clipboard as a record you can coerce it to reference or text or get individual properties To set the text in a given clipboard to literal text set contents of clipboard 3 to foobar To set the text in a clipboard to text represented by an object specifier set contents of clipboard 3 to selection of window 2 To copy the contents of one clipboard to another set contents of clipboard 5 to clipboard 3 or to set the current clipboard to the contents of a different clipboard thus making it exportable to the system clipboard set current clipboard to clipboard 3 as text or finally with even less typing involved set current clipboard to clipboard 5 To make any clipboard the current clipboard select it select clipboard 5 Scripting Text Factories You can now apply a text factory to a file via the AppleScript interface The minimum invocation is apply text factory lt file reference gt to lt reference gt TextWrangler s Scripting Model 219 220
70. or you can drag it to the Trash which is the same as choosing Close amp Delete from the File menu Key Equivalents for Tool Bar Menu Items You can assign keyboard shortcuts to items on the Text Options popup menu from the Tool Bar entry in the Menus preference panel The Split Bar Every text window and every browser text pane has a split bar a small black bar above the scroll bar that lets you split it into two active view regions Splitting a text pane lets you view and edit a document s content in two places at the same time Each region is independently scrollable Scrolling the non active split region does not automatically change view focus To split the text pane simply drag the split bar down and let go Moko A index htm 5 Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 26 21 z i TA TEJ File Path v Desktop index html gt E LI index htm no symbol selected Ws K DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C 0TD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN http www w3 org TR html4 loose dtd gt lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt ti tle gt lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit supergetinfo mac os software gt lt link rel alternate type applicatio
71. perform all of the normal editing operations on this rectangular selection such as Cut Copy Paste or drag and drop as well as text transformations such as Change Case Shift Left Shift Right Entab Detab Increase Quote Level Decrease Quote Level Strip Quotes and Zap Gremlins Rectangular selection and soft wrapping are mutually incompatible When soft wrapping is enabled dragging the mouse to make a selection will always result in a normal non rectangular selection even if you hold down the Option key Conversely if you have made a rectangular selection in a hard wrapped document the Soft Wrap Text option in the Text Options popup menu or sheet will be disabled Working with Rectangular Selections Commonly while working with text you will be performing actions on a line by line basis for example when making a selection you will start by selecting the contents of one line before moving on to the next However if you need to deal with tabular data it can be useful to think in terms of rectangles or blocks of text that include parts of several lines This is where you can make use of TextWrangler s ability to manipulate rectangular selections You cannot make or insert rectangular selections into a document which is soft wrapped so you ll need to turn off soft wrap before using this technique See Soft Wrapping on page 82 72 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Example Moving a Column Consider you h
72. readable by the root user Authenticated saving is particularly useful in conjunction with TextWrangler s Open Hidden command which allows you to see and open files in hidden folders like bin and usr When you open a file for which you do not have write privileges TextWrangler will display a slash through the pencil icon in the tool bar To edit the file click the pencil icon TextWrangler will prompt you to confirm whether you wish to unlock the file Option click the pencil icon to skip the confirmation dialog When you are finished editing simply choose Save from the File menu TextWrangler will prompt you to authenticate as a user with administrator privileges Type a suitable user name and password to save the file Chapter 3 Working with Files Note Saving Compressed Files with bz2 and gzip TextWrangler transparently supports opening browsing and saving files compressed in bz and gzip format To save a file with bz2 or gzip compression simply append an filename extension of bz2 or gz or gzip when creating it or doing a Save As of an existing document For more information on these formats issue the commands man bz2 or man gzip in the Terminal e e e Opening Existing Documents There are several ways to open existing documents with TextWrangler e Double click any file with a TextWrangler document icon e If TextWrangler is running choose the Open Open Hidden
73. replace patterns will produce the following output U I E 2 3 MUMBO jumbo u 1 2 u 3 Mumbo Jumbo Note that case transformations also affect literal strings in the replace pattern U 1 2f red MUMBO FRED 1MUMBLE 2 3 mUMBLE jumbo Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Finally note that E is not necessary to close off a modifier if another modifier appears before an E is encountered that modifier will take effect immediately Ufred uwilma FRED Wilma Examples The example patterns in this section describe some common character classes and shortcuts used for constructing grep patterns and addresses some common tasks that you might find useful in your work Matching Identifiers One of the most common things you will use grep patterns for is to find and modify identifiers such as variables in computer source code or object names in HTML source documents To match an arbitrary identifier in most programming languages you might use this search pattern a z a zA Z0 9 This pattern matches any sequence that begins with a lowercase letter and is followed by zero or more alphanumeric characters If other characters are allowed in the identifier add them to the pattern This pattern allows underscores in only the first character of the identifier a z_ a zA Z0 9 The following pattern allows underscores anywhere but the first character but allows identifiers to begin with an uppercase or lowercase letter a zA Z a z
74. rescue The following pattern will match delimited strings Marking Structured Text Suppose you are reading a long text document that does not have a table of contents but you notice that all the sections are numbered like this 3 2 7 Prehistoric Cartoon Communities 5 19 001 Restaurants of the Mesozoic You can use a grep pattern to create marks for these headings which will appear in the Mark popup menu Choose Find amp Mark All from the Mark popup menu in the navigatino bar Then decide how many levels you want to mark In this example the headings always have at least two digits and at most four Use this pattern to find the headings d dt d d t a z J and this pattern to make the file marks 1 2 The before the first search group ensures that TextWrangler matches the numeric string at the beginning of a line The pattern d matches a possible decimal point and a digit sequence The other groups use the white space idiom and the identifier idiom You can use a similar technique to mark any section that has a section mark that can be described with grep Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Marking a Mail Digest You can elaborate the structured text technique to create markers for mail digests Assume that each digest is separated by the following lines From Sadie Burke lt sadie burke com gt Date Sun 16 Jul 1995 13 17 45 0700 Subject Fishing with the judge Suppose you want
75. screen the more rows and columns TextWrangler uses The windows are never narrower than half of a classic Macintosh screen or vertically and stacks any additional windows behind the two front windows HE ee of TextWrangler tiles the front two window horizontally Note To arrange the windows using the same settings as the last time you used this command hold down the Option key as you choose Arrange from the Window menu Window Menu 113 114 Tip When a difference results browser is frontmost and you choose the Arrange command TextWrangler opens an Arrange Windows dialog which offers options for arranging the differences browser and the associated text windows These arrangement options behave similarly to the window arrangement options for text windows Click any option to have TextWrangler arrange the difference results browser and text windows as shown Arrange Windows I Arrange Windows on Largest Screer Smallest Screen Use Two Screens Cancel Arrange The radio buttons in the right hand part of the dialog specify which screen the windows will be arranged on You can choose the main screen the largest screen or the smallest screen and can optionally choose to use two screens if available Zoom key equivalent only There is no longer a Zoom command in the Window menu but the key equivalent Command still works Zoom will produce the same effect as clicking a window s zoo
76. selected text or display the Save dialog and allow you to create a new file containing the selected text The new file will use the same options see File Saving Options below as those of the original parent document If you want to save a copy of a file using the currently selected text as the file name hold down the Option key and choose Save As Selection from the File menu TextWrangler displays the Save dialog with the selected text already entered as the file s name Chapter 3 Working with Files Saving a Copy of a File You can save a copy of a file with TextWrangler s Save a Copy command in the File menu Just like the Save As command the Save a Copy command displays a Save dialog and lets you choose a name and location for the file However unlike the Save As command where TextWrangler will start working with the new file you saved in place of the original when you use Save a Copy you create a new file in the designated location but keep working with the original file For example say you are editing a document called Test c and use the Save a Copy command to save a document called Backup Test c The next time you choose the Save command TextWrangler saves the changes to Test c and not to Backup Test c File Saving Options TextWrangler s Save dialog is the standard Macintosh Save sheet with these additions Save As help_index html fa J efm sites WA Q search R Na Date Modified O
77. so you can more easily follow the organization of the script Reading an AppleScript Dictionary To display an application s AppleScript dictionary you can simply drag that application onto the Script Editor icon or use the Script Editor s Open Dictionary command As we noted earlier all scriptable applications include a dictionary that tells AppleScript how to convert English like commands into the Apple Events actually expected by the application The Script Editor uses this same information to display a sort of vocabulary guide that helps you write your scripts We will naturally use TextWrangler s scripting dictionary as an example 000 6 TextWrangler sdef lt 4 gt 4 alfala B Q7 Terminol e open E Standard Suite p prin Gi Miscellaneous gt run E BBEdit Suite gt auit B Text Suite P IB print settings B unix Scripting Required Suite Terms that every application should support open v Opens the specified item s open specifier the item s to open with properties record properties to be applied to the document when opening opening in any existing text editing window to open the document in or one of front_window new_window separate_windows stationery awareness boolean honor the Stationery flag for documents LF translation boolean convert line feeds in open documents By Default the preference setting read only boolean open documents re
78. t gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit mailsmith yojimbo supergetinfo m v rI HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF E j Opening Included Files You can use the Included Files popup to list or open any included files which the current document references e e9e index html 5 L Ta S Last Saved 08 27 2006 13 40 54 Ey File Path Sandbox BBSW_Docs Docu 8 5 doc_examples index htm 4 gt 4 index html no symbol selected Sy K DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C 0TD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN http www barebones com http www w3 ora TR htm14 Loose dtd gt z lt html gt css site styles css lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit mailsmith yojimbo supergetinfo m M 1 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF m Key Equivalents for Navigation Bar Menu Items You can assign key equivalents to the controls on the navigation bar from the Navigation Bar e
79. the Text Status Display preference panel you can click in the line number as well The pointer changes to a right arrow when it is in the left margin Click and drag to select multiple lines Double click to select an entire paragraph double click and drag to select a range of paragraphs If this option is off clicking in the left margin moves the insertion point to the beginning of the clicked line Double Click to Balance When this option is on you can double click any opening or closing parenthesis brace or bracket to select the entire range of text enclosed by a balanced pair Include Delimiter Characters when Balancing This option controls whether TextWrangler selects delimiter characters parentheses braces brackets etc when you use the Balance command either by choosing it from the View menu or by double clicking on a delimiter This option is on by default Use Hard Lines in Soft Wrapped Views When this option is on the line number bar cursor position display and Go To Line commands in editing views will use line and character position numbers that correspond to the hard line breaks actually present in the document rather than the soft wrapped line breaks Additionally when this option is on line selection commands and gestures including the Select Line command triple clicking and click selection in the left margin will treat only hard line breaks as line boundaries Soft W
80. the corresponding types of HTML and XML tags Color Attributes Separately When this option is on TextWrangler displays HTML attribute names attribute values and processing instructions using the defined colors If this option is off TextWrangler colors HTML attributes identically to their corresponding tags Source Code These options control the colors that TextWrangler uses to display the corresponding language elements e Keywords are those terms defined in a language s specification Predefined names are words which are not language keywords but which are predefined by a language s reference implementation or which are part of a language s standard library framework support or which have other special meaning to developers writing code in that language e Comments are all text set off by a language s designated comment marker s e String constants are as defined by a language s specification Text Encodings Preferences The Text Encodings preference panel presents an alphabetical list of every character set encoding available in Mac OS X and allows you to choose which of these encodings TextWrangler includes in its menus These menu are e The Read As popup menu in the Open dialog e The Encoding popup menu in the Options dialog within the Save dialog Text Encodings Preferences 187 188 Tip e The Encoding popup in the status bar e The encoding selection popup menus in this preference panel To include
81. this You can search all the files in a given folder or defined web site in a project in open editing windows or in an existing search results browser For even greater control you can select a diverse set of search sources or apply TextWrangler s advanced file filtering capabilities When you start a search TextWrangler will display a search progress window and return control so that you can continue working You can perform more than one multi file searches at a time each search will have its own progress window Closing a search s progress window or clicking Cancel in the progress window will stop the operation and TextWrangler will display a search results browser containing any matches found up to that point Multi File Searching 119 Starting a Search To search for a string in multiple files do the following steps 1 Choose Multi File Search from the Search menu or type Command Shift F to open the Multi File Search window if it is not already open eeo Multi File Search Find textirangler 2 Finda g Replace All Replace TextWrangler 3 0 Matching Case sensitive Entire word Grep Search in My Files amp Folders Other Saved Search Sets v w Recent Folders Options TextWrangler Help Desktop a v Results Browsers Save Set l SecretPreferences_main html Search Results TextWrangler 2 Filter _None i Edit One Folder TextWrangler
82. title of the window r o if the window represents a document which has been saved to disk Position point upper left coordinates of the window resizable boolean r o Is the window resizable selection specifier the selection contents any contents of the window if any text text the window s text object if any titled boolean r o Does the window have a title bar visible boolean r o Is the window visible zoomable boolean r o Is the window zoomable zoomed boolean Is the window zoomed Since TextWrangler is built from the same core engine as BBEdit its application suite shares BBEdit s terminology The first line includes the class name describes its inheritance if any and provides a short description of the class Here the description every open window means that all windows in TextWrangler belong to this class The inheritance statement inh item tells you that a window is a kind of item and that it therefore has all the properties of an item Click on the term item to take a quick look at its class definition shown below 6 TextWrangler sdef B Required Suite 5 E Standard Suite p f a documens document E Miscellaneous A a me wintow E document 0 BBEdit Suite gi a tool window Gi bounds Bi Text Suite gt Se Bi closeable xe Suite E Compare Options 0 S Unix Scripting gt m r D collapsed s FA FTP Info s 7 E index i
83. to show invisibles true modal false expand tabs true The above script command will turn on Show Invisibles and then report a scripting error since modal is a read only property Performing Actions The following sections provide basic information on how to perform various common actions via AppleScript Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Scripting Searches The ability to script searches presents you with a very powerful tool since you can prepare a script which instructs TextWrangler to perform a whole series of search or search and replace operations Consider the scripting command below tell application TextWrangler find TextWrangler searching in document of text window 1 7 options search mode Grep with selecting match end tell In previous versions the find command always operated on the front window Now you must explicitly specify the text to be searched either by specifying an explicit tell target or by supplying a searching in parameter So the following scripts are equivalent tell application TextWrangler find TextWrangler searching in document of text window 1 end tell and tell application TextWrangler tell document of text window 1 find TextWrangler end tell end tell Note that either the tell target or the searching in parameter must resolve to something that contains text As a shortcut you can specify a window and if the window contains text the search can proceed Y
84. to generate a hex dump representation from a file that you choose Choose Hex Dump Front Document to generate a hex dump representation of the frontmost document as it exists in memory You should bear in mind that the result of performing the Hex Dump command against a disk file may differ from the result obtained by using it against an open document since when a document is open in memory even without any explicit edits being made line break translation and possibly character set encoding conversions have taken place Making Backups TextWrangler can automatically make a backup copy of each document you edit before saving it To enable this feature turn on the Make Backup Before Saving option in the Text Files preference panel For complete details on how this feature works and optional behaviors please see Make Backup Before Saving on page 231 Hex Dump for Files and Documents 51 52 Note e e Printing To print a document choose the Print command from the File menu TextWrangler will display a standard print sheet in that document s window Printer HP LaserJet M3027 MFP aA Presets Standard kH PDF v Preview Cancel Print To print one copy of the active document without displaying the print sheet hold down the Shift key and choose the Print One Copy command from the File menu Text Printing Options You can access all of TextWrangler s application speci
85. used in a document when you save it so the next time you open it you will not need to choose the font However you may not be able to read files which do not have this stored information for instance files downloaded from the Internet until you choose an appropriate encoding for them When performing a search TextWrangler respects any available information about each file s encoding If a file does not contain any information about its encoding TextWrangler will use the default encoding set in the Text Encodings Preferences panel Unicode Unicode is an international standard for character encoding which includes an extensive selection of characters from Roman Cyrillic Asian Middle Eastern and various other scripts For more background information or complete details on Unicode the Unicode Consortium web site is the best place to look http www unicode org TextWrangler fully supports and makes extensive use of Unicode in addition to all other OS supported text encodings In particular TextWrangler internally represents all documents as Unicode regardless of their on disk encoding Saving Unicode Files TextWrangler lets you save documents that use character set encodings other than Mac Roman even multi byte character sets When saving a file you can choose to save text composed in any script with any encoding In addition to the standard character set encodings TextWrangler also lets you save the files in a variety of p
86. width if they do not contain any white space This way long URLs and other extended strings of characters are visible without requiring horizontal scrolling Soft Wrapping with Indentation You can control how TextWrangler indents soft wrapped text by means of the Soft Wrapped Line Indentation option in the Editing General preference panel Choose Flush Left to have all lines of each paragraph below the first wrap flush to the left margin of the window Choose First Line to have all subsequent lines of a paragraph wrap to the same indent level as its first line Choose Reverse to have all subsequent lines of each paragraph wrap indented one level deeper than its first line Exporting Soft Wrapped Text TextWrangler will not insert hard line breaks into softwrapped files upon saving them If you wish to add hard line breaks to a softwrapped file use the Hard Wrap or Add Line Breaks command Soft Wrapping in Browsers Use the Text Options command from the Edit menu to control soft wrapping and other display options for files viewed in a browser window Soft Wrapping and Line Numbers The preference Use Hard Lines in Soft Wrapped Views controls how line numbers are displayed when you use soft wrapping If this option is turned on the line number bar cursor position display and Go To Line commands in editing views will use line numbers that correspond to hard carriage returns in the document rather than to soft wrapped line break
87. window the document s properties pertain strictly to the condition of a document that is something that can be saved to disk and opened later Note that this does not mean a document must be saved to a file only that it could be As arule documents and windows are associated with each other but it is important to remember that there is not a one to one correspondence between windows and documents For example the About box is a window which has no document associated with it Furthermore in current versions of the application there is no such thing as a document with no associated window Here is a general overview of the object classes used in TextWrangler Classes of Windows e window the basic window class contains properties that can be fetched and set for any window on screen position size and so forth e palette the palette class refers to windows that float above all others on the screen i e any window opened from the Palettes submenu of the Window menu text window the text window class provides properties which are specific to text editing windows as on screen entities These properties pertain mostly to the display of text in the window show invisibles auto_indent and so on In addition to the text editing specific properties the basic window properties are also accessible disk browser window provides a way to reference windows corresponding to open disk browsers A disk browser window does not present an
88. 3 C Report results 384 Don t Process 3D Cancel Process TextWrangler waits briefly before displaying the Command key equivalents so that you can type a sequence quickly without making the dialog flicker Human Interface Notes 19 20 What s New in this Version TextWrangler 3 0 offers many powerful new features for editing and processing text and code and for managing your work The major enhancements offered by this release include e Edit anywhere you can now edit files directly within disk browsers search results browsers and related locations e Modeless Find and Multi File Search windows provide a consistent familiar interface to TextWrangler s powerful search and replace capabilities e Find Differences now uses the system diff tool for more consistent reporting and supports applying sub line differences e Ruby language support substantially improved e JavaScript language support substantially improved including handling of Prototype style object definitions e Live display of document statistics character word and line count e Transparent support for opening and saving bz2 compressed files e Category based Open Recent menu for quick flexible access to recent files as well as all the powerful core features that TextWrangler and BBEdit are known for Info on New Features In addition to these major enhancements TextWrangler 3 0 contains numerous other interface and behavioral refinements
89. 5 POSIX Style Character Classes 153 preference panel Menus 239 Preferences 171 Application 173 Editor 76 223 Function Popup 224 Printing 52 Prefix Suffix Lines plug in 98 Print Color Syntax 53 Print Line Numbers 53 Print One Copy command 52 Print Selection Only 52 printing 52 Process Lines Containing plug in 101 pull down menus 17 Python 225 configuration 227 Python scripts 225 recording scripts 212 rectangular selection 72 Redo command 58 reflowing paragraphs 83 refresh open files 174 regular expressions see grep remember recently used items 174 Remove Line Breaks command 81 Rendezvous see Bonjour 46 repetition metacharacters 141 Replace 118 Replace amp Find Again command 118 130 Replace All 118 121 128 130 Replace command 130 Replace to End 118 replacing text 56 see also searching Reset to Factory Colors 186 Return key 18 rubber stamp 53 Ruby 225 S Save a Copy command 35 Save a Copy to FTP Server command 49 Save As command 34 Save As options Save As Stationery 35 Save command 34 Save Selection command 34 Save to FTP Server command 48 script systems 95 Scripts 230 Scripts menu 27 Scripts palette 27 239 scrolling synchronized 114 search results window 121 169 searching 117 all open documents 123 backward 129 case sensitive 118 129 for non printing characters 119 for whole words 118 from contextual menus 186 grep 118 see also grep in a folder 123 in multiple files 119 in results of a pre
90. 600 e cece eee eee 117 Search Settings 118 Special Characters 119 Table of Contents Multi File Searching a4 oie ss ay ob outs hie ae cee ee dee 119 Starting a Search 120 Find All and Multi File Search Results 121 Specifying the Search Set 122 Saved Search Sets 124 Multi File Search Options 124 File Filters 124 Searching CVS Directories 127 Multi File Replacing i e E nee 127 Que Sear CIN sess E tere date fs halo Ade Ste ode ier BAAR whe 128 Search Menu Reference 00 ccc ce cc cece cence eens 129 Find 129 Multi File Search 129 Quick Search 129 Find Next Previous 129 Find All 129 Find Selected Text Previous Selected Text 129 Use Selection for Find 130 Use Selection for Find grep 130 Use Selection for Replace 130 Use Selection for Replace grep 130 Replace 130 Replace All 130 Replace to End 130 Replace amp Find Again 130 Go to Line 131 Go to Center Line 131 Go to Function Start End 131 Go to Previous Next Function 131 Jump Back 131 Jump Forward 131 Set Jump Mark 131 Find Differences 131 Compare Two Front Documents 132 Compare Against Disk File 132 Apply to New 132 Apply to Old 132 Compare Again 132 Find Definition 132 Find in Reference 132 Chapter 8 Searching with Grep 133 What Is Grep or Pattern Searching 00sec e e
91. 86 Inserting File amp Folder Paths 86 Inserting a Folder Listing 86 Inserting a Page Break 86 Comparing Text Files 2 0 6 ccc cee eee A EAE 87 Compare Against Disk File 89 Multi File Compare Options 89 Using Markers eraieeaeh E OH leas RS ate Tle eee as 90 Setting Markers 91 Clearing Markers 91 Using Grep to Set Markers 92 Using Grep to Set Markers 92 Spell Checking Documents 0 e cee ccc cee teen eens 92 Check Spelling As You Type 92 Manual Spell Checking 93 The Spelling Panel 93 Using Excalibur for Spell Checking 94 55 Basic Editing TextWrangler behaves like most Macintosh word processors and text editors Characters that you type in an active window appear at the insertion point a vertical blinking bar You can click and drag the mouse to select several characters or words and the selected text is highlighted using the system highlight color which you can set in the Appearance panel of the System Preferences 00 untitled text J j New Document 7 W PE untitledtext W This line of text is not selected This is the selected text An additional Line of text OG gt 3 1 none Unicode UTF 8 no BOM Unix LF If you select some text and then type whatever you type replaces the selected text To delete selected text press the Delete key or choose Clear from the Edit menu If you have a keyboard with a numeri
92. 87 This option is on by default The adjustable width page guide replaces the historical Philip Bar margin indicator Show Tab Stops If this option is on TextWrangler displays tab stops as vertical grid lines within the content area of text windows using the tab width set in the Fonts panel Show Line Numbers If this option is on TextWrangler displays line numbers along the left edge of the window Function List These options allow you to chose how TextWrangler presents items on the Function popup menu Sort Items by Name If this option is on TextWrangler sorts the items in the Function popup menu by name Otherwise items appear in the same order in the menu as they appear in the file This option is off by default Show Function Prototypes When this option is on TextWrangler displays the names of function prototypes as well as function definitions in the Function popup menu Otherwise the menu does not include entries for function prototypes This option is on by default Windows Preferences The Windows preferences control the arrangement of both newly created windows and windows that do not contain their own display state information See Text Files Preferences on page 188 Window Stacking This option determines how TextWrangler stacks windows down and to the left straight down directly atop or down and to the right TextWrangler stacks windows down and to the left by default When Arranging Windo
93. A Z0 9_ Matching White Space Often you will want to match two sequences of data that are separated by tabs or spaces whether to simply identify them or to rearrange them For example suppose you have a list of formatted label data pairs like this User name Bernard Rubble Occupation Actor Spouse Betty You can see that there are tabs or spaces between the labels on the left and the data on the right but you have no way of knowing how many spaces or tabs there will be on any given line Here is a character class that means match one or more white space characters t So if you wanted to transform the list above to look like this User name Bernard Rubble Occupation Actor Spouse Betty Examples 149 150 You would use this search pattern a z t a z and this replacement pattern NI 2 Matching Delimited Strings In some cases you may want to match all the text that appears between a pair of delimiters One way to do this is to bracket the search pattern with the delimiters like this n n This works well if you have only one delimited string on the line But suppose the line looked like this apples oranges kiwis mangos penguins The search string above would match the entire line This is another instance of the longest match behavior of TextWrangler s grep engine which was discussed previously Once again non greedy quantifiers come to the
94. All menu key combinations must include either the Command key or the Control key or both except function keys which may be used unmodified The Help Home End Page Up and Page Down keys can be used in menu key combinations as well The Help key can be assigned without modifiers the others must be used in combination with at least either the Command or Control key When the Auto Assign Shortcut Keys option in the Windows preference panel is on TextWrangler reserves the key combinations Command 0 through Command 9 for file entries in the Window menu The system may also preempt certain key combinations such as Command Tab Allow Menu Key Equivalents to Autorepeat Turn this option on to enable autorepeat when typing key equivalents This option is off by default since according to the Macintosh Human Interface Guidelines menu commands should not autorepeat Include Contextual Menu Items for These options control which commands TextWrangler presents on its contextual menu You can show or hide each category of commands by turning it on or off Available categories include e Spell checking e Clipboard operations e Save New with selection e Text searching e Resolve URL e Markers Text Colors Preferences The Text Colors preferences let you select the default colors that TextWrangler uses for syntax coloring To turn syntax coloring on globally check the Syntax Coloring option in the Editor Defaults preference panel You can
95. Apple considers to be common it should use these standard terms so that scripters do not need to learn a new term for each application they work with After that it is a free for all each developer is free to organize their events and classes however they think best In addition to the Required and Standard suites TextWrangler has a Miscellaneous suite a TextWrangler Suite and aText suite Additionally if you have any scriptable plug ins installed as many of the supplied ones are you will see additional suite entries for each such plug in Within each suite events verbs are displayed in normal text while classes nouns are italicized Most commands sent to TextWrangler will start with one of the verbs In some cases get might be implied Events Let s look more closely at one of the events Save is a good one to start with It is shown below 000 6 TextWrangler sdef n ew gt py A aia Qr Terminology Ba atiga O O O l OOOO M v duplicate E Standard Suite E G exists B Miscellaneous gt move B BBEdit Suite gt oet Bi Text Suite gt make Unix Scripting P set save v Save a window or document save specifier the object to save to alias file in which to save the window s contents saving as stationery boolean save the file as stationery By Default false add to recent list boolean add to the application s recent file list By Default true add to fav
96. AppleScript AppleScript is an English like language which you can use to write scripts that automate the actions of applications and exchange data between applications Although AppleScripts can manipulate applications user interfaces by taking advantage of Mac OS X s GUI Scripting capability this is not their primary function Rather scripts talk directly to a application s internals bypassing its user interface and interacting directly with its data and capabilities If you want to insert some text into a document emulating a user typing into an editing window is not the most efficient way of accomplishing this With AppleScript you just tell the application to insert the text directly If you want the application to save the frontmost document you need not mime choosing Save from the File menu but rather just tell the application to save its frontmost document AppleScript is actually a specific language which resides atop the general Open Scripting Architecture OSA provided by Mac OS X Although AppleScript is by far the most popular OSA language there are others including UserLand Frontier and a JavaScript version All OSA languages are capable of accomplishing similar things although the actual commands you would use differ from one language to the next In this chapter we will focus exclusively on AppleScript since it is the standard scripting language but you should bear in mind that there are other options Scriptable
97. AppleScript implementation behaves In addition to the basic AppleScript documentation included with the system you may find the following resources useful in your quest to understand scripting Books AppleScript The Definitive Guide Matt Neuberg O Reilly and Associates 2003 ISBN 0 59600 557 1 AppleScript in a NutShell Bruce W Perry O Reilly and Associates 2001 ISBN 1 56592 841 5 Mailing Lists AppleScript Users http www lists apple com applescript users html The official list for AppleScript users run by Apple Computer TextWrangler Talk TextWrangler Scripting http www barebones com support lists html The TextWrangler Scripting discussion list often covers scripting topics which also apply to TextWrangler either of these lists is a good place to ask questions about TextWrangler s AppleScript implementation Mac Scripting http www its unimelb edu au hma pub macscrpt Unofficial list covers AppleScript and other Macintosh scripting languages with occasional forays into peripheral topics Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Web Sites AppleScript at Apple Computer http www apple com applescript This is the starting point for AppleScript from the people who invented it Includes a tutorial and a good amount of technical information The AppleScript Sourcebook http www AppleScriptSourcebook com An extensive collection of links and articles about AppleScript AppleScript Primer http www
98. Auto Expand Tabs Navigation Bar Open Files Menu Open Function Menu Open Includes Menu Open Marker Menu Markers Set Marker Set Marker Clear Markers Clear All Markers Find amp Mark All Find amp Mark All editing windows popup menu editing windows Ctl Opt F Ctl Opt N Ctl Opt l Ctl Opt M popup menu Opt Opt Opt Listing by Menu and Command Name 245 Status Bar Open Language Menu Open Text Encodings Menu Open Breaks Menu Line Breaks Macintosh Unix DOS Unicode Find Windows Case Sensitive Entire Word Use Grep Selection Only Wrap Around Open Search History Menu Open Saved Patterns Menu FTP SFTP Browser Open Path Menu Connect Disconnect Go to Get Info Show items starting with Refresh Miscellaneous Commands Zoom Window Zoom All Windows Zoom Window Full Screen Zoom All Windows Full Screen Open URL Appendix A Command Reference editing windows Ctl Opt M popup menu Find window only Ctl Shift N Ctl Shift E Ctl Shift G Ctl Shift S Ctl Shift W Ctl Shift H Ctl Shift P FTP Browser windows only Cmd Cmd Opt Cmd Opt Ctl Cmd click in URL Listing by Default Key Equivalents Key Command Cmd 1 to Cmd 0 Window Open windows Cmd A Edit Select All Cmd B View Balance Cmd C Edit Copy Cmd D File Open Selectio
99. Choose Open Selection from the File menu If a suffix of the form x follows the name TextWrangler will automatically expand the selection to include the suffix TextWrangler also understands the Unix style line number and character offset specifications line offset that can be appended to a file name and will honor them when opening a file If the specified file is already open this command will simply select the designated location within the file These specifications are frequently generated by Unix command line tools For example selecting the text main cp 210 and choosing Open Selection will open the file main cp and automatically select line 210 while selecting the text foo cp 398 43 will open the file foo cp and automatically position the insertion point at the specified location In searching for the requested file TextWrangler will look in the following locations in order e If the selected file name is surrounded by angle brackets TextWrangler will start its search in the folder that you have specified in the Search Folders list of the File Search preference panel e Otherwise TextWrangler will look first in the same folder as the file containing the selected file name and then in any subfolders within that folder e If TextWrangler cannot find the file in any of these places it will display a Choose Folder dialog to allow you to locate the file manually In some cases there may
100. Conditional Subpatterns 159 Once Only Subpatterns 160 Recursive Patterns 162 Chapter 9 Browsers Browser Overview 0 00 cece eee eee eee eas List Pane 165 Tool Bar 166 Text View Pane 166 Splitter 166 Disk Browsers 0 00 0 c ccc cc ee eee nes Disk Browser Controls 167 Contextual Menu Commands 168 Dragging Items 168 Using the List Pane in Disk Browsers 168 Using the Text Pane in Disk Browsers 169 Search Results Browsers 00 0 c cece eee eee Table of Contents Chapter 10 Preferences 171 The Preferences Command 0 0 00 cece cece eee eees 171 Searching the Preferences 172 Application Preferences 1 2 2 0 cece eens 173 Software Update 173 List Display Font 173 Automatically refresh documents as they change on disk 174 Remember the N most recently used items 174 At Startup 174 Documents amp Drawer Preferences 000 cece eee e eee 175 New amp Opened Documents 175 Warn Before Closing a Window Containing Multiple Documents 175 Open the Documents Drawer 175 Next Document and Previous Document Navigate in 175 Allow Documents Drawer to Acquire Keyboard Focus 176 Editing General Preferences 0 6066 nnan r eens 176 Allow Single Click Line Selection 176 Double Click to Balance 176 Include Delimiter Characters when Balancing 176 Use Hard Lines in Soft Wrapped Views
101. IN MAX match at least MIN times but no more than MAX Astute readers will note that these non greedy quantifiers correspond exactly to their normal greedy counterparts appended with a question mark Revisiting our problem of matching HTML tags for example we can search for lt gt Writing Search Patterns 145 146 Note This matches an opening bracket followed by one or more occurrences of any character other than a return followed by a closing bracket The non greedy quantifier achieves the results we want preventing TextWrangler from overrunning the closing angle bracket and matching across several tags A slightly more complicated example how could you write a pattern that matches all text between lt B gt and lt B gt HTML tags Consider the sample text below lt B gt Welcome lt B gt to the home of lt B gt TextWrangler lt B gt As before you might be tempted to write lt B gt lt B gt but for the same reasons as before this will match the entire line of text The solution is similar we will use the non greedy quantifier lt B gt lt B gt Writing Replacement Patterns Subpatterns Make Replacement Powerful We covered subpatterns earlier when discussing search patterns and discussed how the parentheses can be used to limit the scope of the alternation operator Another reason for employing subpatterns in your grep searches is to provide a powerful and flexible way to chang
102. MCanResolvelncludeFiles Boolean If this key is present and its value is true BBEdit will send kBBLMResolvelncludeFileMessage for every include chosen off the includes menu The param block will include a CFStringRef with the name a CFURLRef to the document on disk which may be NULL and a place for you to put a CFURLRef when returning If the module returns NULL and noErr then BBEdit will assume that the module declined to do anything with the string and will look for the file as usual If the module returns a non NULL URL BBEdit will resolve it so the module can make a file http FTP or SFTP URL and the right thing will happen If the module returns something other than noErr BBEdit will not attempt anything else with the include and will report the error BBLMReferenceSearchURLTempla String te Language modules can now specify a default value for the Reference URL Template language specific preference by including a suitable URL string http www example com foobar cgi __ SYMBOLNAME__ with this key BBLMIsSourceKind Boolean If this key is present and its value is true files with this suffix are considered source files BBLMIsHeaderKind Boolean Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Key Value Type If this key is present and its value is true files with this suffix are considered header files If both the BBLMIsSourceKind and BBLMIsHeaderKind keys are present and ha
103. New Text Document Choose this option to have TextWrangler open a new empty text editing window New Disk Browser Choose this option to have TextWrangler open a disk browser starting at your home directory Open Choose this option to have TextWrangler bring up the standard Open dialog in which you can select and open files Open from FTP SFTP Server This option specifies that TextWrangler should bring up the Open from FTP SFTP Server dialog allowing you to connect to an FTP server and open a file You can hold down the following modifiers during launch to override these actions Modifier s Function Option Suppress startup items only Chapter 10 Preferences Modifier s Function Shift Disable all plug ins tools external services and startup items Reopen Documents That Were Open at last Quit Choose this option to have TextWrangler remember what documents as well as disk browsers and FTP SFTP browsers are open when you choose the Quit command TextWrangler will reopen those documents the next time you launch it This option is on by default Documents amp Drawer Preferences The Documents amp Drawers preferences control how TextWrangler handles opening text documents into editing windows and how the Documents Drawer behaves New amp Opened Documents You can specify whether newly created or opened documents always should be opened into the frontmost text window or whether each document should be
104. No BOM without recourse to the below preferences option 8 Finally it uses the encoding chosen for the option If the file s encoding can t be guessed use from the pop up menu in the Text Encodings preference panel To change the encoding for a file after opening it use the Text Encoding popup in the document s status bar If an encoding change results in the conversion of a document s contents from a single byte script to a multi byte script TextWrangler will mark the document as being dirty or changed Chapter 3 Working with Files IMPORTANT Using the Open Command To open a file with the Open command 1 Choose Open from the File menu TextWrangler displays a standard Open dialog eo mm Open lt gt jam Gsites FA Q search E VMteopard 2 Name Date Modified gt images August 16 2008 14 02 ose 3 index html August 16 2008 14 02 Y PLACES gt G Streaming August 16 2008 14 02 Desktop Downloads A Applications Bil Documents fi Library a Movies Pictures v Enable All TextWrangler Documents H M Translate line breaks Read as auto detect 4 Open in default A Cancel Oper asasinen 2 Select the file you want to open You can select or deselect multiple files by holding down the Command key or the Shift key as you click the files 3 Change any desired options see below 4 Click Open to open the file You can use the opti
105. SCII Table window displays the ASCII value of the character to the right of the insertion point or the first character of the selection Plug In Tools If any plug ins are installed in TextWrangler s application support folder this item will be displayed and you can choose it to open the Tools palette If there are no plug ins installed TextWrangler will not display this item See Chapter 13 Using Plug Ins for more information on installing plug ins Scripts The Scripts palette displays all the currently installed AppleScripts in your TextWrangler Scripts folder See Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler for information about using AppleScript with TextWrangler Chapter 6 Arranging Windows amp Palettes Note Stationery The Stationery List is a palette that displays all the stationery pads you have placed inside the Stationery folder of TextWrangler s application support folder You can create a new document from any of these pads by double clicking it in this list Although the document created will have the content and all the state information from the stationery pad it is a new untitled document separate from the stationery pad To create a stationery pad click the Save As Stationery checkbox when saving the file from TextWrangler Alternately any document can be changed into a stationery pad in the Finder by clicking the Stationery Pad checkbox in the document s Get Info window By default items in the Stati
106. Shift Right command or Shift Tab to invoke the Shift Left command this may be useful for those accustomed to Windows editing key behavior When this option is off pressing Tab will insert a tab character in the normal manner This option is off by default Exchange Command and Option Key Behavior These two checkboxes let you swap the meaning of the Option and Command keys when used with cursor navigation keys to move through a window s contents You can set this separately for horizontal and vertical cursor movement For details on using cursor navigation keys see Chapter 4 and Appendix B Enable Shift Delete for Forward Delete When this option is selected holding down the Shift key with the Delete key makes the Delete key work the same way as the Forward Delete key on extended keyboards This feature is particularly useful on PowerBooks Editing Keyboard Preferences 177 178 Use Numeric Keypad for Cursor Movement To use the numeric keypad to move the insertion point select this option start of line 3 scroll up left show selection right 4 end of line down scroll down 2 You can use the Shift key with the keys on the numeric keypad to extend a selection You can use the Command and Option keys with the 2 4 6 and 8 keys as you would the arrow keys To toggle the behavior of the keypad between moving the cursor and entering numbers hold down the Option key and press the Clear key in the upp
107. TextWrangler searches in response to an Open File by Name or Open Selection command or an Open Counterpart command to locate the corresponding source or header file TextWrangler will always search usr include and usr local include regardless of any additionally specified folders Folders The contents of each folder listed as a Folder entry will be searched recursively i e the contents of any subfolders will also be searched To add a folder to the list do any of the following e Click the Add Folder button and select the desired folder in the standard folder navigation dialog e Drag the icon of the folder to the path box To change the target folder for an existing entry select it from the list click the Change button and choose a new folder using the directory selection dialog To remove folders from the list select them and click the Remove button Unix Search Paths The contents of each folder listed as a Unix search path will only be searched directly i e without recursion To add a Unix search path to the list click the Add Path button and type or paste the path in the resulting sheet or click the Choose Folder button and select the desired folder in the standard folder navigation dialog To change the target folder for an existing entry select it from the list click the Change button and type or paste the new path or click the Choose Folder button and select the desired new folder To remove folders from
108. Unix scripting environments and the command line TextWrangler offers a variety of capabilities to support your development tasks beginning with syntax coloring and function browsing support for numerous languages and extending to direct integration with the native Mac OS X Perl and Python environments as well as other Unix scripting tools such as Ruby or shell scripts Additionally you can invoke TextWrangler from the command line via the optional edit and twdiff tools In this chapter Configuring TextWrangler 0 c ccc eee eee e eens 223 Syntax Coloring 223 Switching Between Source and Header Files 224 TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line 0c e eee eee 224 Installing the Command Line Tools 224 The edit Command Line Tool 224 The twdiff Command Line Tool 225 Using Unix Scripts 225 Language Resources 226 Line Endings and Unix Scripts 227 Shebang Menu 228 e Filters and Scripts 229 Filters 230 Scripts 230 Additional Notes 230 Configuring TextWrangler The Shebang menu is always available by default to allow you access to TextWrangler s support for Unix scripting tools Syntax Coloring Although it is not essential you may want to turn on syntax coloring when you use TextWrangler with a development environment When syntax coloring is on TextWrangler displays keywords and other language elements in color You can turn on synta
109. When opening a malformed UTF 8 document TextWrangler will present an alert to warn you When such a file is encountered during mullti file searching a warning will be logged An International Text Primer 45 46 Accessing FTP SFTP Servers TextWrangler can open files directly from and save them to any available FTP server It can also open and save files directly via SFTP SSH File Transfer Protocol In order to access a server via SFTP that server must be running a compatible version of sshd A great many machines including Mac OS X systems for which Remote Login is turned on in the Sharing panel of System Preferences satisfy these criteria Aside from choosing the SFTP checkbox in the Open from Save to dialogs or the FTP SFTP Browser opening and saving files via SFTP works just like it does when using ordinary FTP A file opened via SFTP will appear in the Open Recent submenu with an sftp URL and you can send a get URL event to TextWrangler with an sftp URL as well Opening Files from FTP SFTP Servers To directly open files from an FTP or SFTP server choose Open from FTP SFTP Server from the File menu TextWrangler will open an new FTP SFTP Browser window Like other browser windows FTP SFTP browsers will remain open until you close them and once connected they will maintain a persistent connection to the server for as long as they remain open Enter the server s name in the Server fi
110. a plist filename extension If a module fails to load TextWrangler will write some diagnostic information to the system console Installing Codeless Language Modules To install a language module move or copy the module file into the Language Modules folder of your TextWrangler application support folder Library Application Support TextWrangler Language Modules If no such folder exists you may create one After installing a new language module you will need to quit and relaunch TextWrangler in order to use it Function Scanning with Regular Expressions Codeless language modules for use with BBEdit 8 5 and later TextWrangler 2 0 and later may specify the Function Pattern key as a PCRE compatible regular expression ie a grep pattern instead of a string This expression should return the named subpatterns function_name e g P lt function_name gt and function to identify the function s name which will be displayed in the function popup menu and the function as a whole You can omit the function subpattern in order to allow the entire pattern to match against functions but you should not omit the function_name subpattern as if this is not present TextWrangler will not display matches in the function popup Since the pattern TextWrangler uses internally when searching is a compound of your string comment skip and function patterns you must use named backreferences rather th
111. a filename extension of textfactory If you store documents in any manner which does not preserve file type info you must name your text factory documents accordingly Installing Text Factories To make a text factory available place it in the Text Factories folder of the TextWrangler application support folder Once you have done so that text factory will be available in the Text Factories menu in the Apply Text Factory command see page 97 and on the Text Factories palette see page 111 Text Factories in TextWrangler 105 106 The Text Factories Menu This menu lists all the text factories installed in the Text Factories folder To run a text factory choose it from the menu TextWrangler will then display the Run Text Factory dialog which will display information about the target files and folders if any that the text factory is configured to process Run Text Factory Files to Process Chooser 9 nothing to search C Options J Cancel J Ru Choosing Targets If the text factory does not have any defined targets or you would like to add additional targets click Choose to present a sheet containing a list of selected and available target items This list is similar to the Sources drawer used for multi file searches in the Find dialog C Other My Files amp Folders v L Open Text Documents 2 0 Notes txt Users Shared v Recent Folders C myexamplesite Users Shared OB gt
112. a task directly from within TextWrangler Since TextWrangler must kill the spawned Perl or Python or shell process with a SIGINT any unflushed data in open filehandles including STDOUT and STDERR will be lost unless the script takes measures to prevent this Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 231 232 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line CHAPTER Language Modules amp Plug Ins Language modules and plug ins are code modules that enhance TextWrangler s features Language modules provide support for syntax coloring and optionally function browsing for programming languages beyond those built in while plug ins provide specialized text processing and related features These items are often called BBEdit plug ins because their format was originally defined for BBEdit TextWrangler 3 can use any plug ins created for BBEdit 9 and later This chapter describes the basic procedures for installing and using language modules and plug ins and provides references to information about producing such items In this chapter Installing Language Modules and Plug Ins 1 6 00 00 cece eens 233 Using Language Modules 1 6 cece ccc cece eee e ene nee 234 Codeless Language Modules 234 Language Module Compatibility 234 Overriding Existing Modules 235 Using Plug Mis Sesi a Ea saesh REA Mis Velo a eee gira 235 The Tools Menu and Palette 235 Setting Key Equivalents for Plug Ins 235
113. ad only By Default false reading as auto_detect file UTFS8 file Unicode File Byte Swapped Unicode File interpret the contents of the file in which way By Default auto detect file type adding to recent list boolean add to the application s recent file list By Default true adding to favorites list boolean add to the application s favorite file list By Default true print v Print the specified object s print specifier the item s to print You will probably want to make the window bigger if you have room on your screen AppleScript Overview 201 202 The left hand top column lists all the scripting suites supported by the application The center column shows the events and classes contained within the suite s selected in the left hand column An event is a verb it tells the application what to do A class is a noun a piece of data or a structured collection of data inside the program In TextWrangler for instance classes are things like files windows the clipboard browsers and so on Suites The first thing you will notice is that TextWrangler s scripting dictionary is divided into several different suites A suite is just a collection of related events and classes Apple for instance has decreed that all applications should support particular events which together are called the Required Suite Another Apple defined suite is the Standard Suite if an application offers certain functions which
114. ally hide the Tools menu The Plug In Info command in the TextWrangler menu displays a window listing all installed plug ins and their version numbers The Help and Web Site buttons at the bottom of the window are enabled when there is online help or a Web page available respectively about the selected plug in The Tools Menu and Palette Any plug ins you place directly in the Plug Ins subfolder of TextWrangler s application support folder will appear as individual items in the Tools menu If you place them in subfolders within the Plug Ins folder they will appear in submenus of the Tools menu that mirror this subfolder structure In the Tools window such subfolders will appear as separate sublists plug ins located at the top level of the Plug Ins folder will appear in the sublist named Plug Ins The Tools palette can be displayed by choosing Plug In Tools from the Palettes submenu of the Window menu Any plug ins you have installed will appear both in this Tools palette and in the Tools menu itself Names that are too long to fit within the width of the window are truncated with ellipses Hovering the mouse over such a truncated name displays a tool tip showing the full name If you hold down the Option key the tool tip will appear instantly with no hovering delay Names that fit entirely within the window without truncation do not display a tool tip Setting Key Equivalents for Plug Ins The Set Key button in the TextWran
115. alog You can set the search and replace strings choose searching options and for a multi file search specify the set of files to search Multi File Search Opens the Multi File Search window See Multi File Searching on page 119 and Multi File Replacing on page 127 Quick Search Opens the Quick Search window You can use this window to interactively search for text strings as described in the previous section Find Next Previous Searches the current document for the next occurrence of the search string Hold down the Shift key to find the previous occurrence Find All Finds all instances of the search string in the current document or search set and displays a search results browser Find Selected Text Previous Selected Text Uses the selected text as the search string and finds the next occurrence of the selected text Hold down the Shift key to find the previous occurrence of the selected text When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search string to its Search History list of recently used search strings Search Menu Reference 129 130 Tip You can also hold down the Option and Command keys as you double click on a selection to search for the next occurrence of the selected text Use Selection for Find Choose the Use Selection for Find command to enter the currently selected text into the Find amp Replace dialog as the search string without opening the dialog This comman
116. also select a custom window background color and text color as well as custom highlight colors which will apply to all text windows You can adjust HTML tag and source code colors on a per language basis by using the Colors option in the Languages preference panel See Languages Preferences on page 183 How to Change Colors The color bars show the colors that TextWrangler uses to display different interface and language elements To change colors click the color box TextWrangler will open the system Color Picker dialog box that you can use to select a new color To restore all colors and options to their default settings click the Reset to Factory Colors button Chapter 10 Preferences General These options control the foreground text and background window colors and the color of the underline used by the spelling check to mark questioned words Guide Contrast You can use this sliding control to adjust the contrast level of the page guide display region See Show Page Guide on page 196 Use Custom Highlight Color Turn this option on to have TextWrangler use custom highlight colors You can choose the primary and secondary highlight colors Highlight Insertion Point When this option is on TextWrangler highlights the line currently containing the insertion point using the indicated color You can choose the line highlight color HTML Tags These options control the colors that TextWrangler uses to display
117. ampleStrings R Using the Open Recent Command The Open Recent submenu contains a list of files you have opened recently To open one of these files choose it from the Open Recent submenu To set the number of items displayed in the Open Recent list use the Remember the most recently used items option on the Application preference panel Using the Reopen using Encoding Command The Reopen using Encoding submenu contains a list of all available text encodings To reopen the current text document and have its contents interpreted using a different encoding choose the desired encoding from the Reopen using Encoding submenu This command will only be available if the current document is unmodified An International Text Primer Mac OS X includes extensive support for working with international text including Unicode If you have enabled additional text input methods in the International section of the System Preferences you will see the Input menu on the right hand side of the menu bar This menu allows you to change keyboard layouts or script systems as you work Actually even if you have never used a non Roman script system before you may still have used this menu if you have ever chosen an alternate keyboard layout such as Dvorak or a keyboard layout for a Roman language such as French However since the Roman script is suitable for several languages choosing one of these keyboard layouts still leaves you in the Roman script
118. an encoding for display select it and click Enable To remove an encoding from display select it and click Disable To include all encodings or remove all but the required the encodings click the Enable All or Disable All buttons respectively To restore the factory default encoding list click Restore Defaults All the Unicode encodings are permanently enabled and cannot be turned off To keep the length of the encoding menus manageable you should add only those encodings which you use frequently Link File s Encoding to HTML XML Character Set When this option is selected TextWrangler will use the character set specified in the appropriate HTML meta tag or XML declaration to determine a file s encoding when opening the file This option is on by default When this option is off then TextWrangler does not attempt to use the character set specified in the HTML meta tag or XML declaration but will follow the usual procedure for determining the file s character set See Choosing the Encoding for a Document on page 37 The only reason you might want to turn this option off is if you routinely put characters into your document that cannot be represented in the declared character set e g if you will be post processing the file by some other means which modifies these characters If File s Encoding Can t Be Guessed Use TextWrangler uses the encoding specified by this option if it cannot determine the proper encoding by exa
119. an positional backreferences in any of these patterns Performance Considerations for Function Scanning Some expressions can take an extremely long time to locate particular strings In order to prevent this kind of behavior from locking TextWrangler up any search that takes more than 1 5 seconds will be aborted This can lead to incomplete function lists and syntax coloring If you are developing a codeless language module you can instruct TextWrangler to report this condition and certain other grep related errors in the console log by entering the following Terminal command defaults write com barebones textwrangler Debugging DebugCodelessGrepPats bool TRUE TextWrangler will report some errors immediately upon loading your codeless language module other errors such as the search time cap may not be reported until the corresponding pattern is used Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Note Spell Checking Code Runs You can now specify whether code runs i e any portions of a file which are not a comment string or keyword can be checked for spelling by adding the following key value pair to your codeless language module lt key gt BBLMCanSpel1lCheckCodeRuns lt key gt lt true gt You should probably enable spell checking if your module is for a markup language as opposed to a scripting language e g anything that s not explicitly in a comment is probably text content and not code Starting from a Templa
120. and folders open existing files and folders reveal them in the Finder or navigate to them in the Terminal limit the kinds of files to show in the list pane and navigate through your disks and folders Directory Menu The Directory popup menu at the top of the file list pane always shows the currently active folder You can use this menu to back out of any folder you are currently in to a higher level folder as you can by Command clicking the name of a folder in the Finder Disk Browsers 167 168 Action Menu The commands on the Action gear popup menu at the bottom of the file list pane allow you to open the selected items reveal them in the Finder copy their paths navigate to their location in the Terminal move them to the Trash or create a new file or folder Filter Menu The Filter magnifying glass popup menu at the bottom of the file list pane lets you specify the kinds of files you want TextWrangler to list in the browser You can choose whether to display all files or only text files with the Text Files Only option and whether or not to display invisible files and folders with the Invisible Items option You can also select a file filter to further limit what files TextWrangler should display You can define additional file filters in the File Filters preference panel Toggle Editor Button Click this button to collapse or expand the browser s text view pane This button has the same effect as choos
121. and so on has changed The pencil icon indicates that the document can be modified If the encil has a slash across it the document cannot be modified ecause the file is read only the disk is locked or the file is part of a source control system project such as Perforce or CVS and is checked out If the file is not on a locked disk you can click the pencil icon to toggle the document s editability The Text Options popup menu contains commands such as Soft Wrap Text Show Page Guide and Show Invisibles that let you T Al control how text is displayed in the window 60 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note Icon Meaning The Info button displays a dialog that lists the total number of z characters words lines and pages in the document and in the rns current selection if any Clicking this button is the same as choosing the Get Info command from the View menu The Super Get Info button asks Super Get Info to display information regarding the current document This button is available only if you have Super Get Info installed on your computer Super Get Info is a handy file info utility please visit our web site for more details The document proxy icon represents the current document a Clicking this icon is the same as choosing Reveal in Finder from the View menu it opens a Finder window that contains the document amp You can also drag the document proxy icon to any other PPa
122. ands Menus preference panel Plug ins Plug In Tools palette Scripts Scripts palette Stationery Stationery palette Unix filters and scripts Unix Filters and Scripts palettes To display any of TextWrangler s floating palette windows use the Palettes submenu in the Window menu 239 240 Note Assigning Keys to Menu Commands You can assign your own keyboard shortcuts key equivalents to any of TextWrangler s menu commands as well as items on the Text Options Markers and Line Breaks tool bar popup menus by choosing Preferences from the TextWrangler menu to bring up the Preferences window then selecting the Menus preference panel 80D TextWrangler Preferences Use these settings to adjust TextWrangler s menu keyboard equivalents and menu behaviors PE Application Menu key equivalents and item visibility Documents amp Drawer gt Editing General 5 TextWrangler Editing Keyboard gt File Editor Defaults gt Edit errei File Filters gt M Text Ble Sparel gt E view Reset All Keys FTP Settings gt v Search Languages gt Y Tools PTS Widow Show All Text Colors gt M a Text Encodings gt M Scripts Hide All Text Files gt M Text Factories ee Text Printing gt v Toolbar Text Search V Navigation Bar Text Status Display gt u Status Bar Windows gt V Find Windows gt V FTP SFTP Browser gt V Miscellaneous C Allow menu key equivalents to autorepeat Include contextual menu items for
123. ands other than those documented in this manual see page 198 or TextWrangler s online help without explicit advice from Bare Bones Software technical support you take responsibility for any adverse effects Searching the Preferences You can perform keyword searches to quickly locate preference options in the Preferences window When the Preferences window is frontmost choose Quick Find to open the search drawer You can also click the search drawer control at the upper right of the Preferences window to show or hide the drawer at any time 172 Chapter 10 Preferences Type a word or partial word into the field at the top of the search drawer to display a list of relevant items Double click any item to go to the related preference panel 2o rasan to m These settings are used for new documents and for documents without saved state aes eE FA tab Allow Tab key to indent text bl Application M Auto indent C Soft wrap text Auto expand tabs Documents amp Drawer Em Balance while typin Wrap to Show tab stops Editing General i g Use Tab key to navigate Placeh Editing Keyboard l Smart quotes O Page guide Editor Defaults i i File Filters M Auto expand tabs orea ee h aracter widt File Search C Show invisibles E FTP Settings hi Width 80 Languages Show spaces Menus D Check spelling as you type Text Colors Text Encodings M syntax coloring Text Files Text Printing Text Search Text Status Displ
124. aracter in the pattern is which matches any character except a line break modified with the quantifier taken together this combination means one or more repetitions of any character That of course takes care of the B The problem is that the next gt is also any character and that it also qualifies as one or more repetitions In fact all of the text up to the end of the line qualifies as one or more repetitions of any character the line break does not qualify so grep stops there After grep has reached the line break it has exhausted the operator so it backs up and sees if it can find a match for gt Lo and behold it can the last character is a greater than symbol Success In other words the pattern matches our entire sample line at once not the two separate HTML tags in it as we intended More generally the pattern matches all the text in a given line or paragraph from the first lt to the last gt The pattern only does what we intended when there is only one HTML tag in a line or paragraph This is what we meant when we say that the regular quantifiers try to make the longest possible match Non Greedy Quantifiers To work around this longest match behavior you can modify your pattern to take advantage of non greedy quantifiers Quantifier Matches one or more zero or more 2 zero or one COUNT match exactly COUNT times MIN match at least MIN times M
125. arance of the TextWrangler window Editing Options Display C Smart quotes Line numbers m Auto expand tabs C Soft wrap text M Tool bar to page guide m Navigation bar j m Page guide to char dth 80 Tab stops Language HTML C Show invisibles ow spaces _ Cancel Co You can also change many of these options using the commands in the Text Display submenu of the View menu Changes you make in the Text Options sheet affect only the active document or window To set options which will apply to all text windows you open use the Editor Defaults and Text Status Display preference panels Editing Options These options control the way TextWrangler behaves as you type text in the active document window Changes you make here affect only that document To change the default editing options for documents that you will open in the future use the Editor Defaults preference panel Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note Smart Quotes When this option is on TextWrangler automatically replaces straight quotes with typographer s quotes If you need to type a straight quote when this option is selected or to type a typographer s quote when the option is not selected hold down the Control key as you type the or key You should not use smart quotes in HTML documents since they will not display correctly you must use straight quotes or entity codes instead We recommend leaving th
126. ason when you are trying to match more than one occurrence it is usually better to use a than a because requires a match whereas can match the empty string Only use when you are sure that you really mean zero or more times not just more than once Try the following examples to see how their behavior matches what you expect Pattern Text Matches Fourscore and seven years Fourscore and seven years 0 9 I ve been a loyal member 1983 since 1983 or so d I ve got 12 years on him 12 A BAAAAAAAB AAAAAAA A 3 BAAAAB AAA first three A s A 3 BAAAAB AAAA A 1 3 BAAAAB AAA on the first match the remaining A on the second match c andy andy likes candy andy on the first match candy on the second A Ted joined AAA yesterday AAA on the first match a from oy on the secon Writing Search Patterns 141 142 Combining Patterns to Make Complex Patterns So far the patterns you have seen match a single character or the repetition of a single character or class of characters This is very useful when you are looking for runs of digits or single letters but often that is not enough However by combining these patterns you can search for more complex items As it happens you are already familiar with combining patterns Remember the section at beginning of this discussion that said that each individual character is a pattern that matches itself Wh
127. at the start of matching The following patterns all behave in exactly the same way i abe a i be ab i c abc i In other words all four of the above patterns will match without regard to case Such top level settings apply to the whole pattern unless there are other changes inside subpatterns If there is more than one setting of the same option at the top level the right most setting is used If an option change occurs inside a subpattern the effect is different An option change inside a subpattern affects only that part of the subpattern that follows it so if the Case Sensitive checkbox is turned on Search for a i b c Will match abc or aBc and will not match anything else But if Case Sensitive is turned off the i in the above pattern is superfluous and has no effect By this means options can be made to have different settings in different parts of the pattern Any changes made in one alternative do carry on into subsequent branches within the same subpattern For example Search for a i b c matches ab aB c and C even though when matching C the first branch is abandoned before the option setting These options can also be set using the clustering non capturing parentheses syntax defined earlier by inserting the option letters between the and The scope of options set in this manner is limited to the subpattern contained therein
128. ate Documents amp Drawer Editing General M Check automatically Editing Keyboard ee r Editor Defaults Check Now Privacy File Filters Fla Serci List display font Lucida Grande 11 Set FTP Settings Languages Menus mM Automatically refresh documents as they change on disk Text Colors Text Encodings Remember the 15 most recently used items Text Files Text Printing M Always show full paths in Open Recent menu Text Search Text Status Display At startup Windows A O Do nothing O New disk browser New text document O Open from FTP SFTP server O Open A Reopen documents that were open at last quit To select a preference panel click its name in the list at the left side of the window The text area at the top of the Preferences window gives you a brief description of the options provided by the currently displayed preference panel TextWrangler s Preferences window is non modal you can leave it open and change preference settings while you work or close it at any time by clicking its close button or by choosing Close Window from the File menu Any changes you make to preference options take effect immediately unless otherwise indicated TextWrangler employs the standard system preferences mechanism to store your preference settings Accordingly you can modify preference options directly by issuing defaults write commands However if you choose to modify your preferences by means of defaults write comm
129. ating aModule 2 6 eE k E E E cence ene n eens 255 Required Elements 256 Function Scanning with Regular Expressions 256 Spell Checking Code Runs 257 Starting from a Template 257 Language Keys and Properties 6 cece cee eee teens 259 Creating a Module Codeless language modules are written as property lists or plists which is an XML format that Mac OS X uses for many purposes http developer apple com documentation Cocoa Conceptual PropertyLists Articles XMLPListsConcept html You can create or edit codeless language module files with TextWrangler itself with the Mac OS X Property List Editor or with a third party editor such as PlistEdit Pro http www fatcatsoftware com plisteditpro The Property List Editor labels boolean properties as yes or no However the actual plisttext file must contain values of either true or false written as lt true gt and lt false gt 255 256 Required Elements At a minimum your codeless language module file must include the appropriate XML header declaration as well as key value specifications for each of BBEditDocumentType BBLMLanguageCode and BBLMLanguageSuffix in order for TextWrangler to load it The module may then specify any other parameters you desire including whether to color syntax elements color a set of keywords honor case sensitivity and more You should save the file with
130. automatically save a snapshot of the document s contents in the same directory as the document and the snapshot file s name will follow the Emacs convention foo txt or if the Preserve file name extension see below is on the snapshot s name will be foo txt Keep Historical Backups When this option is on TextWrangler will preserve backups in the folder Documents TextWrangler Backups and the Preserve File Name option see below will automatically be turned on and locked Text Files Preferences 191 192 Within the backup folder will be one folder for each day s backup files The format of the dated folder name is static and non localized YYYY MM DD Inside of each day s backup folder will be all of the backup files made on that day each named using a timestamped format You may change the location of the backup folder by placing a folder alias named TextWrangler Backups in your Documents folder Documents and TextWrangler will follow the alias Preserve file name extension By default the backup files which TextWrangler creates are named in accordance with current system conventions which themselves follow the old Emacs convention the backup file takes the name of the original with a tilde appended for example foo html is the backup of foo html If you want backup files to have the same filename extension as the originals turn on this option to have Tex
131. ave the document shown below and you want to move only the bottom left column the one that says This text goes in the middle and move it in between the top left and top right columns To do this using standard selection methods you would have to perform five separate cut and paste operations However by using rectangular selections you can move the whole column in one operation L Tal a gt Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 49 02 gt E 4 File Path v Desktop Rectangular Selections txt E 4 Rectangular Selections txt W0 This This text text goes goes on the on the left right This This text text goes doesn t in the go middle anywhere O gt To start hold down the Option key while dragging over the bottom left column until you get a selection that looks like this Ss N tar I Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 49 02 Eq 2 2 Ta ey File Path v Desktop Rectangular Selections txt 4 gt L Rectangular Selections txt ae This This text text goes goes on the on the left right This This text text goes doesn t in the go middle anywhere O Je 8 1 none Western Mac OS Roman Classic Mac CR Choose Cut from the Edit menu or press Cmd X to cut the selected text out of the document and place it on the Clipboard Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 49 02 F FS s 2 Taj bal File Path v Desktop Rectangular Selections txt gt 4 gt 5 Rec
132. ay Windows Default font Monaco 9 4 spaces per tab E ser 3 Application Preferences The Application preferences control how TextWrangler checks for updates when open files are verified what action TextWrangler performs at startup and various other global settings Software Update The Check Automatically option controls whether TextWrangler automatically looks to see if a newer version is available Regardless of the setting of the checkbox you can manually check for an update at any time by clicking the Check Now button The version checking mechanism used by TextWrangler protects your privacy It works by requesting information about the currently available version from Bare Bones Software s web server The server will log the date time and originating address of the request and which versions of the OS and TextWrangler you are using This information is used to guide the future development of TextWrangler it is not personalized and will not be disclosed Click the Privacy button to see the actual request which TextWrangler sends List Display Font This option controls the font and size used to display text in browser list panes including disk browser search results browsers etc To change this option click Set to bring up the standard Font panel and choose the desired font and size The default setting is 11 point Lucida Grande Application Preferences 173 174 Automatically refresh documents as they
133. ay also specify a complete FTP or SFTP URL to a remote file or folder to have TextWrangler open the file or an FTP SFTP browser to the folder To launch TextWrangler without opening a file or to activate the application if it is already running type edit 1 You can also pipe stdin to the edit tool and it will open in a new untitled window in TextWrangler for example ls la edit If you just type edit with no parameters the tool will accept stdin from the terminal type Control D end of file to terminate and send it to TextWrangler Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line The complete command line syntax for the edit tool is edit bchlpsuvVw resume e lt encoding_name gt t lt string gt lt n gt file or lt S FTP URL gt See the edit tool s online man page man edit for a complete description of the available switches and options The twdiff Command Line Tool You can use the twdiff command line tool to apply TextWrangler s Find Differences command to a pair of files or folders specified on the Unix command line To invoke the Find Differences command from the command line type twdiff filel file2 or twdiff folderl folder2 where filel and file2 are the names of the files or folder1 and folder2 are the names of the folders to be compared You can also specify options for how the Find Differences command will be applied which cor
134. be advantageous when configuring the software for use in shared machine environments such as labs or common area workstations However if such an arrangement is not desirable for your purposes you should not create a global application support folder Instead each user can maintain their own local application support folder for TextWrangler which they may add items to or remove items from at will Using a Local Application Support Folder If a local application support folder does not exist when TextWrangler starts up TextWrangler will create one for you and populate it with a set of factory default examples Although none of these default items are essential for doing basic tasks with TextWrangler and you can remove any or all of them they provide additional functionality that you may wish to retain TextWrangler s Application Support Folders 25 26 Application Support Folder Contents TextWrangler s application support folders contain various subfolders each of which holds a specific type of support item As indicated items in some subfolders can be loaded from both the global and local application support folders other items may only be used from a specific location If there are multiple copies of any plug ins or language modules TextWrangler will use the latest version regardless of location For all other items TextWrangler lists the global and local sets separately To prevent alias loops TextWrangler will not fo
135. bpattern 142 non capturing parentheses 154 non printing characters 139 non repeating subpatterns 160 numbered backreferences 143 once only subpatterns 160 pattern modifiers 156 positional assertions 157 POSIX character classes 153 quantifiers 141 ranges 138 rearranging name lists 151 recursive patterns 162 repetition 141 replacement patterns 146 replacing with subpatterns 147 setting markers with 92 subpatterns 142 146 wildcards 136 Grep Patterns xml 29 gzip compressed files 40 Hard Wrap command 81 83 hard wrapping 81 83 97 header files 224 headers 53 hex escapes 119 139 hexadecimal 103 hidden files on FTP servers 47 Highlight Insertion Point 187 highlighting of text 56 hollow diamond 60 Home key 77 human interface 17 indenting 97 Info button 61 input Unix filter 230 inserting files 86 inserting folder listings 86 inserting page breaks 86 inserting text 85 insertion point 56 Install Command Line Tools 50 installing TextWrangler 23 international text 36 37 44 95 invisible characters 80 invisible files 41 on FTP servers 47 Invisible Folders 107 Jump Back 131 Jump Forward 131 K keyboard shortcuts 235 240 251 in dialogs 18 L language source code 79 launching BBEdit 31 Leave Room for DragThing Docks 197 Leave Room for Palettes 197 line breaks 97 line number specification 41 line numbers show on printout 53 list display font 173 Little Endian 45 longest match issue 144 lower case 96
136. break and all the rest are Unix or to have an invisible character at the beginning of each line Should this happen use Normalize Line Breaks to convert the remaining line endings and save the document Once you have done this the document s line endings will be consistent and TextWrangler s line break translation will suffice when you next open it Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note Text Factories in TextWrangler A text factory is a special type of document that enables you to apply either TextWrangler s or TextWrangler s powerful text transformation commands in the order and fashion that you decide to whatever collection of files you choose So for example if you routinely need to process a folder full of server logs by reducing them to lines containing www apple com prefixing each line with a line number and converting the file s line endings to Macintosh you can assemble and save a text factory to do that work for you and apply it at any time ee My new factory 000 make DOS Apply Apply Although you can run any existing text factory in TextWrangler you must use BBEdit to create or modify a text factory For complete details about the capabilities of text factories and how to create them please refer to the Text Factories section in Chapter 5 of BBEdit s user manual Text factory documents will have either a file type of TXEN and a creator type of R ch or
137. c keypad on it you can press the Clear key on the keypad to delete the selected text In addition to clicking and dragging to select text you can use the selection commands in the Edit menu To select Choose this from the Edit menu All text Select All No text deselect click anywhere in the document or type any arrow key Line containing insertion Select Line point Paragraph containing Select Paragraph insertion point You can then cut copy or perform any other action that affects the selected text Note TextWrangler defines a paragraph as a block of text surrounded by blank lines lines containing no characters other than tabs or spaces The beginning and end of the document also mark the beginning and end of paragraphs Moving Text To move text from one place to another follow these steps 1 Select the text you want to move 56 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Tip 2 Choose Cut from the Edit menu TextWrangler removes the text from the window and stores it on the clipboard 3 Use the scroll bars to move to the new place for the text if necessary then click to set the insertion point where the text is to be inserted 4 Choose Paste from the Edit menu You can paste the contents of the clipboard as many times as you want in any TextWrangler window or in any other application Pasting inserts the text stored on the clipboard at the insertion point If there is a selection pastin
138. calibur check the contents of the active document choose the Check Spelling command from the Text Menu See Excalibur s documentation for details on how to use it once it has been invoked Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler CHAPTER Text Transformations This chapter describes the range of powerful text transformation commands offered by TextWrangler In addition to providing individual commands which you can apply to the current document TextWrangler allows you to run Text Factories which have been created in TextWrangler Text Factories are sequences of commands that can be applied to one or more documents In this chapter Text Menu Commands 6 6 6c cece cece een eens 95 Exchange Characters 96 Exchange Characters 96 Change Case 96 Shift Left Shift Right 97 e Un Comment Selection 97 Hard Wrap 97 Add Line Breaks 97 Remove Line Breaks 97 Apply Last Text Factory 97 Convert to ASCII 98 Educate Quotes 98 Straighten Quotes 98 Add Remove Line Numbers 98 Prefix Suffix Lines 98 Sort Lines 99 Process Duplicate Lines 100 Process Lines Containing 101 Rewrap Quoted Text 102 Increase and Decrease Quote Level 102 Strip Quotes 102 Zap Gremlins 103 Entab 104 Detab 104 Normalize Line Endings 104 Text Factories in TextWrangler 0 ce ccc cece cece eens 105 Installing Text Factories 105 The Text Factorie
139. can set default printing options in the Text Printing preference panel Frame Printing Area When this option is selected TextWrangler draws a frame around the printed text Print Line Numbers When this option is selected TextWrangler prints line numbers along the left edge of the paper 1 Inch Gutter When this option is selected TextWrangler leaves a one inch margin along the left edge of the paper Use this option if you usually put your pages in three ring binders Print Color Syntax When this option is selected TextWrangler will print the document in color Print Rubber Stamp When this option is selected TextWrangler prints a message in gray diagonally across the page Use the pop up menu to choose a font and type the message in the text field TextWrangler chooses the right size font to print the message If your printer supports grayscale printing TextWrangler prints the rubber stamp in gray otherwise it is printed in outline style This feature is not supported by all printer drivers Print Page Headers When this option is selected TextWrangler prints the page number the name of the file and the time and date printed in a header at the top of each page Print Full Pathname When this option is selected TextWrangler prints the full pathname of the file in the header Time Stamp The Time Stamp options let you choose whether the date that appears in the header is the date that the file was last modified or the date
140. cate and familiarize yourself with the Unix Support folder both of which reside in the TextWrangler folder See Chapter 2 for details about the TextWrangler folder Inside these folders are subfolders for storing Filters Scripts and other files used for Unix shell scripting integration Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 229 230 The contents of these two folders will be used to build the Scripts list and Filters list two floating palettes that allow you to run your scripts or filters with a double click Scripts and filters placed in these folders will also appear in their respective submenus at the bottom of the Shebang menu Filters Filters operate on the selected text of the frontmost window Either the current selection if any or the entire document is passed as input to the filter as a temp file in argv 1 and any output generated by the filter overwrites the selection In other words filters act like plug ins for text manipulation There are two ways to run filters through the Filters palette or the Filters submenu at the bottom of the Shebang menu To open the Filters palette select it from the Palettes submenu in the Window menu You can run a filter by selecting it from the list and clicking the Run button or you can simply double click the filter name in the list Hold down the Option key while double clicking a filter or selecting it from the menu to open the file for editing instead of running it Yo
141. ce Unlike numbered backreferences which are automatically identified from the pattern named backreferences are only available after you define them Pattern Matches NL N25 wor the text of the nth subpattern in the entire search 99 pattern P NAME the text of the subpattern NAME Names may include alphanumeric characters and underscores and must be unique within a pattern Writing Search Patterns 143 IMPORTANT Here are some examples of numbered backreferences Pattern Matches Examples d 1 a string of digits followed by 7 7 a plus sign followed the 123441234 same digits wt s 1 double words the the w w 2 1 a word character a second abba word character followed ped the second one again and the first one again We will revisit subpatterns in the section on replacement where you will see how the choice of subpatterns affects the changes you can make e e Using Alternation The alternation operator allows you to match any of several patterns at a given point To use this operator place it between one or more patterns x y to match either x or y As with all of the preceding options you can combine alternation with other pattern elements to handle more complex searches Pattern Text is Matches alt A cat each a and t alc t A cat each a c and t a cat dog A cat is here A dog is A cat is A dog is is
142. ch See the next section for information on File by File searching Note You can use a search results window as the basis of another multi file search See Specifying the Search Set below Specifying the Search Set To specify which files and folders TextWrangler should examine during a multi file search just select items from the Search in list of the Multi File Search window e800 Multi File Search Find TextWrangler 2 C Find al gt gr Replace All Replace TextWrangler 3 0 Matching L Case sensitive Entire word Grep Search in My Files amp Folders Other _ Saved Search Sets v vw Recent Folders Options Sites ns Mi TextWrangler Help Desktop Save Set J v Results Browsers SecretPreferences_main html Search Results TextWrangler 2 gt Open Text Documents Filter None i Edit 2 Folders 3 Open Text Documents One Results Browser SecretPreferences_main html Search Results TextWrangler 2 You can choose multiple sources for a multi file search and you can mix different types of sources Available sources include e specified individual files e the files in any selected or recently searched folder 122 Chapter 7 Searching Note e open text documents e the files listed in any search results browser e any Smart Folders which you ve saved in the Finder TextWrangler will automatically list any such items present in the
143. ch directory You will be prompted to enter passwords if necessary You can also pipe stdin to the edit tool and it will open in a new untitled window in TextWrangler for example ls la edit If you just type edit with no parameters the tool will accept stdin from the terminal type Control D end of file to terminate and send it to TextWrangler The complete command line syntax for the edit tool is edit bchlpsuvVw long_form_switches e lt encoding_name gt t lt string gt lt n gt file or lt S FTP URL gt See the edit tool s man page man edit for a complete description of the available switches and options Using Stationery Like most Macintosh applications TextWrangler supports stationery pads A stationery pad is a template document that when opened results in a new untitled document with the content from the stationery file In other words you do not edit the stationery document itself you use it as a starting point for a new document To create a stationery pad click the Save As Stationery checkbox when saving the file from TextWrangler Alternatively you can change any document into a stationery pad in the Finder by clicking the Stationery Pad checkbox in the document s Get Info window 50 Chapter 3 Working with Files You can create new documents from a stationery pad in any of these ways e Open the pad the same way you would open any other do
144. ch requires SSH keys or certificates rather than passwords you must first create an appropriate entry for that server in your local account s ssh config You may then type the server name or shortcut name into the Server field of the FTP SFTP Browser and connect without entering a password Transfer Formats When you open a file from an FTP or SFTP server TextWrangler downloads the file raw in binary mode and then performs a standard line ending conversion upon opening the local temp file Working with URL Clippings TextWrangler also supports FTP and SFTP URL clippings You can make a clipping of the FTP or SFTP URL for a file add the clipping to a project and double click it and TextWrangler will open the specified file for editing If the clipping contains the URL for a directory TextWrangler will open a new FTP SFTP Browser at that location Alternatively you can double click an FTP or SFTP clipping in a disk browser or drop one on TextWrangler s icon in the Finder with the same results as just described Dragging the window proxy icon from the editing window of a file open from an FTP or SFTP server will create a clipping containing that file s URL Saving Files to FTP SFTP Servers After you have edited a file opened from an FTP or SFTP server pressing Command S or choosing Save from the File menu saves the new version back to the server If you want to save the file in a different directory or under another nam
145. ch the words red or blue and refer to whichever word is matched in the replacement pattern That s easy red blue To make it harder let s say that if and only if we match blue we want to optionally match a space and the word car if they follow directly afterward In other words we want to match red blue or if possible blue car but we do not want to match red car We cannot use the pattern red blue car because that will match red car Nor can we use red blue car blue because in our replacement pattern we want the backreference to only contain red or blue without the car Using a conditional subpattern however we can search for blue red 2 car Here s how this pattern works First we start with blue red When this subpattern matches blue 1 and 2 are set to blue and 3 is empty When it matches red 1 and 3 are set to red and 2 is empty Next comes the conditional subpattern 2 car The conditional test is on 2 the second backreferenced subpattern if 2 is set which in our case means it has matched the word blue then it will try to match car If 2 is not set however the entire conditional subpattern is skipped The question mark at the end of the pattern makes this conditional match optional even if 2 is set to blue Here s an examp
146. ches in the function popup Since the pattern BBEdit uses internally when searching is a compound of your string comment skip and function patterns you must use named backreferences rather than positional backreferences within this pattern If this string is present the following Language Features will be ignored Prefix for Functions Prefix for Procedures Open Parameter Lists Close Parameter Lists Terminator for Prototypes 1 Terminator for Prototypes 2 Open Statement Blocks Close Statement Blocks Open Block Comments Close Block Comments Open Line Comments Open Strings 1 Close Strings 1 Escape Char in Strings 1 End of line Ends Strings 1 Open Strings 2 Close Strings 2 Escape Char in Strings 2 End of line Ends Strings 2 262 Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Key Value Type Skip Pattern String If the Function Pattern string is present in the Language Features dictionary the presence of this string affects the way BBEdit uses the Function Pattern to scan for function definitions Note that you must use named backreferences rather than positional backreferences within this pattern When this string is not present BBEdit uses the Function Pattern in the same way it would as the Search pattern in a Find command BBEdit will attempt to match the pattern and if that fails to match will advance the starting point of the search by one character and try again When this string is present after a failed matc
147. choosing Run to display the Run a Script dialog which allows you to set options that will be used when the command is executed Run a Script Selection Only E Use Debugger E Save Before Running Run in Terminal E chdir to Script s Folder Output to Output Options New Window Clear Before Writing Unix Output File Save After Writing Hello World pl log f Cancel kun gt Selection Only Check this box to execute only the selected text in the frontmost document window Save Before Running Check this box to save the source file before running the script 228 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Note Output to Choose to display output in a new window to direct it to the Unix Output file or to write it to a file in TextWrangler s Logs folder Library Logs TextWrangler Use Debugger Check this box to run Perl or Python scripts in the interpreter s debugger Run in Terminal This command runs the script in a new Terminal window Chdir to Script s Folder Check this box to set the working directory to the folder that contains the script before running it Output Options Mark these checkboxes to clear the output file before writing and to save it after writing respectively Run in Terminal This command will run the script in a new Terminal window regardless of the settings in the Run Perl Script dialog Run in Debugger Runs the script in the interpreter s
148. ck to the window class for a moment Most of the properties of this class are marked with the abbreviation r o That stands for Read Only In other words you can only get these properties not set them Recordable Applications Once an application accepts Apple Events it actually makes a good deal of sense for an application to be designed in two parts the user interface that you see and the engine that does all the work An application designed this way is sometimes said to be factored The user interface then communicates with the engine via Apple Events The design of the Apple Event system makes it possible to record events into a script This feature not only lets you automate frequently performed tasks with little hassle it also can be an enormous aid in writing larger and more complicated scripts because the application tells you what events and objects to use for the kind of task you record Because of the important recording functionality they enable applications that have been factored and use Apple Events to let the two halves communicate are said to be recordable It is important to note that not all scriptable applications are recordable Saving Scripts Any AppleScript can be saved in what s called a compiled script file A compiled script file contains the actual Apple Events by generating these events when you save the file the operating system does not have to convert your English like commands into events
149. cters They match zero width positions after and before returns respectively So if you are looking for foo at the end of a line the pattern 008 will match the three characters f o and o If you search for foo r you will match the same text but the match will wou contain four characters f o o and a return and do not match the positions after and before soft line breaks You can combine and within a pattern to force a match to constitute an entire line For example foos will only match foo on a line by itself with no other characters Try it against these three lines to see for yourself foobar foo fighting foo The pattern will only match the second line Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Other Positional Assertions TextWrangler s grep engine supports additional positional assertions very similar to and Escape Matches A only at the beginning of the document as opposed to which matches at the beginning of the document and also at the beginning of each line b any word boundary defined as any position between a w character and a W character in either order B any position that is not a word boundary z at the end of the document as opposed to which matches at the end of the document and also at the end of each line Z at the end of the document or before a trailing return at the end of the d
150. ction at a time The number of edits that may be undone is limited only by available memory The practical limitation is determined by the extent of the edits and the amount of free memory TextWrangler also supports multiple Redos If you have not made any changes after performing an Undo you can redo each action in order by choosing that Redo command from the Edit menu or typing Command Shift Z However once you perform a new action you cannot redo any actions that you undid before you made that change There is also a Clear Undo History menu command Command Control Z which will clear the undo history for the current editing window This command can be useful if you have performed many operations on a file and wish to recover memory stored by Undo state information in the rare event that should become necessary You can also script this operation via the clear undo history scripting command see the scripting dictionary for details Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT Window Anatomy TextWrangler text windows have the same controls you are familiar with from other Macintosh applications for example text windows are resizable and zoomable and have both vertical and horizontal scroll bars Some additional elements which may be less familiar are the tool bar the split bar the navigation bar and the documents drawer O00 Sinden OEE T O O erans ipeop index hei ee 4 o index html no symbol
151. cument e Choose New With Stationery from the File menu and select the desired stationery pad from the contents of the Stationery folder inside TextWrangler s application support folder e Use TextWrangler s Stationery List which is available from the Window menu The Stationery List is a palette that displays all the stationery pads you have placed inside the Stationery folder of TextWrangler s application support folder You can create a new document from any of these pads by double clicking them in this list To assign a keyboard shortcut to a stationery pad select the pad in the Stationery List window then click the Set Key button type the desired key in the Set Key dialog and click OK Manually Sorting the Stationery By default items in the Stationery List are displayed in alphabetical order However you can force them to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their names For example 00 Web template would sort before 01 HTML Template For such files the first three characters are not displayed in TextWrangler You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder whose name ends with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it These naming conventions are the same as those used by the utilities FinderPop and OtherMenu Hex Dump for Files and Documents Choose the Hex Dump File command
152. cument corresponding to an imported Quicktime image file A QuickTime document does not present any properties beyond the basic document class but provides a way to differentiate QuickTime documents from other types of documents Getting and Setting Properties One significant improvement in TextWrangler s new scripting framework is the ability to get and set multiple properties of an object with a single scripting command Every object has a property called properties This property returns a record which contains all of the properties which can be fetched for that object For example the script command properties of text window 1 will return a result like this one id 55632400 container application TextWrangler bounds 31 44 543 964 closeable true collapsed false index 1 modal false file alias Hard Disk Users Shared doc_examples index copy html modified false name index copy html position 31 44 resizable true selection contents Conversely to set one or more properties at once is very easy set properties of text window 1 to show invisibles true show spaces true soft wrap text true Only the properties specified will be changed The rest will not be modified It is important to note that when setting properties in this fashion you can only set modifiable properties If you attempt to set any read only properties a scripting error will result set properties of text window 1
153. d TextWrangler searches only the selected text Otherwise TextWrangler searches the entire document Wrap Around When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler continues searching from the beginning of the document if a match is not found or from the end of the document if searching backwards Otherwise TextWrangler stops searching when it reaches the end or the beginning if searching backwards of the file Special Characters You can use the following special characters to search for line breaks and other non printing characters as well as hexadecimal escapes to search for any desired 8 bit character Character Matches r line break carriage return n Unix line break line feed t tab f page break form feed xNN hexadecimal character code NN for example xOD for CR backslash The form of a hex escape is xNN where N is any single hex digit 0 9 A F The x may be upper or lower case You can use the ASCII Table in the Window menu to find the hex value for any 8 bit Macintosh character You can perform a literal search for any character including a null using this option Malformed escapes are treated as literal strings Multi File Searching The main difference between single file searching and multi file searching is that to perform a mullti file search you must specify the files to be searched TextWrangler gives you a great deal of flexibility in how to do
154. d does not perform a search but only sets the contents of the search string Use Selection for Find grep Choose the Use Selection for Find grep command to enter the currently selected text into the Find amp Replace dialog as the search pattern and set the Use Grep search option without opening the dialog This command does not perform a search but only sets the contents of the search pattern and the specified search option When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search pattern to the Find dialog s pop up menu of recently used search strings Use Selection for Replace Choose the Use Selection for Replace command to enter the currently selected text into the Find amp Replace dialog as the replace string without opening the dialog This command does not perform a search but only sets the contents of the replace string Use Selection for Replace grep Choose the Use Selection for Replace grep command to enter the currently selected text into the Find amp Replace dialog as the replace pattern and set the Use Grep search option without opening the dialog This command does not perform a search but only sets the contents of the replace pattern and the specified search option When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current replace pattern to the Find dialog s pop up menu of recently used replace strings Replace Replaces the selected text usually an occurrence of the search string
155. d Ctl Z Cmd X Cmd Shift X Cmd C Cmd Shift C Cmd V Cmd Shift V Cmd Ctl V Cmd A Cmd Shift A Cmd L Cmd Opt L F5 see below Ctl Ctl Cmd Opt Cmd Ctl Cmd Shift Listing by Menu and Command Name 241 242 Edit gt Insert File Contents File Folder Paths Folder Listing Page Break Short Time Stamp Full Time Stamp Edit gt Copy Path Copy Path Copy Full Path Copy URL Copy Name Appendix A Command Reference Text Exchange Characters Exchange Words Change Case Change Case Shift Left Shift Left One Space Shift Right Shift Right One Space Un Comment Selection Hard Wrap Hard Wrap Add Line Breaks Remove Line Breaks Apply Text Factory Apply Text Factory lt name gt Convert to ASCII Educate Quotes Straighten Quotes Add Remove Line Numbers Add Remove Line Numbers Prefix Suffix Lines Prefix Suffix Lines Sort Lines Sort Lines Process Duplicate Lines Process Duplicate Lines Process Lines Containing Process Lines Containing Rewrap Quoted Text Rewrap Quoted Text Increase Quote Level Decrease Quote Level Strip Quotes Zap Gremlins Zap Gremlins Entab Entab Detab Detab Normalize Line Endings Find Next Misspelled Word Find All Misspelled Words Clear Spelling Errors Check Spelling as You Type Show Hide Spelling Panel Opt Opt Cmad Cmd Shift Cmd Cmd Shift Cmd Cmd Opt submenu Opt Opt Opt
156. d from spaces 104 Text Display menu 67 Text Document creating 33 text encoding choosing 37 Index 271 Text Encodings preference panel 37 text highlighting 56 Text Options popup 60 text panel 169 text transformation 81 text wrapping 81 TextWrangler Scripts folder 27 TextWrangler Talk discussion group 134 time stamps 53 Toggle Documents Drawer 194 tool bar 60 Tools menu hidden 235 transformations case 148 twdiff command line tool 225 twdiff tool 88 typing text 56 U n Comment plug in 105 ndo command 58 nicode 36 37 38 44 95 nix scripting environments configuring TextWrangler for use with 223 nix shell scripts 225 RL clippings 48 se Document s Font 53 ser interface 17 sing Language Modules 234 TF 16 38 44 TF 8 38 44 Cea a Coe n Cee lt verify open files 174 Ww watermark 53 wildcards 136 window list 111 windows arranging 112 exchanging with next 114 Info button 69 sending to back 114 split bar 61 Windows floating window 37 Windows menu 109 wrap around 119 Wrap while Typing option 81 wrapping text 79 81 Z Zap Gremlins command 103 272 Index
157. d may not be repeated because it makes no sense to assert the same thing several times If any kind of assertion contains capturing subpatterns within it these are counted for the purposes of numbering the capturing subpatterns in the whole pattern However substring capturing is carried out only for positive assertions because it does not make sense for negative assertions Conditional Subpatterns Conditional subpatterns allow you to apply if then or if then else logic to pattern matching The if portion can either be an integer between 1 and 99 or an assertion The forms of syntax for an ordinary conditional subpattern are if then condition yes pattern if then else condition yes pattern no pattern and for a named conditional subpattern are if then P lt NAME gt condition yes pattern if then else P lt NAME gt condition yes pattern no pattern If the condition evaluates as true the yes pattern portion attempts to match Otherwise the no pattern portion does if there is a no pattern Advanced Grep Topics 159 160 If the condition text between the parentheses is an integer it corresponds to the backreferenced subpattern with the same number Do not precede the number with a backslash If the corresponding backreference has previously matched in the pattern the condition is satisfied Here s an example of how this can be used Let s say we want to mat
158. d parentheses Without the use of recursion the best that can be done is to use a pattern that matches up to some fixed depth of nesting It is not possible to handle an arbitrary nesting depth Perl 5 6 has provided an experimental facility that allows regular expressions to recurse among other things It does this by interpolating Perl code in the expression at run time and the code can refer to the expression itself Obviously TextWrangler s grep engine cannot support the interpolation of Perl code Instead the special item R is provided for the specific case of recursion The following recursive pattern solves the parentheses problem 2 gt 07 1 R First it matches an opening parenthesis Then it matches any number of substrings which can either be a sequence of non parentheses or a recursive match of the pattern itself that is a correctly parenthesized substring Finally there is a closing parenthesis This particular example pattern contains nested unlimited repeats and so the use of a once only subpattern for matching strings of non parentheses is important when applying the pattern to strings that do not match For example when it tries to match against this line of text aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Chapter 8 Searching with Grep it yields no match quickly However if a once only subpattern is not used the match runs for a very long time indeed because there are so ma
159. d window or Find All in the Multi File Search window Pressing the Escape key will close the window Choosing an appropriate command in the Search menu will trigger the corresponding action in the front Find window It s not possible to use the command key equivalents from the modal Find dialog to toggle items in the Find window because those equivalents collide with the equivalents for different menu commands Instead TextWrangler offers a new group of keyboard equivalents for controlling Find and Mullti File Search window items The factory defaults for these keys are as follows Case sensitive Control shift N Entire word Control Shift E Grep Control Shift G Selected text only Control Shift S Wrap around Control Shift W Open search history Control Shift H Open saved patterns Control Shift P If these assignments overlap with any keyboard equivalents for clippings that you ve set or if you just wish to change them you can do so via the Find Windows section of the Menus preference panel If you find yourself more comfortable with the modal Find dialog you may continue to use it by turning on the Use modal Find dialog option in the Text Search preferences panel 116 Chapter 7 Searching IMPORTANT The Replace All command in the modal Find dialog now replaces all occurrences in the document or in the selection if there is one and Search Selection Only is checked rather than replacing from the insertio
160. de page guide window width character width how line breaks are computed when soft wrapping soft wrap width integer if soft wrapping to character width the maximum number of characters per line show spaces boolean are spaces displayed only if show invisibles is true show toolbar boolean display the editor toolbar in this window show documents drawer boolean display the documents drawer show status bar boolean display the editor status bar in this window chaw navinatian har hnnlean dienlav the navinatinn har in this windaw You can see that a text window inherits all the properties of the window class And since the window class inherits all the properties of the item class this means that the text window class also has the properties property defined by the item class To make explicit what you might have already gathered classes in AppleScript form a hierarchy That is classes can be based on other classes Such a class is called a subclass and the class on which a subclass is based is referred to as its parent class In AppleScript classes can only have one parent Multiple inheritance is a feature found in more complex languages The idea of a class hierarchy makes it easier for us to add new features to TextWrangler since when we want to create a new kind of window half the work is already done However when scripting you may need to flip back and forth between two or more class defi
161. debugger regardless of whether the Use Debugger option is set for the Run command also any output options set in the Run command will be ignored The Run in Debugger command is only available for Perl and Python Run File Runs a script from an arbitrary file rather than from a TextWrangler window The Runa Script File dialog appears You can select a file by clicking the File button or by dragging a file to the path box at the top of the dialog from the Finder The options are the same as the ones described above for the Run a Script dialog Find in Reference Looks up the selected text using the appropriate reference application perldoc for Perl pydoc for Python If there is no selection a dialog will open in which you can enter a search string The Find in Reference command is not available for languages other than Perl and Python Show POD Show Module Documentation When the frontmost document is a Perl file and you invoke the Show POD command TextWrangler will process the document contents using by the command line pod2text tool and display the result in a new text window POD stands for Plain Old Documentation and is the standard Perl documentation format When the frontmost document is a Python file the name of this command will change to Show Module Documentation and if you invoke it TextWrangler will display the module documentation Filters and Scripts Before you begin using Unix scripts with TextWrangler you should lo
162. dentical filenames their complete pathnames will always be shown to prevent ambiguity regardless of this setting Group by Window Kind When this option is on TextWrangler groups windows of the same kind together in the Window menu and Windows palette For example text editing windows disk browsers and search results browsers are all different kinds of windows Within each group windows will be sorted as determined by the Sort Windows By radio buttons see below This option is on by default Auto Assign Shortcut Keys When this option is on TextWrangler automatically assigns the key equivalents Command 0 through Command 9 to text windows or shell worksheets as these windows are created This option is on by default If you turn this option off these key equivalents will become available for assignment to commands via the Menus preference panel Sort By Name Creation Order This option controls the order in which TextWrangler lists windows on the Window menu and in the Window palette Choose Sort by Name to list documents alphabetically by name or Sort by Creation Order to list documents in the order they were opened in the current TextWrangler session Windows Preferences 197 IMPORTANT This option also controls the order in which documents are displayed in the documents drawer and on the navigation bar menu Optional settings via defaults write In addition to the preference settings which can be made through the Pref
163. description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit supergetinfo mac os software gt lt link rel alternate type application rss xml title RSS href http www barebones com news x lt style type text css gt body color black background white O gt 1 1 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF You can also use the options in the Text Status Display preference panel to hide or show individual items on the tool bar If the current document has a corresponding disk file the tool bar displays the full path to the document s disk file and the last time the file was saved If the document has not been saved to disk the tool bar displays New Document instead of a file name Note Windows in which the tool bar is not directly below the window title bar for example disk browsers and search results do not have a tool bar control but do honor the global tool bar preference You can also use the Text Options sheet to show and hide the tool bar on a per window basis The icons on the tool bar are indicators buttons and popup menus that give you quick access to commonly used functions The following table explains each icon Icon Meaning A solid diamond indicates that the document has been modified A o hollow diamond means only the state of the document window position selection range scrolling position
164. diting panel of the Preferences window contains a checkbox labeled Use Emacs Key Bindings When this option is turned on TextWrangler will enable the following Emacs style keyboard navigation commands The Escape key is specified in lieu of the Emacs Meta key to use these key equivalents press and release the Escape key followed by the specified letter key for example to type Esc V press and release the Escape key and then type the letter V Key Sequence Action Ctl A te a Move insertion point to start of current ine Ctl B backward char Move insertion point backward 1 place Ctl D delete char Delete forward 1 character Ctl E end of line Move insertion point to end of current line Ctl F forward char Move insertion point forward 1 place Ctl G keyboard quit cancel pending arguments Ctl K kill line Delete to end of current line Ctl L recenter Scrolls the current view so the selection is centered on screen Ctl N next line Move insertion point down one line Ctl O open line Inserts line break without moving insertion point Ctl P previous line Move insertion point to start of line above current Ctl R isearch backward Quick Search with the Backwards option Ctl S isearch forward Quick Search Ctl T transpose chars Exchange Characters Ctl U universal argument See note below Ctl V scroll up Page down Ctl W kill region Cut Ctl Y yank Past
165. document specific display settings such as soft wrap show invisibles and line numbering Emacs Local Variables When this option is on TextWrangler will honor all recognized Emacs variables in documents you open For more information see the discussion of Emacs Local Variables in the section below Save Document State Select this option to have TextWrangler store document state information A document s state information includes various display properties such as window position font settings etc This information is now stored centrally by TextWrangler it is no longer a property of a document s file You can control how TextWrangler makes use of state information via the Honor Saved State options in the Text Files preference panel Emacs Local Variables Emacs the popular Unix text editor supports a convention in which you can define Emacs specific settings in a block of text near the end of the file or in the first line of the file For general information on Emacs variables please see http www gnu org software emacs manual html_node File Variables html Chapter 10 Preferences If this option is on TextWrangler reads the coding tab width and x counterpart variables in any file which contains an Emacs variable block and adjusts the value of the coding variable if you change the document s encoding by using the Encoding popup If a file contains an Emacs variable block or line
166. e If you are programming you may be tempted to use markers to mark functions in your source code However if TextWrangler supports the language you are using this is usually unnecessary your functions will automatically appear in the Function popup menu in the document window Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Setting Markers To set a marker Ua 1 Select the text you want to mark T 2 Choose the Set Marker command from the Mark popup menu identified by the icon shown at left or Control click the selected text and choose Set Marker from the contextual menu TextWrangler opens a sheet so that you can name the marker If you have selected a range of text the sheet will contain the first characters of the selection OOL 2 index htm pd 7 J Marker Name lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBL Pa http www A lt html gt ta CCancel_ E lt title gt Welcome lt meta name gen lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit supergetinfo mac os software gt lt link rel alternate type application rsstxml title RSS href http www barebones com news 3 Click Set to set the marker Tip If you hold down the Option key as you choose Set Marker TextWrangler sets the marker using the leading characters of the s
167. e Ctl _ undo Undo Emacs Key Bindings 253 254 Key Sequence Action Ctl X Ctl C save buffers kill emacs Quit Ctl X Ctl F find file Open file Ctl X Ctl S save buffer Save current document Ctl X Ctl W write file Save As Esc lt beginning of buffer Move insertion point to start of document Esc gt end of buffer Move insertion point to end of document Esc Q fill paragraph Hard Wrap with current settings Esc V scroll down Page up Esc W copy region as kill Copy Esc Y yank pop Paste Previous Clipboard Using universal argument The universal argument command Ctl U does not work quite the same way as it does in Emacs In TextWrangler it is a simple repeat count For example if you type Ctl U then a 3 and then Ctl N the insertion point will move down three lines There is no visual feedback as you type the number and no way to backspace or otherwise edit the number If you make a mistake the best you can do is type Ctl G keyboard quit and start over Appendix B Editing Shortcuts APPENDIX Note Codeless Language Modules This appendix lists the syntax elements available for use in codeless language modules For further details and example modules visit the Developer and Plug In Library sections of our web site http www barebones com support develop index shtml http www barebones com support bbedit plugin_library shtml In this appendix Cre
168. e So to be scriptable an application must first support Apple Events Apple Events in their naked form are raw and cryptic things bits of hieroglyphics only a programmer could love So a scriptable application also has a scripting dictionary The scripting dictionary tells any application that lets you write AppleScripts such as the standard Script Editor the English like equivalent for each Apple Event and each event s parameters Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler It is important to note that because Apple Events were originally designed to allow applications to communicate with each other AppleScripts automatically inherit the ability to talk to more than one application It is common in the publishing industry for instance to write scripts that obtain product information from a FileMaker Pro database and insert it into an InDesign file This integration is one of the Macintosh s primary strengths You use AppleScript s tell verb to indicate which application you are talking to If you are only sending one command you can write it on one line like this tell application TextWrangler to count text documents If you are sending several commands to the same application it is more convenient to write it this way tell application TextWrangler count text documents repeat with x from 1 to the result save text document x end repeat end tell The Script Editor automatically indents the lines inside the tell block for you
169. e Stationery files may be placed within subfolders up to four levels deep to organize them You can hide or show all items included from the global folder by using the menu item Hide Show Library Stationery TextWrangler s Application Support Folders 27 Upgrading Text Factories Global Local This folder contains text factory documents which you can invoke via the Text Factories menu the Apply Text Factory command in the Text Menu or the Text Factories palette If this folder does not already exist TextWrangler will create it the first time you choose Open Text Factories Folder from the Text Factories menu This folder is installed empty by default For more information on using text factories Unix Support Global Local This folder contains the Unix Scripts and Unix Filters folders which are used to build the Shebang menu and the floating Unix Scripts and Unix Filters palettes You can place scripts and filters within subfolders up to four levels deep of their respective folders to organize them Some example Perl Python and shell scripts and filters are supplied with the standard installation The Unix Script Output file stores output from scripts and the Unix Script Logs folder stores output logs for specific source files See Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line for more information on this folder You can hide or show all items included from the global folder by using the menu items Hide
170. e choose Save to FTP SFTP Server to open the Save to FTP SFTP Server dialog shown below Chapter 3 Working with Files Note This dialog works much like the standard Save dialog for saving a local file with the addition of fields and controls similar to those in the FTP SFTP browser allowing you to select or specify connection info and to navigate and obtain info about other files adam_s www barebones com connected sftp Disconnect 9 GB Sites Z 8 about html cgi bin E company E contact css D discuss 3 error html files al images B index html e js main styles sidebar css k main styles css main styles php Z movies products ss E search html E special_offer html al store E support C Show items starting with Date May 04 2009 12 08 August 27 2008 22 09 March 18 2009 11 18 August 27 2008 21 52 August 29 2008 10 53 February 08 2009 18 39 May 04 2009 12 08 February 08 2009 18 39 April 01 2009 11 36 May 04 2009 12 09 August 29 2008 10 40 March 28 2006 11 39 March 28 2006 11 39 May 30 2007 17 33 February 08 2009 18 40 April 01 2009 11 36 August 27 2008 19 39 May 04 2009 12 09 May 04 2009 12 09 March 09 2009 18 47 April 01 2009 11 37 Delete info Open When you save a file to an FTP or SFTP server using either Save or Save to FTP SFTP Server and the file has Unix LF or Windows CR LF line
171. e Modules Language modules are add on items which provide syntax coloring and function browsing for programming languages that TextWrangler does not natively support There are two types of language modules coded and codeless Coded language modules must be prepared according to the requirements of BBEdit s plug in module interface See Developer Information on page 237 Codeless language modules are text documents prepared in a specific plist format See below After you install a language module and relaunch TextWrangler syntax coloring and function browsing will be available for the language s supported by that module To verify that a language module is active or to modify or add file suffix mappings for the language s it provides use the Languages preferences panel see page 183 Codeless Language Modules A codeless language module is a specially formatted text file which allows you to describe the properties of a source code language via a set of basic parameters TextWrangler will then use these parameters to perform syntax coloring and function navigation for the specified language Codeless language modules are written as property lists or plists which is an XML format that Mac OS X uses for many purposes You can create or edit codeless language module files with TextWrangler itself with the Mac OS X Property List Editor located in Developer Applications Utilities if you have installed the Apple
172. e character classes are only available inside regular character classes The pattern space without enclosing square brackets is just a MI MLI MI AI AN character class consisting of the characters a c e p and s The names ascii and word are Perl extensions the others are defined by the POSIX standard Another Perl extension supported by TextWrangler is negated POSIX style character classes which are indicated by a after the colon For example to match any run of non digit characters digit Non Capturing Parentheses As described in the preceding section Creating Subpatterns bare parentheses cluster and capture the subpatterns they contain The portion of the matching pattern contained within the first pair of parentheses is available in the backreference 1 the second in 2 and so on Opening parentheses are counted from left to right to determine the numbers of the captured subpatterns For example if the following grep pattern red white king queen is matched against the text red king the backreferences will be set as follows 1 red king 2 red 3 king Sometimes however parentheses are needed only for clustering not capturing TextWrangler now supports non capturing parentheses using the syntax PATTERN That is if an open parenthesis is followed by the subpattern matched by that pair of parentheses is
173. e characters are replaced with that substring If there is not an Nth captured substring all three characters are discarded that is the backreference is replaced with the empty string N If there is only a single aig N following the backslash and there is an Nth captured substring both characters are replaced with that substring Otherwise both characters are discarded that is the backreference is replaced with the empty string In replacement patterns 0 is a backreference to the entire match exactly equivalent to amp POSIX Style Character Classes TextWrangler now provides support for POSIX style character classes These classes are used in the form CLASS and are only available inside regular character classes in other words inside another set of square brackets Class Meaning alnum letters and digits alpha letters ascii character codes 0 127 cntrl control characters digit decimal digits same as d graph printing characters excluding spaces lower lower case letters print printing characters including spaces punct punctuation characters Advanced Grep Topics 153 154 Class Meaning space white space same as s upper upper case letters word word characters same as w xdigit hexadecimal digits For example digit is the same as d POSIX style character class names are case sensitive It is easy to forget that POSIX styl
174. e current line if there is no selection Chapter 5 Text Transformations e Zap Gremlins This command displays a sheet which allows you to remove or replace various non printing characters often known as gremlins Use this command when you have a file that may contain extraneous control characters or any non ASCII characters which you wish to identify or remove Zap Zapped Characters Mi Non ASCll Characters O Delete Mw Control Characters 0 Replace with Code v Null ASCII 0 Characters O Replace with a Don t Zap Cancel zap The checkboxes on the left hand side of the sheet determine which types of characters the Zap Gremlins command affects while the radio buttons on the right hand side determine what to do with gremlins that are found Zap Non ASCII Characters When this option is selected Zap Gremlins zaps all characters in the file that do not fall in the 7 bit or ASCII range Examples of such characters include special Macintosh characters such as bullets and typographer s quotes and and as well as all multi byte characters In general such special characters are those that you type by holding down the Option key Zap Control Characters When this option is selected Zap Gremlins zaps a specific range of invisible low ASCII characters also known as control characters Control characters can cause compilers and other text processing utilities to malfunction and are there
175. e ees 251 Arrow and Delete Keys 0 006 c cece nee ees 252 Emacs Key Bindings 000 E een ees 253 Using universal argument 254 Codeless Language Modules 255 Creating a Module 0 1 6 cence 255 Required Elements 256 Installing Codeless Language Modules 256 Function Scanning with Regular Expressions 256 Spell Checking Code Runs 257 Starting from a Template 257 Language Keys and Properties nanasan e eee eee 259 Index 267 Table of Contents CHAPTER Welcome to TextWrangler This chapter introduces you to TextWrangler a high performance text editor for the Macintosh In this chapter Getting Started ae na eaea a EDEA 4g se gua ees ate aces SRR 15 What Is TextWrangler ssia iaeia che a oid Ses Sek Bib SG ee este 15 How Can I Use TextWrangler 2 0 6 6 ce ccc cence teen eens 16 Editing Source Code 16 Editing Text Files 16 Human Interface Notes 0 6c ccc eee eee e E eee 17 Dynamic Menus 17 Bypassing Options Dialogs 17 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 17 Contextual Menus 18 Snappy Palettes 18 Dialog Box Key Equivalents 18 What s New in this Version 6 60 e cee cece cee teen eens 20 TextWrangler Discussion Group 6 c ccc eee 21 Getting Started Thank you for selecting TextWrangler a high performance text editor for the Macintosh We recommend that you read at least Chapters 1 through 4 of this manual to fa
176. e frontmost document YOO index html A Lasi index htm gt no syi Bey y z KIDOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC y3c 0TE Cancel GoTo Pi http www w3 org TR htm lt html gt A lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt P lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit supergetinfo mac os software gt lt link rel alternate type application rss xml title RSS href http www barebones com news x lt style type text css gt body color black background white C gt 1 1 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF Type the number of the line you want to move to and click Go To Note The Go To Line command honors the Use Hard Lines in Soft Wrapped Views option in the Editing General preference panel Function Keys If your keyboard has function keys you can use the following key equivalents for cutting and pasting to scroll and to move the insertion point No Modifier Option Command Shift F1 Undo Redo F2 Cut Cut amp Append F3 Copy Copy amp Append F4 Paste del forward delete delete to delete to end of word end of line Home scroll to top of move insertion document point to start of
177. e has its own line ending standard UTF 16 files created by TextWrangler are given a type of utxt the Mac standard type for Unicode text files UTF 8 files are given a type of TEXT for compatibility with other applications however TextWrangler will also recognize such files with type UTF8 You can choose which encodings appear in the Encoding pop up menu in the Text Encodings preference panel File State You can control whether TextWrangler saves document states by means of the Save Document State option in the Text Files preference panel TextWrangler no longer saves document state in the resource fork of the document s file and does not distinguish between the MPW and TextWrangler state information created by older versions This change offers a number of advantages including no longer creating resource forks for files better compatibility with source control systems and easier personalization when working with shared files other users display options do not affect you Long File Names TextWrangler fully supports the use of long and Unicode file names Such file names can be up to 255 characters long when stored on disks formatted as HFS Plus Saving with Authentication TextWrangler supports saving files that require administrator privileges if you possess the necessary user and password information to enable this For example you can edit and save files that are owned by and only
178. e of soft wrapping in the current document See Soft Wrapping on page 82 Show Hide Page Guide This command toggles display of the page guide in the current document See Page guide on page 79 Show Hide Tab Stops This command toggles display of tab stops in the current document See Tab stops on page 79 The View Menu 67 68 Show Hide Line Numbers This command toggles display of line numbers in the current document See Line numbers on page 79 Show Hide Invisibles This command toggles display of invisible characters in the current document See Show invisibles on page 80 Show Hide Spaces This command toggles display of invisible characters in the current document See Show invisibles on page 80 Hide Show Tool Bar Choose this command to hide or show the tool bar in the frontmost text window See The Tool Bar on page 60 Hide Show Navigation Bar Choose this command to hide or show the navigation bar in the frontmost text window See The Navigation Bar on page 62 Hide Show Documents Drawer Choose this command to hide or show the documents drawer for the frontmost text window See The Documents Drawer on page 65 Balance This command locates the pair of parentheses braces brackets or smart curly quotes that surround the insertion point or the current selection If there are unmatched delimiters within this area TextWrangler beeps You can also
179. e or reuse found information as part of a search and replace operation If you do not use subpatterns you can still access the complete results of the search with the amp metacharacter However this precludes reorganizing the matched data as it is replaced Pattern Inserts amp the text matched by the entire search pattern Nig N2 az the text matched by the nth subpattern of the entire 99 search pattern P lt NAME gt the text matched by the subpattern NAME TextWrangler will remember up to 99 backreferenced subpatterns Versions prior to 6 5 were limited to 9 subpatterns Using the Entire Matched Pattern The amp character is useful when you want to use the entire matched string as the basis of a replacement Suppose that in your text every instance of product names that begin with the company name ACME needs to end with a trademark symbol The following search pattern finds two word combinations that begin with ACME ACME A Za z Chapter 8 Searching with Grep The following replacement string adds the trademark symbol to the matched text amp For example if you start with ACME Magnets ACME Anvils and ACME TNT are all premium products and perform a replace operation with the above patterns you will get ACME Magnets ACME Anvils and ACME TNT are all premium products Using Parts of the Matched Pattern While using the entire matched pattern in a replacement strin
180. e other program or those that are HTML or Perl documents you can use a file filter To apply a file filter just choose it from the Filters popup menu in the Multi File Search window If none of the available filters meets your needs you can define a new one or create a temporary filter Chapter 7 Searching Note New Filter To define a new saved file filter select New from the popup menu TextWrangler will ask you for a filter name and then display the Edit Filter dialog below You can also define new file filters in the File Filters preference panel see page 211 Edit filter just htm or html O Every AND More Criteria Fewer Criteria Any OR File Name Y Ends with Vv htm File Name Y Ends with v html Revert Close Save If the Preferences window is open any filters you define in the Multi File Search window will not be available in the File Filters preference panel until you close and reopen the Preferences window The Edit Filter dialog lets you specify multiple criteria that determine whether a given file is selected by the filter You can choose whether these criteria are exclusive that is whether a file must meet every listed test to be selected or inclusive that is whether a file that meets any of the tests is selected using the Every AND and Any OR radio buttons at the top of the dialog To add a test click More Criteria A new row appears in the dialog as shown below Edit
181. e to you That s OK The best way to learn grep is to use it in real life not by reading example patterns In many cases the basic grep syntax covered previously in this chapter will be all that you need If you are an experienced user of grep however many of the topics covered below will be of great interest Matching Nulls TextWrangler s grep engine is capable of searching text that contained null characters ASCII value zero Here s one way to match a null x 0 Backreferences The following charts explain the rules TextWrangler uses for determining backreferences In Search Patterns Modifier Effect O A backslash followed by a zero is an octal character reference Up to two further octal characters are read Thus 040 will match a space character and 07 will match the ASCII BEL x07 but 08 will match an ASCII null followed by the digit 8 because octal characters only range from 0 7 1 9 A backslash followed by a single decimal digit from 1 to 9 is always a backreference to the Nth captured subpattern 10 99 A backslash followed by two decimal digits which taken together form the integer N ranging from 10 to 99 is a backreference to the Nth captured subpattern if there exist N capturing sets of parentheses in the pattern If there are fewer than N captured subpatterns the grep engine will instead look for up to three octal digits following the backslash Any subsequent di
182. each time you run the script which means it loads faster When double clicked in the Finder a compiled script file automatically opens in the Script Editor where it can be run A script can also be saved as a stand alone application or applet in which case double clicking the script s Finder icon automatically runs the script Both types of files can be saved with or without the English like source code if you save it without the source code other users you give the script to will not be able to make any changes to it of course you should also keep a copy of the script with the source for yourself Using Scripts with Applications Although you can place a script applet in the global Scripts menu or in any folder and use it any time you need it many applications including TextWrangler provide a special menu that lets you launch compiled scripts intended specifically for use with that one application Since you do not have to save them as applets they take up less disk space and launch more quickly They also show up only in the application you use them with rather than cluttering your global Scripts menu AppleScript Overview 207 208 Some applications go even further allowing you to define scripts to be run when certain things happen in the program For example an application might let you define a script to be executed when the user chooses any menu item The script might then perform some pre processing and then exit by tellin
183. eatures 20 TextWrangler Discussion Group 0 00 e cece e nee 21 Support ServiceS ie sot eee cee ee e eee 21 How to contact us 21 Installing TextWrangler 23 Basic Installation 0 0 cee eee eee 23 System Requirements 23 Installing TextWrangler 23 Updating an Existing Copy 24 Upgrading from a Previous Version 24 Welcome Dialog and Registration 24 TextWrangler s Application Support Folders 25 Using the Global Application Support Folder 25 Using a Local Application Support Folder 25 Application Support Folder Contents 26 Language Modules 26 Menu Scripts 26 Plug Ins 26 Scripts 27 Shutdown Items 27 Startup Items 27 Stationery 27 Text Factories 28 Unix Support 28 Preference Files and Folders 0 0 000 eeeee 28 TextWrangler Preferences File 28 TextWrangler Preferences Folder 28 vi Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Working with Files Launching TextWrangler nuun So eee Nai ae OS Sead Startup TOMAS nse eea eset head spelled kta Ne tee By Rac AT te ae Creating and Saving Documents 06 e eee eee ee Saving a Copy of a File 35 File Saving Options 35 File State 36 Long File Names 36 Saving with Authentication 36 Saving Compressed Files with bz2 and gzip 37 Opening Existing Documents 0c c cece eee eee Choosing the Encoding for a Document 37 Using t
184. ecify efficient matching at the end of a line of text Consider a simple pattern such as abcds when applied to a long line of text which does not match in other words a long line of text that does not end with abcd Because matching proceeds from left to right the grep engine will look for each a in the subject and then see if what follows matches the rest of the pattern If the pattern is specified as abcds the initial matches the entire line at first but when this fails because there is no following a it backtracks to match all but the last character then all but the last two characters and so on Once again the search for a covers the entire string from right to left so we are no better off However if the pattern is written as 2 gt lt abcd there can be no backtracking for the item it can match only the entire line The subsequent lookbehind assertion does a single test on the last four characters If it fails the whole match fails immediately For long strings this approach makes a significant difference to the processing time Advanced Grep Topics 161 162 When a pattern contains an unlimited repeat inside a subpattern that can itself be repeated an unlimited number of times the use of a once only subpattern is the only way to avoid some failing matches taking a very long time literally millions or even billions of years in some cases The pattern D l
185. ee 134 Recommended Books and Resources 00 000 e eee aee 134 Table of Contents ix Writing Search Patterns ssc to Maas gan Se pe dacts wy Most Characters Match Themselves 135 Escaping Special Characters 135 Wildcards Match Types of Characters 136 Other Positional Assertions 137 Character Classes Match Sets or Ranges of Characters 138 Matching Non Printing Characters 139 Other Special Character Classes 140 Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns 141 Combining Patterns to Make Complex Patterns 142 Creating Subpatterns 142 Using Backreferences in Subpatterns 143 Using Alternation 144 The Longest Match Issue 144 Non Greedy Quantifiers 145 Writing Replacement Patterns 4 Subpatterns Make Replacement Powerful 146 Using the Entire Matched Pattern 146 Using Parts of the Matched Pattern 147 Case Transformations 148 EXAM POS anne scale tee acc E OO a Het acetal oat Matching Identifiers 149 Matching White Space 149 Matching Delimited Strings 150 Marking Structured Text 150 Marking a Mail Digest 151 Rearranging Name Lists 151 Advanced Grep Topics 00 eee eee Matching Nulls 152 Backreferences 152 POSIX Style Character Classes 153 Non Capturing Parentheses 154 Perl Style Pattern Extensions 155 Comments 155 Pattern Modifiers 156 Positional Assertions 157
186. ee eens 179 File Filters Preferences 0 cc cece cece eee eee eee e ees 181 File Search Preferences 0 0 c cece cece cece eens eeeeeaces 181 FTP Settings Preferences 0 6 6 cece cece cence ene teens 182 Languages Preferences 0 cece cece cece eee ee eee e eens 183 Menus Preferences ccc cece ee eee eect eee eee rreren no 185 Text Colors Preferences perocsid cream enii beise eee eee enna 186 Text Encodings Preferences 6 0 c ccc e cen eee ences 187 Text Files Preferences 1 0 ccc cee eee cece ee eee ence eee eaee 188 Text Printing Preferences 0 cece cece eee eee E 192 Text Search Preferences 0 ccc ccc eee eee eee eee eeneee 193 Text Status Display Preferences 1 6 0c ce cece eee cece eee eens 194 Windows Preferences ccc eee e ee eee ence eee eaes 196 Optional settings via defaults write 0 6 cece eens 198 The Preferences Command The Preferences window provides control over many aspects of TextWrangler s behavior You can decide which windows should open when you launch TextWrangler set the default display options for windows set default options for editing behavior and searches and so on 171 IMPORTANT To open the Preferences window choose the Preferences command from the TextWrangler menu 80D TextWrangler Preferences These settings control miscellaneous aspects of TextWrangler s appearance and behavior ga Application Software Upd
187. eld or choose a local server advertised by Bonjour by clicking the popup menu to the right of the Server field specify your user name and password in the appropriate fields and choose the SFTP option if appropriate then click the Connect button or press the Return or Enter keys to connect to the server AOO FTP Browser 1 Not connected Bookmarks fA Server www barebones com B F sFTP User adam_s Password sessssessece Cancel Connect Name Alternatively you can choose a bookmark from the Bookmarks pop up menu to fill in stored info for the server user name password and connection options You can create bookmarks by entering the appropriate information in the Open from or Save to dialogs and choosing Add from the Bookmarks pop up menu or via the Bookmarks list in the FTP Settings preference panel You can modify or delete existing bookmarks via the FTP Settings preference panel Chapter 3 Working with Files NEW Once you ve connected to the server you can open files by double clicking them or selecting them and clicking the Open button You can double click a folder to change directories If you hold down the Option key when opening a folder it will open in a new FTP SFTP Browser window You can select a range of files and directories by Shift clicking and you can select and deselect multiple items one at a time by Command clicking them adam_s www barebones com connected sftp
188. elected text as the name of the marker without displaying a dialog box Clearing Markers To clear a marker 1 Choose the Clear Markers command from the Mark popup menu TextWrangler displays the list of markers Marker Welcome Cancel Clear 2 Select the marker you want to delete 3 Click Clear to clear the marker Using Markers 91 92 TextWrangler also offers a Clear All Markers command which clears all the markers in the document in one fell swoop You can access this command by holding down the Option key and using the Mark popup menu Using Grep to Set Markers You can use the Find amp Mark All command in the Mark popup menu to mark text that matches a grep pattern To learn more about using grep patterns see Chapter 8 Searching with Grep To use a grep pattern to mark text 1 Choose the Find amp Mark All command from the Mark submenu TextWrangler opens the Find amp Mark All sheet HOO index html E J Search For Patterns B l index class menuhead gt lt pels lt DOCTYPE HTML PUB 7 http w a mar Mark With i lt head gt lt titleWelcome lt meta name ge XL lt meta http equ lt meta name de t of class softwar lt meta name de _ Clear existing markers os software gt lt link rel alt tebones com news x E DontMark Cancel Find amp Mark lt style type t body col bee a T a a a E a EEE y d O gt 5 12 HTML West
189. emainder of this chapter since the organization of TextWrangler s supporting files has changed considerably We have provided specific suggestions and tips for transferring your customized support items in each category Welcome Dialog and Registration The first time you launch TextWrangler it will display the Welcome to TextWrangler dialog This dialog allows you to choose whether to register your copy of TextWrangler and whether to install the current command line tools Welcome to TextWrangler 3 Registration Although registration is optional only registered users are eligible for free technical support special offers and other benefits When you register you will receive one confirmation e mail from us with your registered user information Name e mail m Notify me of upgrades and special offers View Privacy Policy v Install the current command line tools Skip Registration tater Register Now You are not required to register to use TextWrangler However if you do not register you will not be eligible for any potential future discounts technical support or other benefits and offers 24 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler Note If you wish to register enter your name and a valid email address in the appropriate fields choose whether you wish to be notified of future upgrades and special offers by selecting or deselecting the Notify Me checkbox and press the Register Now button
190. en documents You can choose any or all open text documents as search sources This option allows you to search documents that have not yet been saved to a file or which contain unsaved changes To choose all open documents click the box next to the Open Text Documents item or double click on the item in the list Searching the files contained in a results browser If a previous multi file search found many files that contain your search string you may want to narrow the search To search the files listed in any results browser window click the box next to that browser s name or double click on its name in the Sources drawer You can also click the box next to the Results Browsers item or double click on this item to search the files listed in all results browsers The Choose a Folder dialog will display any packages it encounters as folders rather than just as single files the way they appear in the Finder This allows you to navigate their internal structure just as you would any other folder Similarly you can drag a package from the Finder into the path box in the Find amp Replace dialog and it will be treated as a true folder rather than as a single file Multi File Searching 123 124 Saved Search Sets You can store specific sets of search sources for later reuse To save a search set click the Save Set button and give the set a name in the resulting dialog To select a saved set of search sources just select it in the
191. en you search for a word you are already combining basic patterns You can combine any of the preceding grep patterns in the same way Here are some examples Pattern Matches Examples d d a string of digits followed bya 4 2 literal plus sign followed by 1234 5829 more digits d 4 t B C four digits followed eee or 2152 B C a space followed by the string B C 0 9 d an optional dollar sign 1 234 56 followed by one or more digits 4 296 459 19 and commas followed by a 3 5 6 4 0000 period then zero or more digits 0 oops Note again in these examples how the characters that have special meaning to grep are preceded by a backslash and when we want them to match themselves Creating Subpatterns Subpatterns provide a means of organizing or grouping complex grep patterns This is primarily important for two reasons for limiting the scope of the alternation operator which otherwise creates an alternation of everything to its left and right and for changing the matched text when performing replacements A subpattern consists of any simple or complex pattern enclosed in a pair of parentheses You can optionally specify a simple string to identify a subpattern making it anamed subpattern Pattern Matches p the pattern p and remembers it P lt NAME gt p the pattern p and remembers it by the specified string NAME You can combine more than one subpattern into a grep pat
192. endings TextWrangler uploads the file in binary mode preserving its line endings exactly as they are on your local machine However if the file has Macintosh CR line endings it is uploaded in text mode so that the server can convert the line endings as appropriate Finally you can use Save a Copy to FIP SFTP Server to upload a copy of your current file to an FTP server while keeping your local file open This is especially useful when you maintain web site content on your local hard drive and only need to upload changes made in one or two files to the server Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 49 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line You can use the edit command line tool to open files into TextWrangler via the Unix command line The first time you run TextWrangler after installation it will offer to install the command line tools for you If you choose not to do so you can choose Install Command Line Tools from the TextWrangler application menu at any time to install or re install the current version of the command line tools To open a file in TextWrangler from the command line type edit filename where filename is the name of the file to be opened To launch TextWrangler without opening a file or activate it if it is already running type edit 1 In addition to files you can also specify FTP or SFTP URLs to files or directories to have TextWrangler open the specified files or an FTP SFTP Browser for ea
193. ent information for different kinds of browsers Browser File List pane contains Disk browser Files and folders that TextWrangler can open Search results File and line number of each match You can open both files and folders from the list pane When you double click a folder name TextWrangler replaces the file list pane with the contents of the folder When you double click a file name TextWrangler opens the file in an editing window If the file list pane also included a line number TextWrangler scrolls to that line 165 166 Controls above the list may allow you to determine what kinds of items are displayed in the list For example in disk browsers there is a popup menu that lets you choose to display text files all files or other types of files and another that lets you return the browser to a parent directory of the current folder In error browsers checkboxes allow you to hide or show all errors warnings or notes For results browsers TextWrangler can either show a hierarchical listing where all the results associated with a particular file are grouped under that file using disclosure triangles similar to those in the Finder s list views to reveal or hide the results list or a flat listing showing each individual result on a separate line You can choose which of these display methods to use by pressing the Make File List Flat Hierarchical button next to the Open button To remove items from the display li
194. er left corner of the keypad This key is also labeled Num Lock on some keyboards When Auto Indenting This option controls whether TextWrangler should remove any existing leading whitespace from lines which it applies auto indentation to Option on Japanese Keyboards This option controls whether typing Option yen on a Japanese keyboard generates a yen symbol or a backslash Use Emacs Key Bindings If turned on this option allows you to use the basic Emacs navigation keystrokes to move around in editing views It is not a full Emacs emulation mode rather it is more of a comfort blanket for individuals with Emacs key bindings hard wired into their muscle memory See Appendix B Editing Shortcuts for a list of the Emacs commands TextWrangler supports If you turn on the Display Status Window option a small palette will appear when you type an Emacs shortcut indicating which command you have applied Chapter 10 Preferences Tip Tip Note Editor Defaults Preferences The Editor Defaults preferences control the behavior of newly created document windows and documents without saved state information Many of the options in this panel parallel options provided in the Text Options sheet and in the Text Options popup in the tool bar The difference is that the options in the Text Options sheet and the Text Options popup control only the behavior of the active window while the Editor Defaults preferences
195. erences window TextWrangler permits the following additional modifications to its behavior which you can make by issuing an appropriate defaults write command Controlling Extended Attributes for Files By default TextWrangler avoids writing extended attributes HFS Type and Creator codes to volumes which don t natively support them i e to avoid creating _ files whenever it s safe to do so i e provided that TextWrangler will be able to re open the file correctly later on the basis of its name You can modify this behavior by issuing the following command in the Terminal where lt value gt must be Always Never or Smart the latter being the default defaults write com barebones textwrangler Filing WriteExtendedAttributes lt value gt 198 Chapter 10 Preferences CHAPTER IIMPORTANT Scripting TextWrangler TextWrangler offers access to nearly all of its features and commands via AppleScript This chapter provides a brief overview of AppleScript discusses TextWrangler s scripting model and explains how you can use scripts with TextWrangler An excellent way to learn how to script TextWrangler is to look at the scripts others have written for it or for TextWrangler or to turn on recording in your script editor while you perform actions in TextWrangler A number of example scripts are available from the Bare Bones Software web site The TextWrangler Talk mailing list is also a good r
196. ern ISO Latin 1 Unix LF 2 Type the pattern in the Search For field and the marker names in the Mark With field You can also choose stored patterns from the Patterns popup menu 3 Click Find amp Mark to mark the matching text TextWrangler searches the current document for text that matches the pattern and marks it the way you specified Spell Checking Documents The Check Spelling command in the Text menu lets you check the spelling of the text in your documents using the system spelling checker built into Mac OS X Check Spelling As You Type To have TextWrangler automatically check spelling as you type for the current document select Check Spelling as You Type in the Text menu To have TextWrangler always check spelling as you type turn on the corresponding option in the Editor Defaults preference panel Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler When TextWrangler encounters a word which is either misspelled or not in the checker s dictionary it will draw a heavy red underline beneath the word You can either type a correction or Control click on the word and select a suggested correction from the contextual menu To skip the identified word and continue checking use the Check Spelling command again To ignore all further instances of the word Control click on it and choose Ignore Spelling from the contextual menu To add the word to the dictionary Control click on it and choose Learn Spelling from the contextual me
197. es Find All and Multi File Search Results When you perform a Find All search either on a single file or across multiple files TextWrangler will open a search results browser which lists every occurrence of the search string in the selected file s e088 copyright htm Search Results TextWrangler 2 MM 22 Notes Open i 22 occurrences of TextWrangler 2 found in 7 files Y copyright htm one occurrence found E File copyright htm Line 8 lt img src twlogo gif align right width 128 height 128 alt gt lt font 1 Y index htm one occurrence found File index htm Line 21 lt a href whatsnew htm gt What s New in TextWrangler 2 3 lt a gt lt br gt Y SecretPreferences_main html one occurrence found File SecretPreferences_main html Line 80 TextWrangler 2 2 and later will no longer try to inte Y whatsnew htm one occurrence found File whatsnew htm Line 3 lt title gt What s New in TextWrangler 2 2 lt title gt y whatsnew_list htm 2 occurrences found File whatsnew_list htm Line 15 TextWrangler 2 3 requires Mac OS X 10 4 or later it will not run on Mac Last Saved 01 12 08 17 03 30 i L Taj B Ki File Path v Desktop TextWrangler Help copyright htm no symbol selected We lt head gt ry lt meta name ROBOTS content KEVYWORDS gt lt meta name keywords content copuright trademark gt 0 lt title gt TextWrangler Help lt title gt lt head gt lt body bgcolor
198. es com gt lt span class alternate gt Bare Bones Softw y O j gt 2 48 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF You can choose whether TextWrangler should display all new and opened documents in the frontmost text window or open each document into a new text window by setting the New amp Opened Documents option in the Documents amp Drawer preference panel see page 175 Similarly you can control whether documents opened from other applications such as the Finder should open in the front text window or as separate text windows Window Anatomy 59 The Tool Bar The tool bar is a section at the top of each editing window containing buttons and controls that let you adjust display options for and provide info about the current document You can toggle display of the tool bar by clicking the control in the top right corner of the window or by choosing Hide Tool Bar Show Tool Bar in the View menu OO index html 5 Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 26 21 lt i 2 ea i File Path v Desktop index html index htm no symbol selected By Mm y k DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C DTD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN A http www w3 org TR html4 Loose dtd gt 0 lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt x lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name
199. esired find and replace strings in the Multi File Search window as described in the section Multi File Search 2 Choose the files to be searched as described in Specifying the Search Set Multi File Replacing 127 3 To start the operation click Replace All in the Multi File Search window choose the Replace All command or type its key equivalent of Command Option R TextWrangler displays the Find amp Replace All Matches dialog box Find amp Replace All Matches O Leave Open Save to Disk C Confirm Saves Cancel M Show Results Proceed This is what each of the options does Replaces all occurrences of the search string This options with the replace string and Leave Open Leaves all the files open so that you can inspect the replacements If there are many files that contain the search string TextWrangler may run out of memory Save to Disk Saves each file with the changes When the Confirm Saves setting is active you will have an opportunity to approve the changes before TextWrangler saves them to disk You should not turn this off unless you are sure that the replace operation being done is what you want Show Results Opens a results browser listing each of the files which was changed and the number of changes in each file Quick Search The Quick Search command performs an incremental search In other words it shows the matching text as you type the search st
200. esource for learning more about scripting To subscribe to this list please visit the support section of our web site http www barebones com support lists html Regardless of whether you are new to scripting TextWrangler or are familiar with scripting previous versions we strongly recommend that you carefully review the sections TextWrangler and AppleScript and Working with Scripts in this chapter In this chapter AppleScript Overview 0 ccc cece nent n eens 199 About AppleScript 200 Scriptable Applications and Apple Events 200 Reading an AppleScript Dictionary 201 Recordable Applications 207 Saving Scripts 207 Using Scripts with Applications 207 Scripting Resources 208 Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 6 0 6 c cece eee eee 209 Recording Scripts in TextWrangler 210 The Scripts Menu 211 The Scripts Palette 211 Organizing Scripts 212 Attaching Scripts to Menu Items 212 TextWrangler s Scripting Model 6 6 cece eee 214 Script Compatibility 214 Getting and Setting Properties 216 Performing Actions 216 e Common AppleScript Pitfalls 220 AppleScript Overview If you are familiar with AppleScript you should have little difficulty scripting TextWrangler It has a robust and highly flexible object model If you do not know much about scripting though read on for an introduction to the necessary concepts 199 200 Note About
201. ext time you perform a Find Differences The Differences window lists all the differences between the new file and the old file To see the differences in context click a line in the Differences window TextWrangler scrolls and selects that spot in both files The entire range of difference in each file is drawn with a grey background while individual differences within the range are highlighted with the standard selection color Use the Apply to New and Apply to Old buttons in the Differences window to transfer the differing text from the new file to the old file or vice versa After you use one of these buttons TextWrangler italicizes the entry in the Differences window to indicate that you have already applied that change If a Differences window is open and is the frontmost window the Compare Again command in the Search menu will recompare the two files being compared and refresh the list of differences accordingly The small button with the circular icon between the Apply to New and Apply to Old buttons performs the same function Compare Against Disk File You can use the Compare Against Disk File command to compare the contents of the active document against the disk file for that same document This capability makes it easy to locate in progress changes to a document Multi File Compare Options You can compare multiple files at once by selecting the Folders button in the Find Differences dialog TextWrangler lists all the files
202. ey are preceded by a backslash TextWrangler s grep syntax coloring helps make this clear When passing grep patterns to TextWrangler via AppleScript be aware that both the backslash and double quote characters have special meaning to AppleScript In order to pass these through correctly you must escape them in your script Thus to pass r for a carriage return to TextWrangler you must write r in your AppleScript string Writing Search Patterns 135 136 Note Wildcards Match Types of Characters These special characters or metacharacters are used to match certain types of other characters Wildcard Matches any character except a line break that is a carriage return beginning of a line unless used in a character class end of line unless used in a character class Being able to specifically match text starting at the beginning or end of a line is an especially handy feature of grep For example if you wanted to find every instance of a message sent by Patrick from a log file which contains various other information like so From Rich server barebones com To TextWrangler Talk server lists barebones com From Patrick server example barebones com you could search for the pattern From Patrick and you will find every occurrence of these lines in your file or set of files if you do a multi file search instead It is important to note that and do not actually match return chara
203. f there is a selection this command transposes the characters at either end of the selection If you hold down the Option key as you choose this command Exchange Characters becomes Exchange Words Exchange Words behaves like Exchange Characters except that it acts on entire words rather than individual characters Change Case This command lets you change between uppercase and lowercase characters or capitalize word line or sentence starts You can choose to change the text in the current selection or in the whole document When you choose the Change Case command the following sheet appears Change Case ALL UPPER CASE Capitalize Words O all lower case C Capitalize sentences O Capitalize lines Don t Change Cancel Change The radio buttons let you choose how to change the case of the text The following table explains the function of each option in this dialog This button Changes the text like this ALL UPPER CASE Every character changes to uppercase all lower case Every character changes to lowercase Capitalize Words The first character of every word changes to uppercase other characters are unaffected Capitalize sentences The first character of every sentence changes to uppercase other characters are unaffected Capitalize lines The first character of every line changes to uppercase other characters are unaffected 96 Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note Shift Left Shift Ri
204. f there is no selection this command will affect the entire contents of the current document The Add Line Breaks command does not turn off soft wrapping Hard Wrapping and Filling Text The Hard Wrap command in the Text menu offers more flexibility for hard wrapping text than the Add Line Breaks command Whereas Add Line Breaks merely freezes the line breaks displayed in a document by inserting carriage returns the Hard Wrap command allows you to wrap text to any arbitrary width while also reflowing or indenting paragraphs If the current document contains a selection range Hard Wrap will affect only the selected text if there is no selection this command will affect the entire contents of the current document How TextWrangler Wraps Text 83 When you choose the Hard Wrap command TextWrangler opens a sheet in the frontmost document Break lines at Paragraph indentation j ol O Page guide Flush left perae RADOCT VRE Hy Window width O First line la lt html gt Character width fz Reverse lt head gt O O 0 ees fA Paragraph fill Relative to first line lt meta ht lt meta nai lass softwar lt link rel F com news x lt style type text css gt body color black background white Cc J gt 1 1 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF A The controls in the left half of the sheet determine the maximum width of lines after hard wrapping and whether wrapped lines should be conso
205. fic printing options by choosing the Text Printing page on the pop up menu in the center of the print sheet Printer HP Laserjet M3027 MFP EIS Presets Standard Copies 1 M Collated C Two Sided Pages All OFrom 1 to 1 Text Printing HH Print Selection Only Font Courier 10 C Use Document s Font Monaco 9 Page Options Page Headers C Frame Printing Area m Print Page Headers C Print Line Numbers C Print Full Pathname C 1 Inch Gutter M Print Color Syntax _ Print Rubber Stamp Time Stamp O Date Last Saved Date of Printing Confidential PDF v Preview Supplies Cancel Print You can set defaults for most printing options in the Text Printing preference panel Print Selection Only When this option is selected TextWrangler prints only the selected text If there is no active selection in the current document this option will be disabled Chapter 3 Working with Files Note Font Button Click this button to open the standard Font panel which you can use to set the font font size style and tab settings for printing Use Document s Font When this option is selected TextWrangler uses the document s display font when printing Page Options These options control how the printed pages will be laid out You can also set these options for the current document by choosing the Printing Options command in the Edit menu You
206. fo Icon When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Info button in the tool bar see page 60 Super Get Info Icon When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Super Get Info button in the tool bar see page 60 This option is available only if you have Super Get Info installed on your system Document Icon When this option is on TextWrangler displays the document proxy icon in the tool bar see page 60 This icon serves as a proxy for the document file you can click it to reveal the current file in the Finder or drag it anywhere the original file can be dragged Documents Drawer Toggle When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Document Drawer toggle control at the right hand side of the tool bar Chapter 10 Preferences Show Navigation Bar When this option is on TextWrangler displays the navigation bar see page 62 You can show or hide the navigation bar independently for each text window This option is on by default Document Navigation When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Previous and Next buttons and the Document popup menu in the navigation bar see page 63 Function popup When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Function popup menu in the navigation bar see page 63 Marker popup When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Marker popup menu in the navigation bar see page 63 Counterpart button When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Counterpart butto
207. foo it finds any occurrence of bar whatsoever because the assertion f00 is always true when the next three characters are bar A lookbehind assertion is needed to achieve this effect Positive lookbehind assertions start with lt and negative lookbehind assertions start with lt For example lt fo00 bar does find an occurrence of bar that is not preceded by foo The contents of a lookbehind assertion are restricted such that all the strings it matches must have a fixed length However if there are several alternatives they do not all have to have the same fixed length Thus lt Martin Lewis is permitted but lt dogs cats causes an error Branches that match different length strings are permitted only at the top level of a lookbehind assertion This is different compared with Perl 5 005 which requires all branches to match the same length of string An assertion such as lt ab c de is not permitted because its single top level branch can match two different lengths but it is acceptable if rewritten to use two top level branches lt abc abde The implementation of lookbehind assertions is for each alternative to temporarily move the current position back by the fixed width and then try to match If there are insufficient characters before the current position the match is deemed to fail Lookbehinds in conjunction with non backtracking a k a o
208. for normal searching For example to look for a tab or a space you would use the character class t consisting of a tab special character and a space character Character Matches r line break carriage return n Unix line break line feed t tab f page break form feed a alarm hex 07 cX a named control character like cC for Control C b backspace hex 08 only in character classes e Esc hex 1B xNN hexadecimal character code NN for example xOD for CR x NNNN v any number of hexadecimal characters NN for example x 0 will match a null x 304F will match a Japanese Unicode character backslash Use r to match a line break in the middle of a pattern and the special characters and described above to anchor a pattern to the beginning of a line or to the end of a line In the case of and the line break character is not included in the match Writing Search Patterns 139 140 Other Special Character Classes TextWrangler uses several other sequences for matching different types or categories of characters Special Character Matches s any whitespace character space tab carriage return line feed form feed s any non whitespace character any character not included by s w any word character a z A Z 0 9 _ and some 8 bit characters W any non word character all characters not included by w includ
209. fore undesirable in many files Zap Null ASCII 0 Characters When this option is selected Zap Gremlins zaps all instances of the null character ASCII 0 Like other control characters nulls can cause many programming tools and text processing utilities to malfunction This specific option is included in case you want to remove only nulls without affecting other control characters that may be present in a file Delete This option removes the zapped character completely from the text It is useful if you are only interested in destroying gremlins and you do not care where they were in the text Replace with Code This option replaces the gremlin character with any other character specified in escaped hexadecimal format The escape code is formed via the same convention used by the C programming language 0x followed by the character code in hexadecimal base 16 This option is useful for identifying both the value and the location of gremlin characters Later you can search for occurrences of 0x to locate the converted characters Searching for the grep pattern of Ox will select the entire character code for easy modification or deletion Text Menu Commands 103 104 Note Replace with lt character gt This option replaces the gremlin with the character you type in the text field next to the radio button It is useful for identifying the location of gremlins but not their value The replacement character can be spec
210. ft Replace Replaces the selection with the replace string Replace All Replaces all occurrences of the search string within the document with the replace string Replace to End Replaces every occurrence of the search string from the current insertion point to the end of the document with the replace string Replace amp Find Again Replaces the selection with the replace string and looks for the search string again Search Settings The checkboxes in the Find window lets you control how TextWrangler searches your document for the indicated text Case Sensitive When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler treats upper and lowercase letters as different letters Otherwise TextWrangler treats upper and lowercase letters as if they were the same Entire Word When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler matches the search string only if it is surrounded in the document text by word break characters white space or punctuation Otherwise TextWrangler matches the search string anywhere in the text Grep When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler treats the search and replace strings as grep patterns Otherwise TextWrangler searches the document for text that matches the search string as it appears literally and will replace any matched text with the replace string To learn more about pattern searching see Searching with Grep on page 163 Chapter 7 Searching Selected Text Only When this checkbox is selecte
211. function popup menu Open Statement Blocks String Close Statement Blocks String Function bodies are usually statement blocks that begin and end with something In Pascal it is literally the keywords begin and end In C and C style languages it is usually the characters and In both cases such statement block can usually be nested inside one another and the function scanner takes this into account Note that some languages such as VBScript overload the keyword END with another keyword such as SUB separating the two with one or more spaces Visually this is nice because it lets a human reader know what the END ends but it presents a problem for the function scanner which is not prepared at this time to treat sequences of keywords as having special meaning In theory it would be possible to get by with specifying just END or more likely just SUB for the value of Close Statement Blocks but in practice it s hard to say Comment Pattern String String Pattern String Either pattern may be in the form of any PCRE compatible regular expression grep pattern You must use named backreferences rather than positional backreferences within these patterns BBEdit will color text that matches the Comment Pattern as comments and text that matches the String Pattern as strings All other text will be colored with the default text color except for recognizable keywords If either or both
212. g you should read this chapter first and then read Chapter 8 Searching with Grep In this chapter Basic Searching and Replacing 0c cece eee eee eee eens 117 Search Settings 118 Special Characters 119 Multi File Searching caasas aa EE E a As Ges 119 Find All and Multi File Search Results 121 Specifying the Search Set 122 Specifying the Search Set 122 Multi File Search Options 124 File Filters 124 M lti Fil Replacing 6 cece eee ee eee teens 127 Quick Search 128 Quick Seatchy 36s sa hos Se ee Oa Ha ek EE Shae 128 Search Menu Reference 0 ccc eee ee cee eee e eee nee 129 Find 129 Quick Search 129 Find Next Previous 129 Find Selected Text Previous Selected Text 129 Use Selection for Find 130 Use Selection for Find grep 130 Replace 130 Replace All 130 Replace to End 130 Go to Line 131 Go to Center Line 131 Go to Function Start End 131 Go to Previous Next Function 131 Jump Back 131 Jump Forward 131 Set Jump Mark 131 Find Differences 131 Compare Two Front Documents 132 Compare Against Disk File 132 Apply to New 132 Apply to Old 132 Compare Again 132 Find Definition 132 Search Windows TextWrangler 3 offers new Find and Multi file Search windows which together provide a consistent modeless interface to TextWrangler s powerful text search and rep
213. g Reet A eee 67 Text Display 67 Hide Show Tool Bar 68 Hide Show Navigation Bar 68 Hide Show Documents Drawer 68 Balance 68 Previous Document Next Document 68 Open in Separate Window 68 Get Info 69 Reveal in Finder 69 Open in Super Get Info 69 Cursor Movement and Text Selection 0 000 e cece eens 70 Clicking and Dragging 70 Arrow Keys 71 CamelCase Navigation 72 Rectangular Selections 72 Working with Rectangular Selections 72 Scrolling the View 75 The Delete Key 75 The Numeric Keypad 76 Go To Line Command 77 Function Keys 77 Resolving URLs 78 EXE QPHONS die Sapeatace Aik e tesa pened GOP eee ia ened ta oa ag 78 Editing Options 78 Display Options 79 How TextWrangler Wraps Text 0c e cece cence 81 Soft Wrapping 82 Hard Wrapping 83 The Insert Submenu pison rina TE EaR EDE ee aasna bees 85 Inserting File Contents 86 Inserting File amp Folder Paths 86 Inserting a Folder Listing 86 Inserting a Page Break 86 Inserting Time Stamps 86 Comparing Text Files sise eeni pa e r g a eee ee 87 Compare Against Disk File 89 Multi File Compare Options 89 Using Markers 34 520054 j dag ented diay sags wos deena lees 90 Setting Markers 91 Clearing Markers 91 Using Grep to Set Markers 92 Spell Checking Documents 25 cyukscrewicnd ecine ee eb Rees Vases 92 Check Spelling As You Type 92 Manual Spell C
214. g all available scripts Names that are too long to fit within the width of the window are truncated with ellipses Hovering the mouse over such a truncated name displays a tool tip showing the full name If you hold down the Option key the tool tip will appear instantly with no hovering delay Names that fit entirely within the window without truncation do not display a tool tip Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 211 212 Organizing Scripts Items in the Scripts menu or Scripts window are displayed in alphabetical order by default but you can force them to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their name For example 00 Save All would sort before 01 Close All For names of this form the first three characters are not displayed in the window You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder whose name ends with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it These conventions are the same as those used by the utilities FinderPop and OtherMenu Attaching Scripts to Menu Items TextWrangler lets you attach scripts to menu items By this we mean that you can write scripts that TextWrangler automatically calls before or after performing a menu command For example if you want TextWrangler s Open from FTP SFTP Server command to launch your favorite FTP client you can simply attach a script t
215. g is useful it is often more useful to use only a portion of the matched pattern and to rearrange the parts in the replacement string For example suppose a source file contains C style declarations of this type define Util_Menu 284 define Tool_Menu 295 and you want to convert them so they look like this Pascal style const int Util_Menu 284 const int Tool_Menu 295 The pattern to find the original text is straightforward define t t d 0 9 This pattern matches the word define followed by one or more tabs or spaces followed by one or more characters of any type followed by one or more tabs or spaces followed by one or more digits followed by zero or more characters that are not digits to allow for comments followed by the end of the line The problem with this pattern is that it matches the entire line It does not provide a way to remember the individual parts of the found string If you use subpatterns to rewrite the above search pattern slightly you get this define t t d 0 9 The first set of parentheses defines a subpattern which remembers the name of the constant The second set remembers the value of the constant The replacement string would look like this const int l 2 The sequence 1 is replaced by the name of the constant the first subpattern from the search pattern and the sequence 2 is replaced by the value of the constant from the second subpat
216. g replaces the selection with the contents of the clipboard To place text on the clipboard without deleting it choose Copy from the Edit menu To add selected text to the existing contents of the clipboard hold down the Shift key as you choose the Cut or Copy command When you hold down the Shift key TextWrangler changes these commands to Cut amp Append and Copy amp Append Multiple Clipboards TextWrangler supports six separate clipboards Each time you use the Cut or Copy command TextWrangler automatically switches to the next clipboard wrapping back around to the first clipboard after the sixth This way the last six things you copied or cut are always available for pasting sort of a clipboard history By default the Paste command pastes text from the most recently used clipboard so if you do nothing special TextWrangler works just like any other Macintosh program However by using the Previous Clipboard command in the Edit menu you can access the previous clipboard contents Next Clipboard moves forward through the clipboard history There are also buttons in the Clipboard window below that let you move back and forth through the clipboards 00O Clipboard CA 0 1 6 27 characters 2 lines This is the selected text OG j gt Once you have selected a clipboard using one of these methods the next Cut Copy or Paste command will use the clipboard you chose Subsequent Cut or Copy commands will advance to
217. g the application whether to continue with the menu command or to cancel it As a simple example a script might check to see what printer is selected when the user chooses the Print command If it is the expensive color dye sublimation printer on which printing a page costs several dollars the script could remind the user of that fact and confirm their intention through an alert before continuing with the print operation An application that supports such a feature or any method of integrating user written scripts seamlessly into its user interface is said to be attachable because the scripts become attached to the features of the program TextWrangler is now attachable more details about using this feature are provided later in this chapter Scripting Resources Covering all the details you might need to write your own AppleScripts is not something we can reasonably do in this manual AppleScript despite its deceptively simple English like syntax is a sophisticated object oriented language with many subtleties For this reason we suggest you consult supplemental documentation and resources if you are a beginning scripter A good place to start is with someone else s script find a script that does almost what you want it to and repurpose it Even if you cannot find a script that does anything close to what you want reading others scripts is a good way to learn how AppleScript thinks and how TextWrangler s particular
218. g the contents of the Specific Sub Patterns field from 1 2 to 2 1 will instead sort the results by state first and by city second When you use a grep pattern with this command matches are not automatically anchored to line boundaries so ambiguous patterns may produce unpredictable results To avoid this problem you should use the line start and line end operators as necessary Also keep mind that the pattern will only be tested against a single line at a time So if the pattern would matches a string which spans multiple lines but not a single line the line will be skipped Text Menu Commands 99 Process Duplicate Lines This command displays a sheet which allows you to locate duplicate lines within a body of text and operates on them in various ways Leaving One O Matching All C Numbers Match by Value Duplicates to Clipboard C Ignore Leading White Space Duplicates to New Document wm Delete Duplicate Lines _ Unique Lines to Clipboard Unique Lines to New Document v Match Using Pattern Searching Pattern fj d 3 d Case Sensitive Match Using Entire Search Pattern All Sub Patterns 1 2 N O Specific Sub Patterns Don t Process Cancel CProcess The Matching All option processes all duplicate lines Leaving One ignores the first of each set of duplicate lines and processes only the additional ones The Numbers Match by Value and Ignore Leading White Space option
219. ght These commands indent or outdent the selected text by one tab stop If there is no selection this command works on the current line Hold down the Shift key while choosing these commands to have TextWrangler indent or outdent the text by one space instead of one tab stop TextWrangler also entabs and detabs on the fly as you shift text For example if the selected text is indented one tab stop and you apply Shift Left One Space the tab will be converted to spaces and the text will be outdented one space If you then apply Shift Right One Space the spaces will be converted back to a single tab Un Comment Selection This command automates the task of commenting and uncommenting sections of code in various programming languages Choose a range of text and apply this command to add or remove comments to it depending on its initial comment state If there is no selection this command place a comment at the insertion point You can use the Options button of the Installed Languages list in the Languages preferences panel to modify or set comment strings for any available languages Hard Wrap This command wraps long lines by inserting hard line breaks and can reflow fill paragraphs if desired See How TextWrangler Wraps Text on page 81 for more information Add Line Breaks This command inserts a hard line break at the end of each line of text as displayed See How TextWrangler Wraps Text on page 81 for more information
220. gits stand for themselves So in a search pattern 11 is a backreference if there are 11 or more sets of capturing parentheses in the pattern If not it matches a tab 011 always matches a tab 81 is a backreference if there are 81 or more captured subpatterns but matches an ASCII null followed by the two characters 8 and 1 otherwise Chapter 8 Searching with Grep In Character Classes Modifier Effect OCTAL Inside a character class a backslash followed by up to three octal digits generates a single byte character reference trom the least significant eight bits of the value Thus the character class 7 will match a single byte with octal value 7 equivalent to x07 8 will match a literal 8 character In Replacement Patterns Modifier Effect NNN If more than two decimal digits follow the backslash only the first two are considered part of the backreference Thus 111 would be interpreted as the 11th backreference followed by a literal 1 You may use a leading zero for example if in your replacement pattern you want the first backreference followed by a literal 1 you can use 011 If you use 11 you will get the 11th backreference even if it is empty NN If two decimal digits follow the backslash which taken together represent the value N and if there is an Nth captured substring then all thre
221. gler Tools palette lets you assign key equivalents to a plug in You can use any combination of the Command Shift Option and Control keys in the key equivalents Assigning a Key to a Plug in To assign a key to a plug in 1 Select the tool you wish to assign a key equivalent to in the Tools palette Using Plug Ins 235 Warning IMPORTANT 2 Click the Set Key button to display the Set Key dialog Keystroke for Balance Tags Plus no keystroke defined Clear Press the keys you want to use for this command Note that some keyboard equivalents are used by the system or reserved for BBEdit s internal use pressing these will have no effect Cancel set 3 Type the key equivalent You can use any key combined with Command plus Shift Option or Control modifiers if desired The equivalent must use at least the Command or the Control modifier key to be valid You can also use Function keys with or without additional modifiers 4 Click Save If you try to assign a key sequence that is already used elsewhere TextWrangler will warn you that there is a conflict and ask you whether you want to reassign that key sequence to the new item Removing a Plug in s Key Equivalent To remove the key equivalent from a TextWrangler plug in 1 Choose the Tool from the Tools palette 2 Click Set Key 3 TextWrangler opens the Set Key dialog 4 Click Reset TextWrangler removes the key assignment from the plug in
222. gler to search for However if you do that in AppleScript you must keep in mind that AppleScript will first interpret the backslashes before passing them to TextWrangler To pass one backslash to TextWrangler from AppleScript you must write two in AppleScript So to tell TextWrangler to search for a single literal backslash from an AppleScript you must write no fewer than four backslashes in the script Each pair of backslashes is interpreted as a single backslash by AppleScript which then passes two backslashes to TextWrangler And TextWrangler interprets those two backslashes as a single one for search purposes This proliferation of backslashes can make your scripts look a bit like a blown over picket fence The Every Item Issue When writing a script that loops through every item of a TextWrangler object for example every line of a document do not do it like this repeat with i in every line of text document 1 do stuff here end repeat This forces TextWrangler to evaluate every line of document 1 every time through the loop which will slow your script significantly Instead write Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler set theLines to every line of text document 1 repeat with i in theLines do stuff here end repeat TextWrangler s Scripting Model 221 222 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler CHAPTER Unix Scripting and the Command Line This chapter describes how to use TextWrangler to work with
223. gn right width 128 height 128 alt gt lt font V index htm one occurrence found File index htm Line 21 lt a href whatsnew htm gt What s New in TextWrangler 2 3 lt a gt lt br gt Y SecretPreferences_main html one occurrence found File SecretPreferences_main html Line 80 TextWrangler 2 2 and later will no longer try to inte y whatsnew htm one occurrence found File whatsnew htm Line 3 lt title gt What s New in TextWrangler 2 2 lt title gt y whatsnew_list htm 2 occurrences found f l File whatsnew_list htm Line 15 TextWrangler 2 3 requires Mac OS X 10 4 or later it will not run on Mac v f f N Last Saved 01 12 08 17 03 30 X L Taj i B W File Path v Desktop TextWrangler Help copyright htm no symbol selected We y lt head gt a lt meta name ROBOTS content KEVYWORDS gt lt meta name keywords content copyr ight trademark gt 0 lt title gt TextWrangler Help lt title gt lt head gt lt body bgcolor FFFFFF gt lt img src twlogo gif align right width 128 height 128 alt gt lt font face Lucida Grande Geneva Arial size 6 gt lt b gt Textlrangler 2 3 lt b gt lt br gt lt font gt lt br gt lt font face Lucida Grande Geneva Arial size 3 gt Copyright amp copy 2003 2008 Bare The items at the top of the window tell you how many matches TextWrangler found in the set of files you specified as well as whether any error conditions or warnings
224. h Fill on 800 Wrap Music txt Last Saved 08 27 2006 19 08 42 Fi d L 1 File Path v Desktop Wrap Music txt el e Wrap Music txt W This is a short line of text This is a much longer line of text much longer than 65 characters In fact it s so long it goes off the right edge of the window And this is another short Line O gt 3 62 none Western Mac OS Roman Unix LF TextWrangler joins all the lines together to form a single paragraph and then wraps the text to a width of 65 characters The Paragraph Indentation buttons let you indent paragraphs after they have been wrapped Flush Left does not indent paragraphs at all e First Line indents all lines in the paragraph by one tab stop Reverse places the first line in the paragraph flush against the left edge of the window and indents all other lines in the paragraph by one tab stop Mark the Relative to First Line checkbox to make any paragraph indents relative to the original indent of the first line of the selection or document If you want paragraph indents to be relative to the left margin of the document make sure this checkbox is not marked Click the Wrap button to perform the Hard Wrap command Click the Don t Wrap button to save the settings without changing the text If you hold down the Option key as you choose the Hard Wrap command TextWrangler uses the last Hard Wrap settings to perform the operation without di
225. h against the Function Pattern BBEdit attempts to match the Skip Pattern If that succeeds BBEdit will advance the starting point for the next attempt to match the Function Pattern past the text matched by the Skip Pattern If no match for the Skip Pattern is found then BBEdit will advance the starting point of the search by one character and apply the Function Pattern again This can be useful in cases where for example strings and comments can contain text that appears to be a function definition but you do not wish them to be placed in the function popup menu You can define a Skip Pattern to ensure that strings and comments are not included in the search for function definitions In fact if you supply a Comment Pattern and or a String Pattern you can call those patterns as named subpatterns within your Skip Pattern and even your Function Pattern The syntax for calling these subpatterns is 7P gt comment and P gt string respectively Prefix for Functions String Prefix for Procedures String In some languages function definitions begin with a specific keyword For example Pascal has functions that return values begin with the keyword function and functions that return no values begin with the keyword procedure Other languages such as C and C have functions begin simply with their names and other attributes followed by a list of parameters followed by the statement block that comprises the function
226. hat allows for quick navigation to those functions This requires the Identifier and Keyword Characters string described below to be properly specified BBLMIsCaseSensitive Boolean If this has the value false letters in keywords and other strings are matched against the text without regard to whether they are both upper or lower case The value true means that an x for example will only match another x and not an X BBLMKeywordList Array of String Whenever a string is found to match one of the strings in this array it is specially colored For this to happen the Identifier and Keyword Characters string described below must be properly specified also Language Keys and Properties 259 260 Key Value Type BBLMSuffixMap Array of Dictionaries Each dictionary entry in this array should contain some or all of the following key value pairs BBLMLanguageSuffix String Files with names that end with this string value are considered to be files of this module s language The first character in the suffix string is usually a dot period full stop whatever This string must be present and non empty or the entire dictionary entry will be ignored Bear in mind that if a suffix is given that overlaps with the suffix map of another language module or BBEdit s built in languages confusion may result Fortunately the Languages preference panel lists all available suffix mappings BBL
227. hat starts in your home directory but you can navigate to any desired location L Ta sp Last Saved 08 15 2008 11 50 34 i rexr File Path Library Applicat ude Example tmpl Include Fxa HTML Templates v footer incl no symbol selected B kj Include Example t ol x a Simple Page tmpl Table Of Contents lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C 0TD HTML 4 81 Transitional EN http www w3 org TR 1999 REC h tm 1401 19991 224 Loose dtd gt lt html gt Y lt head gt lt ti tle gt 8TITLE lt ti tle gt vice ed COMPDATE USERNANE ROOT F LENANE bbinclude end bbinclt seURL incl eating a page from this template ed with the user name that you control panel lt title gt USERNAME s First Page lt title gt s 1 1 HTML Western MacOS Roman Mac CR O gt The name and path of the file if any and directory currently being viewed are displayed in the title bar of the window The file list pane displays all the items in the current folder Click on a file in the file list pane to open it in the text pane or double click to open the file into a text window ing will ring Setup You can open a disk browser starting at any particular folder by dragging that folder onto TextWrangler s icon in the Dock or the Finder Disk Browser Controls The menus at the top and bottom of the file list pane let you create new files
228. he Open Command 39 Opening bz2 or gzip Files and Binary plists 40 Using the Open Hidden Command 41 Using the Open from FTP SFTP Server Command 41 Using the Open Selection Command 41 Using the Open File by Name Commands 42 Using the Open Counterpart Command 42 Using the Open Recent Command 43 Using the Reopen using Encoding Command 43 An International Text Primer 0 00 cee eee ee International Text in TextWrangler 43 Unicode 44 Saving Unicode Files 44 Opening Unicode Files 45 Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 0 00 cee c ee eee eee eee Opening Files from FTP SETP Servers 46 Saving Files to FTP SFTP Servers 48 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line Using Stationery ss sc gateed i ae aa aa sh agAkin eg E ket Hex Dump for Files and Documents 0 6 606600 e eee Making Backups ess eegee e c cece nnn PANUNG lieue te aoe NONE T headed AIE E Medan Anse Text Printing Options 52 Editing Text with TextWrangler Basic Eding is eaa y eo AA Gaal a A ES Mie A E E adn gonna Moving Text 56 Multiple Clipboards 57 Drag and Drop 58 Miultiple Wind On sce n aslo AE NERE E Mattatd nr tase heats Window Anatomy mopede nera aa uona aAA AS een eee The Tool Bar 60 The Split Bar 61 The Navigation Bar 62 The Documents Drawer 65 The Status Bar 66 Table of Contents The View M n s riniti kaaa ics wees mates Buen Big
229. he Windows palette displays the names of all open windows ordered either by name by creation order or by window kind as determined by the settings your Application preferences panel see Chapter 10 You can open a file by dragging its icon from the Finder into the Windows palette Document windows which correspond to text files have a document icon next to them display windows such as browsers and search results windows do not A solid diamond to the left of a window s name means that the window s contents have been modified and have not yet been saved while a hollow diamond indicates that the window s state has been modified but not yet saved To bring any window to the front click its name in the Windows palette You can select one or more windows in the list and choose the Save Close or Print commands from the action menu at the top of the palette Holding down the Option key changes these commands to Save All Close All and Print All which apply to all listed windows for which the given command is possible You can also Control click on any selected windows and apply the Save Close or Print commands from the resulting contextual menu Window Menu 111 112 Hovering the mouse over a window name displays a tool tip showing the full window title this is useful for names that have been truncated with ellipses because they are too long to fit within the width of the window If you hold down the Option key the
230. he duplicate lines from the document and copy them to the clipboard for pasting elsewhere 100 Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note Process Lines Containing This command displays a sheet which allows you to search the active window for lines containing a specified search string and then removes those lines or copies them to the clipboard The options on the left side of the dialog box control how the search is performed and the options on the right side control what happens to the lines that are found Find Lines Containing 8 Crash _ Case Sensitive m Copy to Clipboard Use Grep _ Copy to New Document Patterns B Delete Matched Lines _ Report Results Don t Process Cancel To specify a search pattern enter it in the Find Lines Containing field If you do not want TextWrangler to match text when the letters in the text differ from the letters in the search string only by case upper case versus lower case select Case Sensitive To search using a grep pattern select Use Grep and enter the pattern in the text field You can also select a predefined search pattern from the Patterns pop up menu or click the grab selection button to use the current selection as the search pattern If the selection ends in a trailing carriage return the carriage return will be omitted from the search string copied into the text field The checkboxes on the right of the sheet control the way lines containing the specif
231. he end of the document If that is what you want however you should consider using the new A Z and z metacharacters instead of and s By default the magic dot metacharacter matches any character except return r If you turn this option on with s however dot will match any character Thus the pattern s will match an entire document x When turned on this option changes the meaning of most whitespace characters notably tabs and spaces and Literal whitespace characters are ignored and the character starts a comment that extends until a literal return or the r escape sequence is encountered Ostensibly this option intends to let you write more readable patterns Perl programmers should already be familiar with these options as they correspond directly to the imsx options for Perl s m and s operators Unadorned these options turn their corresponding behavior on when preceded by a hyphen they turn the behavior off Setting and unsetting options can occur in the same set of parentheses Example Effect imsx Turn all four options on imsx Turn all four options off i msx Turn i on turn m s and x off Chapter 8 Searching with Grep The scope of these option changes depends on where in the pattern the setting occurs For settings that are outside any subpattern the effect is the same as if the options were set or unset
232. he next line You have to manually type a carriage return to start a new line You usually use hard wrapping to write programs tabular data resource descriptions and so on With hard wrapping each line of source code or data appears on its own line in the window although you may have to scroll the window horizontally to see the entire line if it is long When you use the Hard Wrap command on a rectangular selection lines will be padded with spaces as necessary If you open a file in TextWrangler that appears to consist of a few very long lines you should select the soft wrapping option for that file This table summarizes the commands to soft wrap and hard wrap text The sections that follow give details about using the wrapping commands To do this Do this Soft wrap text as you type Choose Soft Wrap Text from the Text Display submenu of the View menu or select the Soft Wrap Text option from the Text Options sheet Convert hard wrapped text to soft Use the Remove Line Breaks command wrapped text in the Text menu and activate soft wrapping Convert soft wrapped text to hard Use the Add Line Breaks command in wrapped text the Text menu Hard wrap text to a specific margin Use the Hard Wrap command in the reflowing paragraphs as needed Text menu Users of very old versions of TextWrangler or TextWrangler Lite will note that the Wrap while Typing option which hard wrapped text automatically by inserting a Re
233. he support resources available on our web site for information and assistance or contact us via email TextWrangler Discussion Group 21 22 Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler CHAPTER IMPORTANT Installing TextWrangler This chapter tells you how to install TextWrangler on your Macintosh It also describes the files TextWrangler creates where it puts them and how to install or remove optional components of TextWrangler In this chapter Basie Installation ca s seg atte histe eon Os Sahat ys ela sea A eels Sates 23 System Requirements 23 Installing TextWrangler 23 Updating an Existing Copy 24 Upgrading from a Previous Version 24 Welcome Dialog and Registration 24 TextWrangler s Application Support Folders 6 60 c cence eens 25 Using the Global Application Support Folder 25 Using a Local Application Support Folder 25 Application Support Folder Contents 26 Language Modules 26 e Menu Scripts 26 Plug Ins 26 Scripts 27 Shutdown Items 27 Startup Items 27 Stationery 27 Text Factories 28 Unix Support 28 Preference Files and Folders 6 cc cece eee teen eee ene 28 TextWrangler Preferences File 28 TextWrangler Preferences Folder 28 Basic Installation TextWrangler is supplied as a single application file Specific system requirements and installation instructions are described below and the organization of TextWrangler
234. hecking 93 The Spelling Panel 93 Using Excalibur for Spell Checking 94 Table of Contents vii viii Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Text Transformations 95 Text Menu Commands 00 cee cece eee eee eee eee 95 Exchange Characters 96 Change Case 96 Shift Left Shift Right 97 Un Comment Selection 97 Hard Wrap 97 Add Line Breaks 97 Remove Line Breaks 97 Apply Text Factory 97 Apply Last Text Factory 97 Convert to ASCII 98 Educate Quotes 98 Straighten Quotes 98 Add Remove Line Numbers 98 Prefix Suffix Lines 98 Sort Lines 99 Process Duplicate Lines 100 Process Lines Containing 101 Rewrap Quoted Text 102 Increase and Decrease Quote Level 102 Strip Quotes 102 Zap Gremlins 103 Entab 104 Detab 104 Normalize Line Endings 104 Text Factories in TextWrangler 6 0 e cece 105 Installing Text Factories 105 The Text Factories Menu 106 Arranging Windows amp Palettes 109 Window Ment 2 0 4 0 wicdak a A oatieg eg dime E BA 109 Minimize Window 109 Bring All to Front 110 Palettes 110 Save Default Window 112 Arrange 112 Zoom key equivalent only 114 Send to Back 114 Exchange with Next 114 Synchro Scrolling 114 Window Names 114 Searching 115 Search WIN TOW Si 8 ana see ota wei hue whG Cuvee Boia ates 115 Basic Searching and Replacing 0
235. here A giraffe is here A b Abba A bb and a Andy Ted Andy and Ted joined AAA Andy and Ted yesterday d 4 years I ve been a loyal member 1983 years since 1983 almost 16 years ago a z d That s almost 16 years That s almost 1 6 years The Longest Match Issue When creating complex patterns you should bear in mind that the quantifiers and are greedy That is they will always make the longest possible match possible to a given pattern so if your pattern is E one or more E s and your text contains EEEE the pattern matches all the E s at once not just the first one This is usually what you want but not always 144 Chapter 8 Searching with Grep IMPORTANT Suppose for instance that you want to match an HTML tag At first you may think that a good way to do this would be to search for the pattern lt gt consisting of a less than sign followed by one or more occurrences of a single character followed by a greater than sign To understand why this may not work the way you think it should consider the following sample text to be searched lt B gt This text is in boldface lt B gt The intent was to write a pattern that would match both of the HTML tags separately Let s see what actually happens The lt character at the beginning of this line matches the beginning of the pattern The next ch
236. here a function is any item which appears on the function pop up menu If you anticipate using these commands often you may wish to assign them key equivalents by using the Menus preference panel Jump Back When you choose this command TextWrangler will go to the last selection you made in the document which was outside the current view an automatic jump mark or the last location you marked with the Set Jump Mark command a manual jump mark see below Jump Forward When you choose this command after choosing Jump Back TextWrangler will go to the next later jump mark or return to the most recent position of the insertion point If you have not jumped back to a jump mark this command is disabled Set Jump Mark Choose this command to define the current insertion point location or selection range as a manual jump mark within the active document You can navigate to jump marks using the Jump Back and Jump Forward commands Find Differences Finds the differences between two files or all of the files contained in two folders See Comparing Text Files in Chapter 4 for more details Search Menu Reference 131 132 Compare Two Front Documents Performs a Find Differences on the two frontmost text documents Compare Against Disk File Performs a Find Differences between the contents of the front document and the disk file for that same document This capability makes it easy to locate in progress changes to a document Appl
237. ibed in this document is furnished under a license agreement Warranty and license information is included on the next page of this user manual The owner or authorized user of a valid copy of TextWrangler may reproduce this publication for the purpose of learning to use such software No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted for commercial purposes such as selling copies of this publication or for providing paid for support services Macintosh Mac OS X Power Macintosh and AppleScript are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc PowerPC is a trademark of International Business Machines Corp All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners License Agreement You the Licensee assume responsibility for the selection of the program TextWrangler to achieve your intended results and for the installation use and results obtained from the program Breaking the package seal and installing the program constitutes your acceptance of these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions then do not break the package seal or install the software License You may use the program and documentation on any desired number of machines and copy the program and documentation into any machine readable or printed form for backup or support of your use of the program and documentation on those machines provided that no copy of the program and documentation may be used by anyone other than you e Your
238. ide TextWrangler Hide Others Show All Quit TextWrangler File New New With Stationery Open Open Hidden Open frm FTP SFTP Server Open Selection Open File by Name Reveal Selection Open Counterpart Open Recent Reopen Using Encoding Close Window Close All Windows Close Document Close All Documents Close amp Delete Save Save All Save As Save a Copy Save to FTP SFTP Server Save a Copy to FTP Server Revert Reload from Disk Export Hex Dump File Hex Dump FrontDocument Page Setup Print Print All Print One Copy Cmd submenu none or Cmd H Cmd Q see next column submenu Cmd O Cmd Ctl O Cmd D Cmd Opt D Cmd Opt uparrow submenu submenu Cmd Shift W Cmd Opt W Cmd W Cmd Opt Shift W Cmd S Cmd Opt S Cmd Shift S Cmd Ctl S Cmd Opt Shift S Cmd P Cmd Opt P Cmd Shift Opt P File gt New Text Document with selection with Clipboard Text Window Disk Browser FTP SFTP Browser Edit Undo Redo Clear Undo History Cut Cut amp Append Copy Copy amp Append Copy as Styled Text Copy as Styled HTML Paste Paste Previous Clipboard Paste Column Clear Select All Select None Select Line Select Paragraph Complete Insert Show Clipboard Previous Clipboard Next Clipboard Text Options Document Options Printing Options Special Characters Cmd N Cmd Shift N Cmd Opt N Cmd Z Cmd Shift Z Cm
239. ied search pattern will be processed By selecting the appropriate combinations of these options you can achieve the effect of applying various editing commands to each line Setting both Copy to Clipboard and Delete Matched Lines on is equivalent to applying the Cut command e Setting Copy to Clipboard on and Delete Matched Lines off is equivalent to applying the Copy command e Setting Copy to Clipboard off and Delete Matched Lines on is equivalent to applying the Clear command The Copy to New Document option opens a new untitled document containing copies of all lines matching the search pattern whether or not they are deleted from the original window By using this option and turning Copy to Clipboard off you can collect all matching lines without affecting the previous contents of the clipboard The Report Results option causes TextWrangler to display a dialog reporting the total number of lines matched regardless of their final disposition With all of the other options turned off this can be useful for pretesting the extent of a search operation without affecting the clipboard or the contents of the original window Text Menu Commands 101 102 Note Rewrap Quoted Text This command rewraps hard wrapped text having Internet style quoting while retaining the quoting characters and quote level Break Lines at 72 characters Paragraph Indentation No Indent O Standard Indent O Reverse Indent In Quote Delimiters
240. ified not only as any typeable character but also by using any of the special characters defined for text searches including hex escapes See Special Characters on page 119 In some cases this option could be counterproductive since hex escapes xNN can themselves be used to insert unprintable characters Entab This command displays a sheet which allows you to set the number of consecutive space characters which should be converted into tabs This transformation is useful when you are copying content from many online sources which use spaces to line up columns of text If you do not use a monospaced font columns usually will not line up unless you entab the text first Detab This command displays a sheet which allows you to set the number of consecutive spaces which should replace each tab This command is useful when you are preparing text for use in a program which has no concept of tabs as column separators for email transmission and similar purposes Normalize Line Endings This command converts a document containing mixed line endings to have a uniform set of line endings If you open a file which contains a mixture of Mac Unix and DOS Windows line endings the Translate Line Breaks option may not suffice to properly convert the document for viewing and editing After conversion the document may appear to not have any line breaks at all this usually happens if the first line break in the file is a Mac line
241. images August 16 2008 14 02 I leopard testbed E vMteopard dex htm August 16 2008 14 02 E Streaming August 16 2008 14 02 gt SHARED Y PLACES Desktop Dropbox A Applications C Save as stationery Line breaks Unix LF H Encoding Unicode UTF 8 no BOM A New Folder Cancel Save e Save as stationery When this option is selected TextWrangler saves the document as a stationery pad When you later open this document TextWrangler uses it as the basis of a new untitled document The new document will inherit the contents and display settings of the stationery document but TextWrangler will prompt you for a name when you save it e Line breaks Use this popup to choose the line ending format TextWrangler uses when writing the file e Encoding Use this popup to select the text encoding format TextWrangler should use when writing the file Creating and Saving Documents 35 36 Note TextWrangler lets you save documents using any character set encoding supported by Mac OS X including a variety of Unicode formats see Saving Unicode Files on page 44 To select an encoding choose its name from the Encoding pop up menu The list of available encodings is controlled by your preference settings see Text Encodings Preferences on page 187 When you select an encoding that requires a Unicode file format you can also choose Unicode as an option from the Line Breaks pop up menu in this dialog Unicod
242. including but not limited to any implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose In no event will Bare Bones Software Inc be liable for any damages including lost profits lost savings or other incidental or consequential damages even if Bare Bones Software Inc is advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim by you or any third party General Terms This Agreement can only be modified by a written agreement signed by you and Bare Bones Software Inc and changes from the terms and conditions of this Agreement made in any other manner will be of no effect If any portion of this Agreement shall be held invalid illegal or unenforceable the validity legality and enforceability of the remainder of the Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts without giving effect to conflict of laws provisions thereof As required by United States export regulations you shall not permit export of the program or any direct products thereof to any country to which export is then controlled by the United States Bureau of Export Administration unless you have that agency s prior written approval Use of the program and documentation by military and civilian offices branches or agencies of the U S Government is restricted in accordance with the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulations under which the program and doc
243. ing carriage returns d any digit 0 9 D any non digit character including carriage return A word is defined in TextWrangler as any run of non word break characters bounded by word breaks Word characters are generally alphanumeric and some characters whose value is greater than 127 are also considered word characters Note that any character matched by s is by definition not a word character thus anything matched by s will also be matched by W but not the reverse Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns The special characters and specify how many times the pattern preceding them may repeat style quantifiers allow you to specify exactly how many times a subpattern can repeat The preceding pattern can be a literal character a wildcard character a character class or a special character Pattern Matches p zero or more p s pt one or more p s p zero or one p s p COUNT match exactly COUNT p s where COUNT is an integer p MIN match at least MIN p s where MINis an integer p MIN MAX match at least MIN p s but no more than MAX Note that the repetition characters and match zero or more occurrences of the pattern That means that they will always succeed because there will always be at least zero occurrences of any pattern but that they will not necessarily select any text if no occurrences of the preceding pattern are present For this re
244. ing the View Hide Editor command in the View menu Contextual Menu Commands If you select one or more items in the file list pane and bring up the contextual menu TextWrangler will offer a variety of commands including those available from the Action menu as well as any global file related contextual menu commands and Automator workflows Dragging Items You can select and drag files and folders from a disk browser s file list to any location either within TextWrangler or elsewhere which can accept file or folder drags For example you can drag a file from a disk browser to a project window to add it to the group or to an editing window to insert its contents or to a folder in the Finder to copy or move it Using the List Pane in Disk Browsers The list pane of a disk browser displays disks files and folders When you are at the computer level the list shows all mounted volumes When you click a folder or disk in the list pane TextWrangler displays the names of all the files it can open in the text pane subject to the criteria specified by the Show and Filter menus When you click a file name in the list pane TextWrangler displays that file in the text pane To open a folder or disk and display its contents in the file list pane you can either double click it or Select it and press Command Down Arrow To go up one level to the enclosing folder or disk you can either choose the enclosing folder from the directory popup
245. ins in the Text menu becomes Zap Gremlins when the Option key is pressed and when chosen will zap gremlins in the frontmost text document using the current settings Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands Many of TextWrangler s commands have keyboard shortcuts TextWrangler lets you reassign the shortcuts for any menu item to suit your own way of working To change the keyboard shortcut for any menu command and various other display commands go to the Menus preference panel Human Interface Notes 17 18 Many other TextWrangler features can have keyboard shortcuts assigned as well Here s how to set them Feature Set Keys in Menu commands Menus preference panel AppleScripts Scripts palette Plug ins Plug In Tools palette Stationery Stationery palette Unix filters and scripts Unix Filters and Unix Scripts palettes To display any of TextWrangler s floating palette windows use the Palettes submenu in the Window menu Contextual Menus When you Control click on selected text or at the insertion point in a text window TextWrangler s contextual menu will display a set of commands relevant to that location or text as well as some appropriate standard commands such as Cut Copy Paste or Check Spelling so you do not have to hunt around in the menu bar for them You can choose which commands to include on the contextual menu in the Menus preference panel Snappy Palettes When you move or resize pa
246. ion of the grep engine is to try again with only 5 digits matching the d item and then with 4 and so on before ultimately failing Once only subpatterns provide the means for specifying that once a portion of the pattern has matched it is not to be reevaluated in this way so the matcher would give up immediately on failing to match foo the first time The notation is another kind of special parenthesis starting with gt as in this example gt d bar This kind of parentheses locks up the part of the pattern it contains once it has matched and a failure further into the pattern is prevented from backtracking into it Backtracking past it to previous items however works as normal In most situations such as in the example above the time saved by using once only subpatterns is insignificant a few small fractions of a second at most With some complicated grep patterns or with humongous lines of text however you can save tremendous amounts of time using once only subpatterns Once only subpatterns are not capturing subpatterns Simple cases such as the above example can be thought of as a maximizing repeat that must swallow everything it can So while both d and d are prepared to adjust the number of digits they match in order to make the rest of the pattern match gt d can only match an entire sequence of digits Once only subpatterns can be used in conjunction with lookbehind assertions to sp
247. ipboard click the Copy Path button Reveal in Finder Choose this command to open a Finder window which will display the active document s file If the active document is not associated with a file this command will be disabled Using this command is the same as clicking without dragging the document proxy icon in the tool bar If the selected text in a document is the name of a file hold down the Option key as you open the File menu and choose the Reveal Selection command to have TextWrangler open a Finder window which will display that file Open in Super Get Info This command provides integration with Super Get Info our Mac OS X file info utility If you choose this command TextWrangler will ask Super Get Info to open an info window for the active document s file If there is no file associated with the active document or if you have not installed Super Get Info this command will be disabled Super Get Info is a utility designed to serve as a supplement for the Finder s Show Info command Super Get Info allows you to open more than one info window at a time view and edit the Macintosh type and creator codes associated with a file view and edit the Unix owner group and permission settings associated with a file or folder and much more For more information or to download a free demo version visit our web site http www barebones com products supergetinfo shtml The View Menu 69 70 Cursor Movement and Tex
248. is option turned off if you are editing HTML content email content or program code Auto Expand Tabs When this option is selected TextWrangler inserts an appropriate number of spaces when you press Tab rather than inserting a tab character Soft Wrap Text When this option is selected TextWrangler soft wraps the text in the file to the right margin that you choose the page guide the window width or a specific number of characters The page guide is an arbitrary visual boundary whose width you can set in the Text Status Display preference panel See Soft Wrapping on page 82 to learn how wrapping works in TextWrangler Language The Language menu lets you specify which source code language the file uses The file s language setting affects how TextWrangler performs syntax coloring and parses function names for the function popup menu TextWrangler generally determines the file s language from its filename extension using the mapping table in the Languages preference panel For example cp files are C and m files are Objective C You can use this menu to override those settings for a specific file To quickly check the language for a file click the Text Options popup menu in the tool bar and look at the Languages item Display Options These options determine which controls appear in the frontmost text window regardless of whether that window contains one or more documents Changes you make here affect only that window
249. it supergetinfo mac os software gt lt link rel alternate type application rsstxml title RSS href http www barebones com news lt style type text css gt body color black background white pa O L By default the Previous and Next buttons in the Navigation bar as well as the Previous Document Next Document commands select documents in most recently used order rather than alphabetical order You can change this by setting the option for Display Order navigation in the Documents amp Drawer preference panel 62 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Function Navigation The Function popup menu lists the functions defined in a programming language source file or various specific tags present within an HTML document If the current document s language does not support function scanning the function popup will not be displayed in the navigation bar 9 0 0 index html Ta Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 33 09 Ba File Path v Desktop index html 4 index htmt TITLE Welcome to Bare Bones Software W o K DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC A STYLE f mm http www w3 org body lt html gt link 0 lt head gt iL lt title gt Welcome to Bare a visited lt meta name generator lt meta http equiv conte a active 859 1 gt lt meta name descriptiot JAVASCRIPT hd publishes best of class softwar setupNavMenus lt meta name descriptiot upergetinfo mac os software gt
250. ize that TextWrangler has several kinds of windows you can see their classes listed in the dictionary clipboard window differences window disk browser window text window tool window and the like Let s look at text window e200 6 TextWrangler sdef Cy a I text document a E Required Suite shell window P Standard Suite gt text document gt E active document 0 E Miscellaneous p C text window Bi display font BBEdit Suite gt tool window Bi display font size Text Suite p window p ooa display font style I unix Scripting p I Compare Options r documents drawer width 7 Compare Results gt Ly tab width v text window n inh window gt item Every text window ELEMENTS contains text documents PROPERTIES active document document r o the current document being displayed edited display font text font in which text is displayed display font size integer point size of displayed text display font style list of plain bold italic outline shadow underline condensed extended text style s of displayed text documents drawer width integer the width of the documents drawer tab width integer number of spaces per tab smart quotes boolean are smart quotes enabled show invisibles boolean are invisible characters displayed expand tabs boolean is auto expansion of tabs enabled soft wrap text boolean is automatic text wrapping enabled soft wrap mo
251. l This section provides a high level overview of TextWrangler s scripting model that will where appropriate contrast the current scripting framework against older versions of TextWrangler and suggest how you can modify your existing scripts for compatibility Because TextWrangler s scripting dictionary changes whenever we add features it should be considered the definitive reference in any situation where it and this document differ We have found Script Debugger from Late Night Software to be an excellent tool for browsing and navigating TextWrangler s scripting dictionary as well as for preparing and testing scripts http www latenightsw com Script Compatibility Now that TextWrangler supports opening multiple documents in a single text window its scripting model has changed significantly Consequently you may need to revise scripts prepared for earlier versions in order to have them work properly Distinguishing Between Script Elements Because different applications handle different types of data you should be aware that the actual data or the interface items referred to by a particular name may not be consistent from application to application The following sections describe how several common elements are handled in TextWrangler Lines and Display_lines The line element refers to a hard line that is a stream of characters that begins at the start of file or after a line break and which e
252. lace capabilities If you re familiar with the Find dialog used in previous versions you ll generally feel at home but there are some important differences and improvements of which you should be aware 115 The Find dialog has been split in two with a Find window for searching only the front document and a Multi File search window for searches which span more than one document e g searching all open documents or all documents within a specified set of folders etc The set of search options which configure how text is actually searched for single file searches has been condensed down to a single pair of options Selected text only and Wrap around e Selected text only affects only the Find All and Replace All operations if there is a selection range in the front document these operations will affect search only the contents of the selection range if this option is on or the entire document starting from the top if this option is off mow e Wrap around affects only the Next Previous Replace and Replace amp Find operations if this option is on and the search reaches the end or the beginning of the document then TextWrangler will continue the search from the appropriate end of the document Keyboard navigation is radically different due to the new windows modeless nature Pressing the Return or Enter key with focus in the Find field will perform Next in the Fin
253. lain Unicode files e UTF 8 e UTF 8 no BOM e UTF 16 Little Endian e UTF 16 Little Endian no BOM e UTF 16 e UTF 16 no BOM Here are details about what each of the above options means e UTF 8 UTF 8 encoding is a more compact variant of Unicode that uses 8 bit tokens where possible to encode frequently used sequences from the file This format makes it easier to view and edit content in non Unicode aware editors e UTF 16 UTF 16 encoding always uses 16 bit tokens Chapter 3 Working with Files e no BOM When saving Unicode files you should always include a byte order mark BOM so that the reading application knows what byte order the file s data is in For maximum compatibility the BOM should be used whenever possible Use one of the no BOM options only if there is a specific reason to do so such as providing compatibility with software that malfunctions when a BOM is present For purposes of recognition when you use this option the UTF 16 BOM is FEFF and the UTF 8 BOM is EFBBBF Little Endian Since UTF 16 uses two bytes to represent each character this leaves the question of which of the two bytes comes first whether it is little endian or big endian By default TextWrangler writes UTF 16 big endian the standard By choosing one of the Little Endian or byte swapped encodings you can write little endian files instead which some Windows software requires Files saved as Unicode f
254. lays all the grep patterns regular expressions you have stored via the Grep pattern popup in the Find and Multi File Search windows or the Find dialog These patterns are also available in most commands which allow you to specify grep patterns such as the Process Lines commands in the Text menu Click Change to rename the selected pattern or click Remove to delete the selected pattern You can also drag items in the list to reorganize them Grep patterns can no longer be edited in the Preferences window To change a stored pattern you must replace it by appropriately filling in the search and replace fields then using the Add command in the Grep pattern popup to overwrite the existing pattern with the same name If the Preferences window is open you will not be able to add grep patterns from the Find amp Replace dialog You can avoid this by closing the Preferences window before using the Find amp Replace dialog to add new grep patterns Text Status Display Preferences The Text Status Display preferences let you choose which control and display elements appear in text windows and in other windows which include text panes Show Toolbar When this option is on TextWrangler displays the tool bar see page 60 You can show or hide the tool bar independently for each text window This option is on by default Text Options When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Text Options popup in the tool bar see page 60 Get In
255. le that uses an assertion for the condition and the if then else form Let s say we want to match a run of digits of any length followed by either is odd or is even depending on whether the matched digits end with an odd or even digit d lt 13579 is odd is even This pattern starts with d to match the digits Next comes a conditional subpattern with a positive lookbehind assertion as the condition to be satisfied The lookbehind assertion is true only if the last character matched by d was also in the character class 13579 If that is true we next try to match is odd if it is not we try to match is even Thus this pattern will match 123 is odd 8 is even and so on but will not match 9 is even or 144 is odd Once Only Subpatterns With both maximizing greedy and minimizing non greedy repetition failure of what follows normally causes the repeated item to be reevaluated to see if a different number of repeats allows the rest of the pattern to match Sometimes it is useful to prevent this either to change the nature of the match or to cause it to fail earlier than it otherwise might when the author of the pattern knows there is no point in carrying on Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Consider for example the pattern d 00 when matching against the text 123456bar After matching all 6 digits and then failing to match foo the normal act
256. ler s numerous tool palettes and utility windows Choosing an item from this submenu toggles display of the corresponding palette When moved or resized palettes now automatically snap to the edges of the screen and the edges of other palettes You can override this behavior by holding down the Shift key while dragging or resizing ASCII Table The ASCII Table command opens a palette that contains the 127 entries of the ASCII character set plus all the entries of the standard extended 8 bit Macintosh character set MacRoman The decimal value for each character is displayed in the left hand column while in the right hand column the character value is displayed in either hexadecimal escape format or in URL encoded format based on the language mapping of the frontmost text window The values shown for all extended characters are their Unicode values rather than the equivalent Mac Roman values Depending on the modifier keys you hold down the Insert button inserts the selected character in different formats Clicking Insert while holding Inserts in this format None Escape code appropriate to the front window for example x69 or 69 Option Decimal value for example 105 Command Literal character for example i You can also double click on a line in the ASCII table to insert the corresponding character or character code into the editing window Clicking the Show button in the A
257. less Language Modules Language Keys and Properties Key Value Type BBEditDocumentType String CodelessLanguageModule This key value pair must be present in the property list for the rest of the plist to be examined and loaded since the file containing the plist need not have any specific file type or filename extension BBLMLanguageDisplayName String This is the name displayed for the language module in popup menus and preference panels Be descriptive but terse BBLMLanguageCode String This string value should be a unique four character code for the language that the module supports Note that the value must be unique with respect to BBEdit s TextWrangler s built in languages and with respect to any installed language modules Unfortunately there is no easy way to identify these potential conflicts beforehand but just keep this all in mind if the contents of a file ends up looking as though it is being treated as some other language than intended BBLMColorsSyntax Boolean This must have the value true for strings and comments to be colored specially by the language module Keywords will also be colored if the value is true but only if a list of keywords is also supplied in a BBLMKeyword List array see below BBLMScansFunctions Boolean This must have the value true for the text to be scanned to locate function definitions and for a popup menu of function names to be built t
258. lettes floating windows they will snap to the edges of the screen and the edges of other palettes You can override this behavior by holding down the Shift key while dragging or resizing Dialog Box Key Equivalents You can use keys to click buttons or select options in most of TextWrangler s dialog boxes Certain keys have the same meaning in all dialogs Pressing either the Return or Enter key is the same as clicking the default button e Typing Command period or pressing the Escape key is the same as clicking the Cancel button e You can use the Cut Copy Paste Clear and Select All commands either from the Edit menu or with their Command key equivalents in any dialog that has a text field Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler To see the other key equivalents for a particular dialog hold down the Command key After a brief delay the key equivalents appear next to the buttons in the dialog For example this is the Process Lines Containing sheet without the Command key equivalents showing Find lines containing CY M Case sensitive m Copy to clipboard C Use grep C Copy to new document Patterns a C Delete matched lines C Report results Don t Process Cancel Process This is the Process Lines Containing sheet with Command key equivalents visible Find lines containing E C Case sensitive 3N m Copy to clipboard 31 Cl Use grep 3G C Copy to new document 32 Patterns B C Delete matched lines 3
259. lidated to fill paragraphs to the specified width The controls in the right half determine how paragraphs should be indented The Break Lines at buttons let you specify the wrap margin If the Paragraph Fill option is selected TextWrangler forms the lines into paragraphs before wrapping the lines An example is the best way to illustrate this option Suppose you start with this text Last Saved 08 27 2006 19 08 42 File Path v Desktop Wrap Music txt o Wrap Music txt jw m 7 ae m J gt J This is a short line of text This is a much longer Line of text much longer than 65 characters In fact it s so long it goes off And this is another short Line Jr 3 32 none Western Mac OS Roman Unix LF A This is what happens when you wrap to 65 characters with Paragraph Fill off Last Saved 08 27 2006 19 08 42 i L Taj File Path v Desktop Wrap Music txt a e Wrap Music txt This is a short line of text This is a much longer line of text much longer than 65 characters In fact it s so long it goes off the right edge of the window And this is another short line 5 32 none Western Mac OS Roman Unix LF M 84 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Tip TextWrangler breaks the long line at a width of 65 characters twice because the line was so long and leaves the short lines alone This is what happens to the same text when you wrap with Paragrap
260. llow aliases to folders that are placed inside any of the subfolders within the application support folder We also recommend that you do not try to share plug ins or scripts between TextWrangler and other applications and that you not make aliases to plug ins or scripts located on remote server volumes Language Modules Global Local This folder contains plug in modules that tell TextWrangler about new programming scripting or markup languages so that it can colorize them appropriately and generate function pop up menu listings for them This folder does not exist by default You may create it or it will be automatically created if you install a language module by dropping it on TextWrangler A list of additional modules from third party developers is available on our web site Menu Scripts Local only This folder contains scripts that are attached to TextWrangler menu items See Chapter 11 for more information on creating and using menu scripts Plug Ins Global Local The Plug Ins folder contains third party code modules that add features to TextWrangler Each plug in adds a command to TextWrangler s Tools menu and you can run the plug in by choosing its name from that menu To install a plug in drag and drop it directly onto the TextWrangler application icon in the Finder TextWrangler will open if necessary and present an alert asking you to confirm that you want to install the plug in If there is already a plug i
261. lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit supergetinfo mac os software gt lt link rel alternate type application rss xml title RSS href http wuw barebones com news lt style type text css gt body color black background white 1 1 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF You can also use the options in the Text Status Display preference panel to hide or show individual items on the status bar Cursor Position This section of the status bar shows the current line and character position of the insertion point Language The Language popup menu displays the language mapping for the current document You can change this mapping by choosing a different language from the popup Text Encoding The Text Encoding popup menu displays the encoding used to open the current document You can change the encoding in which the document will be saved by choosing a different encoding from the popup Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT Note To choose an arbitrary encoding even one not currently displayed choose Other from the popup and pick your desired encoding from the resulting list Line Break Type The Line Break Type popup menu shows the line break format of the current document s disk file You can change the line break format with which the file will be saved by choosing it
262. lue to indicate whether TextWrangler should continue by performing the action usually invoked by the menu command false means yes true means stop after executing the script If MenuSelect returns false TextWrangler will call the script s PostMenuSelect handler if it has one after it performs the menu command Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Here is a simple example which adds a confirmation dialog to the Save command addressed as FileeSave Note that we test the menu and item names to make sure the script is attached to the Save command f it is attached to some other command it does nothing on menuselect menuName itemName if menuName File and itemName Save then set weHandledCommand to true display dialog Are you sure you want to save 7 buttons No Save default button 2 if button returned of the result is Save then the application should do its work set weHandledCommand to false else we handled the command app does no work postmenuselect doesn t get called display dialog The document was not saved 7 buttons OK default button 1 end if return weHandledCommand end if end menuselect on postmenuselect menuName itemName this is called after the application has processed the command display dialog The document was saved 7 buttons OK default button 1 end postmenuselect Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 213 IMPORTANT TextWrangler s Scripting Mode
263. m box it makes the active window larger if it is small or returns it to its original size if it was previously enlarged by a Zoom command When zooming windows TextWrangler will move the window as little as possible consistent with maximizing the window s size This behavior is similar to what the Finder does when zooming a window Send to Back This command sends the front window behind all the other windows Exchange with Next This command makes the second window the active window Choose this command repeatedly to alternate between the front two windows Synchro Scrolling When you have two or more windows open Synchro Scrolling makes both files scroll when you scroll one This feature is useful to look over two versions of the same file Window Names The last items in the Window menu are the names of all the open documents browsers and other editing windows Choose a window s name from this menu or use its numbered Command key equivalent if applicable to bring that window to the front You can also use the Windows palette to quickly select any open window Chapter 6 Arranging Windows amp Palettes CHAPTER Searching This chapter describes TextWrangler s powerful Find command now enhanced with a flexible file filtering mechanism It tells you how to search for text in the active window or within a set of files TextWrangler can also do advanced pattern or grep searching To learn about pattern searchin
264. maccentral com columns briggs shtml MacCentral columnist Bill Briggs offers an ongoing series of lessons for beginning scripters Quite a range of topics covered increasing in difficulty as time goes on Note that the oldest columns are on the bottom MacScripter Net http macscripter net and http osaxen com A good selection of AppleScript related news and topics including MacScripter s Magazine a stand alone multimedia tutorial for AS beginners and a very comprehensive list of scripting additions on its related site ScriptWeb http www scriptweb com This site covers all scripting languages not just AppleScript Also it has an extensive directory of scripting additions Software Script Debugger http www latenightsw com Despite the name it is more than a debugger it is actually an enhanced replacement for Apple s Script Editor featuring variable monitoring step trace debugging an object browser for an application s objects and much more Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler In addition to providing extensive script access to its commands and data TextWrangler is both attachable and recordable making it an extremely flexible and customizable tool This section describes how you can create and employ AppleScripts within TextWrangler via recording and TextWrangler s various scripting facilities while the following section covers TextWrangler s scripting commands and other issues related t
265. matches a single character so that foo matches food fool foot and many other words Both the asterisk and the question mark can be used anywhere in a wildcard pattern and any number of either can be used in a single pattern Grep patterns also known as regular expressions are a powerful method of selecting file names based on classes of text or repeating text They are covered in great detail in the next chapter The right column specifies the match criterion For example when filtering by File Name you type the text you want the name to match contain begin with or end with or not When filtering by Language you choose a supported language from a popup menu Specifying Time and Date Criteria When using a time or date criterion you can use the special words below to specify dates and times relative to the current date and time Word Means now current date and time today midnight on the current date yesterday current date and time minus 24 hours tomorrow current date and time plus 24 hours You can add any number of criteria using the More Criteria button To delete the last criterion click the Fewer Criteria button To select any single criterion for deletion press the Option key and click on the desired item To select multiple continuous criteria press Option Shift and drag across the items or to select discontinuous criteria press Command Option and click on the desired item
266. miliarize yourself with the installation and basic operation of TextWrangler You may also wish to read or skim any other chapters that cover features you frequently use After you have installed TextWrangler the best way to learn it is to use it What Is TextWrangler TextWrangler is a high performance text editor Unlike a word processor which is designed for preparing printed pages a text editor focuses on providing a means of producing and changing content Thus TextWrangler does not offer fancy formatting capabilities headers and footers graphics tools a thesaurus and other staples of feature laden office software Instead it focuses on helping you manipulate text in ways that word processors generally cannot TextWrangler offers powerful regular expression based grep search and replace mullti file search sophisticated text transformations intelligent text coloring and other features not usually found or missed in word processors TextWrangler also includes features that make it easier to edit specific kinds of text such as source files for programming languages 15 How Can I Use TextWrangler Use TextWrangler any time you need to create or edit source code or text documents of any kind Whether you need to find or change all the occurrences of a particular word phrase or string of text in a set of files or modify or reformat large text files of any sort TextWrangler is the right tool for the job
267. mining the file This option also establishes the default setting of the Read As popup menu in the Open dialog Default Text Encoding for New Documents TextWrangler uses the encoding specified by this option in new text documents which do not contain their own encoding specification Use UTF 8 for Unix Script 1 0 When this option is on TextWrangler always sends UTF 8 to Unix filters and interprets Unix script output as UTF 8 If this option is off TextWrangler uses the default system encoding Text Files Preferences The Text Files preferences control how TextWrangler opens and saves files including whether to make backups Chapter 10 Preferences Note Translate Line Breaks When this option is on TextWrangler translates DOS or Unix line breaks when opening a file Otherwise TextWrangler leaves the original line breaks untranslated Default Line Breaks This option controls what kind of line breaks TextWrangler writes when creating anew file You can choose e Classic Mac line breaks ASCII 13 if you will be using the file with Classic Macintosh applications or will be sending it to another Macintosh user e Unix line breaks ASCII 10 for general use This is the default option e Windows line breaks ASCII 13 10 if the file will reside on a Windows server or if you are sending it to someone who uses a Windows system If a File s Type Is Unknown This option controls how TextWrangler handles files of unkn
268. n File Open File by Name Cmd E Search Use Selection for Find Cmd F Search Find Cmd G Search Find Again Cmd H TextWrangler Hide TextWrangler Cmd l View Get Info Cmd Search Go to Line Cmd L Edit Select Line Cmd N File New Text Document Cmd O File Open Cmd P File Print Cmd Q TextWrangler Quit TextWrangler Cmd S File Save Cmd T View Text Display Show Hide Fonts Cmd V Edit Paste Cmd W File Close Cmd X Edit Cut Cmd Z Edit Undo Cmd TextWrangler Preferences Cmd Window Cycle Through Windows Cma Search Find Definition Cma Text Find Next Misspelled Word Cmad Text Rewrap Quoted Text Cmad Text Shift Left Cmd Text Shift Right Cmd Zoom Window Listing by Default Key Equivalents 247 Key Cmd Command Search Replace Cmd Text Hard Wrap Cmd left arrow Search Apply to New Cmd right arrow Search Apply to Old Cmd Opt D File Reveal Selection Cmd Opt E Search Use Selection for Replace grep Cmd Opt F Search Quick Search Cmd Opt G Search Find All Cmd Opt Search Go to Line Cmd Opt L Edit Select Paragraph Cmd Opt N File New Disk Browser Cmd Opt O View Move to New Window Cmd Opt P File Print All Cmd Opt S File Save All Cmd Opt W File Close All Windows Cmd Opt Edit Text Options Cmd Opt Edit Find All Misspelled Words Cmd Opt Text Rewrap Quoted Text Cmd Op
269. n in the navigation bar see page 64 Included files popup When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Included Files popup in the navigation bar see page 64 Show Status Bar When this option is on TextWrangler displays the status bar see page 66 You can show or hide the tool bar independently for each text window This option is on by default Cursor Position When this option is on TextWrangler displays the current location line and column of the insertion point or the endpoint of the current selection range in the status bar see page 66 Language When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Language popup menu in the status bar see page 66 Text encoding When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Text Encoding popup menu in the status bar see page 66 Line break type When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Line Break Type popup menu in the status bar see page 67 Document statistics When this option is on TextWrangler displays an item in the status bar which shows the number of characters words and lines in the document and if there s a selection the number of characters words and lines in the selection range Text Status Display Preferences 195 196 Note Show Page Guide When this option is on TextWrangler displays the page guide at the specified character width The page guide is a visible boundary indicator whose color and contrast you can adjust see page 1
270. n point to the end of the document This makes the dialog s behavior consistent with the Find window and the Replace All menu command The Replace to End command in the Search menu provides an equivalent to the old behavior Basic Searching and Replacing This section describes the basic steps for searching and replacing text in a document Later sections in this chapter cover more advanced techniques To search and replace text in the front document follow these steps 1 Choose Find from the Search menu TextWrangler opens the Find window e00 Find ae 8 Previous gt Replace TextWrangler 3 0 en f Replace Matching C Case sensitive Entire word Grep Replace All Search in _ Selected text only Wrap around Replace amp Find 2 Type the string you are looking for in the Find text field You can use special characters in the Find text field to search for tabs line breaks or page breaks See Special Characters later in this section 3 Type the replace string if any in the Replace text field TextWrangler persistently remembers the pairs of search and replace terms that you ve most recently used If you want to repeat a previous search or replace you can choose the appropriate entry from the Search History popup menu at the right of the Find text field to fill in the Find and Replace fields Note The size of both the search and replace terms is limited only by available memory 4 Turn on
271. n rss xml title RSS href http www barebones com neuws lt style type text css gt body color black background white O gt 1 1 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF To collapse the text pane back down to a single region drag the split bar starting from anywhere along its length not just at its right end back up to its original position Window Anatomy 61 Tip IMPORTANT Double clicking the split bar unsplits a split text pane or restores the last used split position If the text pane has never been split it will be split 50 50 To force a 50 50 split for a previously split text pane Option double click the split bar when it is in its original position The Navigation Bar The navigation bar is a panel at the top of a text window which provides controls for selecting the active document and for moving to specific points with the current document To hide the navigation bar choose Hide Navigation Bar in the View menu or turn off the Show Navigation Bar option in the Text Status Display preference panel is index htm Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 26 21 File Path v Desktop index html a index html no symbol selected Wy y AA Pe es aE a ora http www w3 org TR htm 14 Loose dtd gt lt html gt 0 lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt lt meta http equiv content type con
272. n with the same name in your Plug Ins folder you will be further prompted whether to replace it with the version you are dragging If you confirm the operation the plug in you dragged will be placed at the top level of your Plug Ins folder and the one it replaced will be moved to the Trash You will need to quit and relaunch the TextWrangler application in order to use the newly installed plug in Various plug ins and information are available from our web site as well as the TextWrangler Plug In SDK if you are interested in writing your own plug ins Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler IMPORTANT You may not be able to use older third party plug ins that have not been updated to work with BBEdit 9 TextWrangler 3 or later Contact the developers of your plug ins or visit the Bare Bones Software web site for more information on the availability of updated plug ins Scripts Global Local The Scripts folder contains compiled AppleScripts that appear in the Scripts menu left You can place scripts in this folder and use the Scripts menu to run the script Scripts may be placed within subfolders up to four levels deep to organize them A floating Scripts palette lets you activate scripts with a double click and assign keyboard shortcuts to any script Several basic scripts are supplied in this folder You can hide or show all items included from the global folder by using the menu item Hide Show Library Scripts Shutdown Item
273. nce only subpatterns can be particularly useful for matching at the ends of strings an example is given in the section on once only subpatterns below Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Several assertions of any sort may occur in succession For example lt d 3 lt 999 00 matches foo preceded by three digits that are not 999 Notice that each of the assertions is applied independently at the same point in the subject string First there is a check that the previous three characters are all digits and then there is a check that the same three characters are not 999 This pattern does not match foo preceded by six characters the first of which are digits and the last three of which are not 999 For example it does not match 123abcfoo A pattern to do that is lt d 3 lt 999 00 This time the first assertion looks at the preceding six characters checking that the first three are digits and then the second assertion checks that the preceding three characters are not 999 Assertions can be nested in any combination For example lt lt foo bar baz matches an occurrence of baz that is preceded by bar which in turn is not preceded by foo while lt d 3 999 f00 is another pattern which matches foo preceded by three digits and any three characters that are not 999 Assertion subpatterns are not capturing subpatterns an
274. nds at the end of file or immediately before a line break This is consistent with the previous semantics of line in hard wrapped documents and these semantics now apply in soft wrapped documents as well The display_line element refers to a line of text as displayed on screen bounded by soft and or hard line breaks The startLine and endLine properties of a text object now always refer to the hard start and end of lines In other words if a text object crosses multiple soft wrapped lines the startLine and endLine properties will be the same Both startDisplayLine and endDisplayLine properties are now part of the text object class These serve the same purpose as the startLine and endLine semantics for soft wrapped views in older versions of TextWrangler Documents vs Windows In older versions of TextWrangler the object classes document and window could be used interchangeably and generally had the same properties listed in the scripting dictionary This is no longer the case 214 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler The class window now corresponds to a window of any type text or otherwise on screen and thus the properties of the window class now refer strictly to properties of a window on screen If a document is associated with a window the document is accessed as the document property of the window document of text window 1 The class document refers to a document and as with a
275. ngler will use FTP instead When the Preferences window is open you will not be able to add bookmarks in the Open From Save To FTP Server dialogs To work around this close the Preferences window before using the FTP dialogs to add new bookmarks Languages Preferences The Languages preferences allow you to configure how TextWrangler maps file names to language types e g html to HTML and to configure behavior and display parameters for each supported language Installed Languages The list of installed languages includes both languages intrinsically supported by TextWrangler and those added via installed language modules Choose a language and click Make Default to use that language as the default when creating new text documents and when opening text documents for which the language cannot otherwise be guessed by mapping the file s suffix or examining its content The default setting is none To see or adjust the behavior and display options for any language choose it in the list and click the Options button TextWrangler displays the Options for lt language gt sheet which contains the following sections e General In this section you can view or change the comment start and comment end strings used by the Un Comment command on the Text menu for the selected language or to view or change the Reference URL Template used by the Find in Reference command Click Reset to Defaults to restore these opti
276. nitions to find all the properties of the object you are working with This is technically speaking a limitation of Apple s Script Editor There is no reason the inherited properties could not automatically be included in a subclass listing by a smarter editor for example Script Debugger which does this Now that we have the class hierarchy under control let s look at the properties themselves more closely we will stick with the text window class at this point Properties of an object are referred to using the preposition of For example the following line of script returns the font of the frontmost text window tell application TextWrangler to get display font of text window 1 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Note In this specific example you can just write get display font of window 1 AppleScript will figure out that window 1 is more specifically a text window and therefore has a display font property even though the generic window class does not have any such property All the properties of the object are available even if you did not use its specific class name However in most cases you should specify exactly the object you want this distinction is especially important when dealing with text documents content versus text windows display elements You can set the properties using the set event like so tell application TextWrangler to set display font of text window 1 to Lucida Grande Let s go ba
277. not counted when computing the backreferences For example if the text red king is matched against the pattern red white king queen the backreferences will be set as follows l red 2 king Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Perl Style Pattern Extensions TextWrangler s grep engine supports several extended sequences which provide grep patterns with super powers from another universe Their syntax is in the form 2KEY in other words an open parenthesis followed by a question mark followed by a KEY for the particular grep extension followed by the rest of the subpattern and a closing parenthesis This syntax specifically an open parenthesis followed by a question mark was not valid in older versions of TextWrangler thus none of these extensions will conflict with old patterns We have already seen one such extension in the previous section of this document non capturing parentheses The remainder are listed in the chart below and discussed in detail afterward Extension Meaning Cluster only parentheses no capturing Comment discard all text between the parentheses imsx imsx Enable disable pattern modifiers imsx imsx Cluster only parens with modifiers Positive lookahead assertion 71 Negative lookahead assertion lt Positive lookbehind assertion lt Negative lookbehind assertion 20 1
278. ntry in the Menus preference panel So for example you can assign a key equivalent to Open Function Menu then press that key combination and use the arrow keys to navigate the current document s function list directly from the keyboard 64 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT The Documents Drawer The documents drawer is a panel which TextWrangler optionally displays at the side of a text window that lists all the documents current open in the window Click the drawer toggle control at the right hand edge of the tool bar to show or hide the drawer or choose Show Documents Drawer Hide Documents Drawer in the View menu Click any document s name in the drawer to make that document frontmost in the text window S Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 40 29 Z Taj File Path v Desktop index html LA a mieli index html no symbol selected Wy Eon lp lt IDOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC H3C DTD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN IS help css http www w3 org TR htm14 loose dtd gt 2 index_alt htmi lt html gt lt head gt index html lt title gt Helcome to Bare Bones Sof tuare lt ti tle gt D lorem ipsum txt lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt psman sh lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes untitled text 2 lt meta name description content bare bones softwa
279. nu Manual Spell Checking Choose the Find Next Misspelled Word command from the Text menu or type its key equivalent Command to start checking a document s spelling TextWrangler will check every word in the document in order starting from the current insertion point To check the spelling of all words in the document at once choose the Find All Misspelled Words command or type its key equivalent Command Option TextWrangler will draw an underline under every questioned word in the document You can then correct the spelling of any questioned word by typing or by using the contextual menu to select a suggested correction or to skip ignore or add the word to the dictionary To clear the underline from all questioned words choose the Clear Spelling Errors command The Spelling Panel In addition to allowing you to correct ignore or learn identified words the Spelling panel allows you to choose which spelling dictionary TextWrangler will use and to forget learned spellings To use the Spelling panel 1 Choose the Show Spelling Panel command from the Text menu TextWrangler opens the standard spelling panel 000 Spelling and Grammar TextWrangler Ignore This word was not found in the spelling dictionary Learn gt Find Next Text Wrangler Text Wrangler __ Change English eck grammar Options m Skip All Caps Spell Checking Documents 93 94 2 Select the language dictionary optional
280. ny different ways the and repeats can carve up the subject and all have to be tested before failure can be reported Advanced Grep Topics 163 164 Chapter 8 Searching with Grep CHAPTER IMPORTANT Browsers Browsers are special kinds of windows that let you see a lot of information about files at once Browsers typically have two panes one pane lets you select a file the other displays detailed information about the file often its contents If you have used the Batch Find option in a multi file search you have already seen an example of a TextWrangler browser In this chapter Browser Overview coesa dda ol gies Pam dads Wes we heeled oo 165 List Pane 165 Tool Bar 166 Text View Pane 166 Splitter 166 Disk Br WserSi ecte ra 026 66 aa eked gn SS Sie wb gee Dees 167 Disk Browser Controls 167 Contextual Menu Commands 168 Dragging Items 168 Using the List Pane in Disk Browsers 168 Using the Text Pane in Disk Browsers 169 Search Results Browsers 6 cece cece ee eee eee eee 169 Browser Overview All TextWrangler browsers share the same basic structure and behavior All browsers have a status bar a file list and a text pane TextWrangler 3 allows you to edit files directly in any browser window you no longer need to open files separately though of course you still can List Pane The top pane of a browser lists the items available in the browser This pane shows differ
281. o save it with a file name extension that indicates what programming or markup language the file contains For example if you save your file with html at the end of the file name TextWrangler will color your HTML tags and anchors Other common suffixes are tex for TeX files and c for C files For any file whose name does not have an extension or whose name has an extension that does not match any of the mappings in TextWrangler s Languages preference panel TextWrangler will attempt to guess what language the file contains and apply the appropriate syntax coloring If TextWrangler guesses wrong or is unable to guess you can resort to the Language submenu of the Text Options popup menu in the tool bar or the Language popup menu in the Text Options sheet which gives you the ability to manually select any installed language to be applied to the document regardless of its name If the file is saved with TextWrangler state the manual language selection will persist and override any suffix mapping By default TextWrangler recognizes over 20 different languages and several dozen suffix mappings You can add new suffixes to map to existing languages or by installing third party language plug ins add syntax coloring support for new languages as well All the specific languages that TextWrangler recognizes and the suffixes or extensions it expects for them are listed in the Languages preference panel and suffix mappings
282. o perform the lookup for a particular language by bringing up the Options sheet for that language in the Languages preference panel and editing the template directly In the template use __ SYMBOLNAME _ to indicate where the selected symbol name should be placed in the lookup string Chapter 7 Searching CHAPTER Searching with Grep This chapter describes the Grep option in TextWrangler s Find command which allows you to find and change text that matches a set of conditions you specify Combined with the multi file search and replace features described in Chapter 7 TextWrangler s grep capabilities can make many editing tasks quicker and easier whether you are modifying Web pages extracting data from a file or just rearranging a phone list In this chapter What Is Grep or Pattern Searching 0 0 0 0 cece ee cee eee eee 134 Recommended Books and Resources 0000s cece cece ee ee eens 134 Writing Search Patterns sesers reise aea e een e eens 135 Most Characters Match Themselves 135 Escaping Special Characters 135 Wildcards Match Types of Characters 136 Character Classes Match Sets or Ranges of Characters 138 Matching Non Printing Characters 139 Other Special Character Classes 140 Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns 141 Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns 141 Combining Patterns to Make Complex Patterns 142 Creating Subpatterns 142 Using Backreferences in Subpatterns 143 U
283. o preparing scripts for use Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 209 210 Recording Scripts in TextWrangler Any language is easier to read than to write easier to understand than to speak AppleScript is no different That s because even though all the commands it uses are English words arranged in ways that more or less make grammatical sense you still have to know or find out from the application s dictionary exactly which words to use and what order they should go in But it is easy to get started making scripts by recording them First launch both TextWrangler and the Script Editor When you launch the Script Editor a new blank script window appears Click the Record button circled in the illustration below Untitled SS Run Compile Description _ Result Event Log Now switch to TextWrangler and perform your task Remember that the Script Editor is recording everything you do in every recordable application you are running not just TextWrangler If you do something in the Finder for instance that will get recorded too Since almost everything you do is recorded remember that if you make an error and then Undo it your recorded script will faithfully make the same mistake and undo it when you run it later It will be possible to fix minor errors later but things always go more smoothly if you do not make any mistakes so take your time and try to do it right the first time Now switch back to the Script Edit
284. o that menu item Scripts can return a value that tells TextWrangler whether to continue with the command that was selected or to cancel the operation in which case only the script is executed Scripts attached to TextWrangler menu items must be stored in the Menu Scripts folder of TextWrangler s application support folder These files should be compiled scripts not script applications Scripts are named to indicate which menu item they go with first the name of the menu or the submenu upon which the item is immediately located then a bullet Option 8 character then the name of the menu item For example to attach a script to the Open from FTP SFTP Server menu item you would name it FileeOpen from FTP SFTP Server while to attach a script to the New Document menu item you would name it NeweText Document Some of TextWrangler s menus have icons rather than names TextWrangler uses the following names for its icon menus the Shebang menu Scripts and Text Factories Furthermore the New With Stationery submenu is named Stationery for purposes of attachability When you choose a menu item with an attached script TextWrangler runs its MenuSelect handler if it has one passing it the menu name and item name of the selected menu item as parameters If no MenuSelect function is present TextWrangler executes the script s run handler The MenuSelect handler can return a boolean va
285. oc if there is one Examples the text matched by the pattern is underlined Search for bfoo b Will match bar foo bar Will match foo bar Will not match foobar Search for bJane b Will match Jane s Will match Tell Jane about the monkey Search for Afoo Will match foobar Will not match This is good foo Writing Search Patterns 137 138 Character Classes Match Sets or Ranges of Characters The character class construct lets you specify a set or a range of characters to match or to ignore A character class is constructed by placing a pair of square brackets around the group or range of characters you wish to include To exclude or ignore all characters specified by a character class add a caret character just after the opening bracket For example Character Class Matches xyz any one of the characters x y z xyz any character except x y Z a z any character in the range a to z You can use any number of characters or ranges between the brackets Here are some examples Character Class Matches aeiou any vowel aeiou any character that is not a vowel a zA Z0 9 any character from a z A Z or 0 9 aeiou0 9 any character that is neither a vowel nor a digit A character class matches when the search encounters any one of the characters in the pattern However the contents of a set are only treated as separate characters not as words For exam
286. of these strings are present the following Language Features will be ignored Open Block Comments Close Block Comments Open Line Comments Open Strings 1 Close Strings 1 Escape Char in Strings 1 End of line Ends Strings 1 Open Strings 2 Close Strings 2 Escape Char in Strings 2 End of line Ends Strings 2 264 Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Key Value Type Open Block Comments String Close Block Comments String Block comments are multi line comments that begin and end with special delimiters such as and in C and and in Pascal where everything in between is ignored entirely Open Line Comments String Line comments begin with a special delimiters such as in C and continue until the end of the line they begin on Open Strings 1 String Close Strings 1 String Escape Char in Strings 1 String End of line Ends Strings 1 Boolean Open Strings 2 String Language Keys and Properties 265 266 Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Index Symbols Home and End Keys 177 178 A active windows 56 alternation 144 AppleScript 27 32 attaching scripts to menu items 212 pitfalls 220 reading dictionary 214 recording 212 application launch overriding defaults 174 application launch behavior 174 Application Preferences 173 Apply to New command 132 Apply to Old command 132 Arrange command 112 arranging windows 112 arrow keys 252 ASCII table 110
287. om the menu to open the file for editing instead of running it hold down the Shift key while selecting it from the menu to reveal the file in the Finder or while selecting a folder node to reveal that nod in the Finder Additional Notes In addition to the features detailed above there are some additional considerations about TextWrangler s Perl integration which it may help you to be aware of Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Setting Menu Keys for Filters and Scripts The Filters and Scripts lists both have a Set Key button at the top of their palettes Select a filter or script from the list and click this button to set a keyboard shortcut for the selected item Manually Sorting the Filter and Script Lists By default items in the Perl Filters List are displayed in alphabetical order However you can force them to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their name For example 00 Foo would sort before 01 Bar For such files the first three characters are not displayed in TextWrangler You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder whose name ends with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it These conventions are the same as those used by the utilities FinderPop and OtherMenu Canceling Perl Operations You can press the Cancel button in the progress dialog to cancel
288. onery List are displayed in alphabetical order However you can force them to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their name For example 00 Perl scripts would sort before 01 CGI scripts For such files the first three characters are not displayed in TextWrangler You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder ending with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it These conventions are the same as those used by the utilities FinderPop and OtherMenu In the Tools Stationery or any of the Scripts palettes the Set Key button allows you to assign key equivalents to any item contained in that window You can use combinations of the Command Shift Option and Control keys plus any single other key to create such equivalents except that any equivalent must contain either the Command or Control keys or both You can also map Function keys directly to items with or without the use of a modifier Text Factories The Text Factories palette displays all the text factory documents that you have placed inside the Text Factories folder of TextWrangler s application support folder You can run any available text factory against the current document by double clicking on its name See Text Factories in TextWrangler on page 105 for more information on installing and using Text Factories Windows T
289. ons described below when you open a file Enable Menu This popup menu lets you choose what kinds of files can be selected in the Open dialog If you know a file contains text but it does not appear in the Open dialog this means that the Macintosh type of the file is not set to TEXT This is sometimes the case with files received from other computers or downloaded from the Internet Choose Everything to view all available files without restriction Since Mac OS X does not set the file type of any text file created by a Unix program you may find it helpful to turn on the Map the File Name option in the Text Files preference panel When this option is set TextWrangler will inspect the file s name to see if it can determine whether the file is text or not Opening Existing Documents 39 40 TextWrangler will first check the file s extension against the suffix to language mappings specified in the Languages preference panel If the file s extension matches up with any language even if that language is None TextWrangler will assume that file to be a text file Thus you can use TextWrangler s suffix mappings to convince it to recognize as text any files whose suffixes are not part of Mac OS X s built in list of file suffix to file type mappings If no match is found against TextWrangler s suffix mappings preferences TextWrangler will next check the system default file name mappings See If a File s Type Is Unkno
290. ons to their global defaults Editing In this section you can view or change the default display and editing options used for documents in the selected language These options parallel the options provided by the Text Options command Click Reset to Defaults to restore these options to their global defaults Display In this section you can view or change the default items which appear on the navigation bar and status bar for documents in the selected language Click Reset to Defaults to restore these options to their global defaults Colors In this section you can view or change the default text colors used for syntax coloring of documents in the selected language Click Reset to Defaults to restore these options to their global defaults The comment strings used for CSS are fixed and cannot be edited Languages Preferences 183 Suffix Mappings By default TextWrangler offers a set of file suffix to language mappings which covers the common usages for each supported language To add a new suffix mapping 1 Click Add The Add Suffix dialog appears 2 Enter the suffix choose the associated language from the popup menu and click a radio button to tell TextWrangler whether this type of file is a source file an include file or neither 3 Click Add to save the new mapping Note You can use wildcards in the suffix to indicate single characters any number of characters or a single digit For example page html
291. or vice versa Scrolling the View When holding down the Control key the arrow keys will scroll document windows without moving the insertion point Accelerated Scrolling When clicking the arrows in a scroll bar you can use the Command and Option keys to accelerate the scrolling These shortcuts also apply if you use a mouse with a built in scroll wheel Modifier Scroll Speed none Normal Command 2x accelerated Option 3x accelerated Command Option 6x accelerated The Delete Key The Delete key deletes the character to the left of the insertion point If you have selected text the Delete key deletes all the text in the selection You can use the Command and Option keys to modify the way the Delete key works Modifier Action none Deletes character to the left of the insertion point Option Deletes to the beginning of the word to the left of the insertion point Command Deletes to the beginning of the line Command Option Deletes to the beginning of the document Holding down the Shift key with the Delete key makes the Delete key work the same way as the Forward Delete key on extended keyboards This feature is particularly useful on PowerBooks To enable this feature 1 Open the Preferences window by choosing Preferences from the TextWrangler menu 2 Select Editing Keyboard from the list on the left in the Preferences window 3 Select Enable Shift Delete for Forward Delete Cursor Mo
292. or and click the Stop button After a brief pause your script is compiled and ready for use Try clicking the Run button to see it work It might not work correctly If you recorded a search and replace operation changing every cat to dog you already changed the document while recording the script and of course the script will not do anything when you run it Finally save the script in the TextWrangler Scripts folder so that it shows up in TextWrangler s script menu Choose Save As from the File menu and then use the Script Editor s Save dialog to put the script in your TextWrangler Scripts folder Now try selecting it from the script menu in TextWrangler Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Note The Scripts Menu The Scripts menu left in TextWrangler s menu bar contains several commands It also lists all AppleScripts present in the Scripts folder within TextWrangler s application support folder providing a quick way to access frequently used scripts You can place scripts within subfolders up to 4 levels deep of the Scripts folder to organize them Scripts written for use in the menu should be saved as compiled script documents not script applications In addition to the list of available scripts the Scripts menu provides the following commands Open Script Editor Choose this item to switch to your preferred AppleScript editor as chosen in the Tools panel of the Preferences window If the script editor
293. orites list boolean add to the application s favorite file list By Default true Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler This event belongs to the Standard Suite and the bottom pane of the window shows its syntax and gives a brief description of its function The boldface words are keywords they must be included exactly as shown or the script will not compile The normal text tells you what kind of information goes after each keyword For example after save you must give a reference the italicized comment next to that line indicates that it is a reference to the window to be saved In other words some window object which in TextWrangler would be window 1 for the frontmost window or window Text File if you want to specify a window by name we will show you how to figure all that out in a moment you have to look at the window class s dictionary entry Anything in square brackets is optional Most of the rest of the save event is optional in fact The basic event just saves the frontmost window to the same file from which it was opened However you can also optionally include the word to followed by a file reference You specify a file simply by using the word file followed by the path name of the file as in file Hard Disk Users BBSW Documents My file If you specify a file to save the window to the text will be saved into that file instead of the file it came from like using Save As instead of Save The last three o
294. ors Preferences unuunu nunun ranner arere 186 How to Change Colors 186 General 187 Use Custom Highlight Color 187 Highlight Insertion Point 187 HTML Tags 187 Source Code 187 Text Encodings Preferences 6 60 c cece eens 187 Link File s Encoding to HTML XML Character Set 188 If File s Encoding Can t Be Guessed Use 188 Default Text Encoding for New Documents 188 Use UTF 8 for Unix Script I O 188 Text Pil s Preferences isji6F ads oe ened hens wile oie dd 188 Translate Line Breaks 189 Default Line Breaks 189 If a File s Type Is Unknown 189 Honor Saved State 190 Save Document State 190 Force New Line at End 191 Strip Trailing Whitespace 191 Use Unicode Line Breaks 191 Make Backup Before Saving 191 Text Printing Preferences senro rioei eine cece eens 192 Printing Font 192 Use Document s Font 192 Frame Printing Area 192 Print Page Headers 192 Print Full Pathname 192 Print Line Numbers 192 1 Inch Gutter 193 Print Color Syntax 193 Time Stamp 193 Print Rubber Stamp 193 Text Search Preferences ic 3 4 5 34 wislew awe gna wate aac BS 193 Color Grep Patterns in Find Dialog 193 Use Modal Find Dialog 193 Report Single File Replace All Results 193 Include Search Source types 193 Grep Patterns 194 Text Status Display Preferences 000 c cece eee 194 Show Toolbar 194 Show Na
295. ou can also specify a text object find Search Text searching in lines 3 thru 5 of document of text window 2 Also unlike previous versions of TextWrangler the defaults for parameters not specified in the find command are no longer controlled by the user interface that is the Find amp Replace dialog When performing a find TextWrangler will return a record describing the results of the search This record contains a Boolean which indicates whether the search was successful a reference to the text matched by the search and the text string matched by the search Given the first example above the results might look like this after reformatting for clarity found true found object characters 55 thru 60 of text window 1 of application TextWrangler found text TextWrangler TextWrangler s Scripting Model 217 218 Scripting Single Replaces To do a single find and replace via AppleScript you can write tell application TextWrangler set result to find TextWrangler searching in text window 17 with selecting match if found of result then set text of found object of result to Replacement end if end tell When performing a grep search you cannot just replace the matched pattern with a replacement string the grep subsystem needs to compute the substitutions The grep substitution event is provided for this purpose given a preceding successful Grep search it will return the appropriate replacement
296. own types when performing multi file operations such as searches Find Differences on folders or running text factories You can choose Ignore It TextWrangler ignores each file whose type is not TEXT or which is not otherwise recognizable by type as a text file in situations where a text file is required Assume It s Text TextWrangler will assume that each file encountered should be treated as text This ensures maximum exposure of commands to all files encountered at the expense of possibly handling files which do not actually contain text such as images binary data and Unix executable files e Map the File Name TextWrangler will inspect each file s name to see if it can figure out whether the file contains text or not TextWrangler first attempts to map the filename extension to the list of suffix to language mappings specified in the Languages preference panel If a filename extension matches up with a language even if the language is None the file is assumed to be a text file Thus you can use TextWrangler s own suffix mappings to convince it to recognize as text any files whose suffixes are not in the system s built in list of file suffix to file type mappings If no match is found in the Languages preferences TextWrangler will next apply the system s Internet preferences file name mappings Mac OS X includes a default set of mappings but provides no direct interface for configuring them However
297. p up menu on the Open dialog Otherwise it uses the encoding specified by the If the file s encoding can t be guessed use preference setting in the Text Encodings preference panel You can choose which encodings appear in both the Read As and the If the file s encoding can t be guessed use pop up menus by using the Text Encodings preference panel Opening Existing Documents 37 38 Note Here are the details of the steps that TextWrangler goes through to determine the proper encoding for a file 1 If the file is well formed HTML or XML TextWrangler looks for an encoding or lt meta charset gt directive 2 If the file contains an Emacs variable specifying its encoding TextWrangler will use that encoding 3 If you have opened the file with TextWrangler before TextWrangler will use the encoding from the file s state info 4 If the file contains a UTF 8 or UTF 16 Unicode byte order mark TextWrangler opens it as that type of Unicode file 5 If the file has a resource that contains font information such as a styl resource and that resource specifies a multi byte font TextWrangler opens the file as a Unicode file 6 If you are opening the file with the Open command TextWrangler uses the encoding specified Read As pop up menu on the Open dialog 7 If the file contains no other cues to indicate its text encoding and its contents appear to be valid UTF 8 TextWrangler will open it as UTF 8
298. ple if your search pattern is beans and the text in the window is a lima beans TextWrangler will report a match at the a of the word lima To include the character in a set or a range place it immediately after the opening bracket To use the character place it anywhere except immediately after the opening bracket To match a dash character hyphen in a range place it at the beginning of the range to match it as part of a set place it at the beginning or end of the set Or you can include any of these character at any point in the class by escaping them with a backslash Character Class Matches 0 9 any digit or aeiou a vowel or A Z a dash or A Z A any character in the range from to A aeiou any vowel or aei ou any vowel or Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Character classes respect the setting of the Case Sensitive checkbox in the Find amp Replace dialog For example if Case Sensitive is on a will only match a if Case Sensitive is off a will match both a and A Matching Non Printing Characters As described in Chapter 7 on searching TextWrangler provides several special character pairs that you can use to match common non printing characters as well as the ability to specify any arbitrary character by means of its hexadecimal character code escape code You can use these special characters in grep patterns as well as
299. pographer s quotes in the Mac character set will generally not be properly displayed by applications on other platforms Straighten Quotes This command performs the reverse of Educate Quotes it converts typographer s quotes and to straight quotes and Add Remove Line Numbers This command displays a sheet which allows you to add or remove line numbers for each line of the selected text or of the document You can set the starting number and numbering increment as well as whether to right justify the inserted numbers by choosing the appropriate options Add O Remove Starting line number m Line number increment 1 v Include Space After Number v Keep Text Justified Don t Number Cancel umbe Prefix Suffix Lines This command displays a sheet which allows you to add or remove the specified prefix and or suffix strings to each line of the selected text or of the document insert O Remove Prefix Suffix Don t Change Cancel 0K Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note IMPORTANT If you define both a prefix and a suffix string TextWrangler will apply them to the text at the same time When using the add prefix add suffix remove prefix or remove suffix scripting commands the string direct parameter is required Sort Lines This command displays a sheet which allows you to sort lines of text by collating them in alphan
300. ptional parts of the save event are denoted as boolean That means they take either a true or a false value In AppleScript there are a couple of different ways to specify boolean values You can write saving as stationery true to tell TextWrangler to save the file as a stationery document Or you can write with saving as stationery You will notice that the last two parameters default to true if you do not specify them as false To do that you would use add to recent list false or without add to recent list Whichever way you write it you will notice that when you compile the script AppleScript rewrites it using with or without Since that is the syntax AppleScript seems to like best that is probably the one you should get used to thinking in Let s take a look at another one the prosaic get Select get from TextWrangler s dictionary listing and take a quick look at its class definition You use get to retrieve information from an application You must specify a reference to the object you want to retrieve and you can specify a coercion a condition that tells AppleScript to treat one type of data as if it were another by adding the as clause However after that is the Result line which we have not seen before This line tells you what type of value the command returns This value is placed in the AppleScript system variable called the result Get can retrieve any kind of object so it can return anything as indicated here
301. r further configuration However if you wish to install and work with multiple versions of Perl you will need to specify the appropriate version in your scripts shebang lines TextWrangler also supports the use of Affrus for debugging Perl scripts Affrus is an integrated Perl development environment from Late Night Software http www latenightsw com If Affrus is installed on your Mac TextWrangler will use it by default rather than the command line Perl debugger In this case TextWrangler will pass complete environment parameters and control to Affrus but will not attempt to retrieve output You can prevent or enable TextWrangler s use of Affrus by issuing the following defaults write command in the Terminal defaults write com barebones textwrangler RunScriptPrefs UseAffrusForPerlDebugging bool NO Configuring Python TextWrangler expects to find Python in usr bin usr local bin or sw bin If you have installed Python elsewhere you must create a symbolic link in usr local bin pointing to your copy of Python in order to use pydoc and the Python debugger The standard Mac OS X install of Python does not include keyword documentation In order to employ the Find in Reference command with Python scripts you must obtain and install this documentation as follows Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 227 Download the documentation files from the python org web site http www python org doc 2
302. r stores state information for individual documents in this file File Filters TextWrangler stores user defined file filter patterns in this file FTP Bookmarks xml TextWrangler stores user defined FTP and SFTP bookmarks in this file which supersedes the previous FTP Bookmarks file You should not attempt to directly edit the contents of this file instead use the FTP Bookmarks preferences panel to add remove or modify your bookmarks Grep Patterns xml TextWrangler stores user defined search patterns in this XML file which is located in your active TextWrangler Preferences folder You should not attempt to directly edit the contents of this file Instead use the Patterns pop up menu in the Find dialog to add entries or use the Text Search preferences panel to add remove or modify stored grep patterns If you have created and saved any custom grep patterns in a previous version of TextWrangler these patterns will be imported otherwise a set of factory default patterns will be created Recent Files amp Favorites This folder contains aliases to the most recent local files that you have opened or URL clippings for any files opened from FTP or SFTP servers The items stored in this folder are used to create the Open Recent list in TextWrangler s File menu and the file lists in the Find Differences dialog To set the number of items shown in the Open Recent list use the Remember the most recently used items op
303. range The Arrange command gives you several ways to organize text windows and shell worksheets or a difference results browser and associated text windows This command has no effect on any other types of windows such as browsers or file groups Chapter 6 Arranging Windows amp Palettes When a text window is frontmost and you choose the Arrange command TextWrangler opens the Arrange Windows dialog box Arrange Windows Arrange Windows on Main Sc The radio buttons at the top of the dialog specify which screen the windows will be arranged on You can choose the main screen the largest screen or the smallest screen A 5 Description Stacks every window so that some part is visible no matter which window is frontmost If you select the Leave Room for Finder options in the Windows section of the Preferences window TextWrangler leaves room along the right side or bottom of the screen for Finder icons MJ TextWrangler offers four different ways to stack windows down and to the left straight down atop and down and to the right These are the top four choices in the dialog TextWrangler tiles the windows in two or three rows TT or columns If you have more than three windows open TextWrangler stacks additional windows behind the three front windows TextWrangler figures out how many rows and columns it needs to tile windows The larger your
304. rapped Line Indentation This option lets you specify how TextWrangler should indent soft wrapped text flush with the left edge of the window at the same indent level as the first line of the paragraph or indented one level deeper than the first line of the paragraph Chapter 10 Preferences Extra Space in Text Views To have TextWrangler leave extra empty space when you scroll to the end of a text view choose Half Window or Full Window here Turn Off Text Smoothing This option allows you to choose the font sizes for both fixed width and proportional fonts at and below which TextWrangler will not employ text smoothing Click Restore Defaults to have TextWrangler use its standard settings Editing Keyboard Preferences The Editing Keyboard preferences control TextWrangler s response to the use of various special keys including the ability to recognize Emacs key bindings Home and End Keys Choose Scroll to Beginning and End of Document to have the Home and End keys perform these respective actions This is the default setting which reflects the standard key motion behavior in Macintosh applications Choose Move Cursor to Beginning and End of Current Line to have the Home and End keys perform these respective actions instead This option may be useful for those accustomed to Windows editing key behavior Allow Tab Key to Indent Text Blocks When this option is on you can press the Tab key to invoke the
305. rd drive as it does for local files You can drag items from FTP browser windows to other applications TextWrangler will include a URL in the drag event for each selected item in a form that applications which accept URLs may be able to use Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 47 48 You can use the Info button to examine the size modification date and if applicable file system permissions of the selected file You can edit the file s name and click the Rename button to rename the file on the server you can also make changes to the permissions and click the Set button to change them Take care not to set the permissions such that the file becomes inaccessible to you You can remove files from the server by selecting them and pressing the Delete button Specifying Alternate Ports TextWrangler allows you to open an FTP or SFTP connection on ports other than the default To specify an alternate port place it at the end of the server name separated by a colon for example ftp example com 1111 Storing Passwords As long as your Mac OS X Keychain is unlocked TextWrangler will use it to store the password for each server that you access and to automatically fill in the corresponding password whenever you enter a server and user name pair for which there is a Keychain entry If your Keychain is locked you will need to retype your password every time you use the FTP browser Using SSH Key Files In order to connect to an SFTP server whi
306. rds and other identifiers Note that the character need not be in any particular order Identifier and Keyword String Character Class If this string is present it will be used instead of the Identifier and Keyword Characters string This string should be in the form of a grep character class Any character that is permissible between square brackets and in a grep character class is permissible here but do not include the square brackets themselves Also this string is not restricted to ASCII characters it may include any valid UTF 16 characters You may use grep s x notation for hexadecimal character codes or other standard character escapes such as r t etc to include characters which are difficult to enter or don t display well or at all Language Keys and Properties 261 Key Value Type Function Pattern NEW String This key allows you to specify a PCRE compatible regular expression to identify functions and function names Your pattern should return the named subpatterns function_name e g P lt function_name gt and function to identify the function s name which will be displayed in the function popup menu and the function as a whole You can omit the function subpattern in order to allow the entire pattern to match against functions but you should not omit the lt function_name gt subpattern as if this is not present BBEdit will not display mat
307. re bbedit supergetinfo lt link rel alternate type application rsstxm title RSS href http wu lt style type text css gt s yr 13 1 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF You can control whether the drawer lists documents by name or by the order in which they were opened via the Sort by name Sort by creation order option in the Windows preference panel This preference option also controls the order in which documents appear in the navigation bar s popup menu and the Documents submenus of the Window menu See Windows Preferences on page 196 Dragging a document s name from the documents drawer has the same effect as dragging its proxy icon in the tool bar The document drawer also contains an action menu much like the Finder s which you can use to rearrange documents g Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 40 29 2 Tu Fie Pathy Desktop index htm lt gt e index htm no symbol selected 5 8 lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC M3C 0TD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN http www w3 org TR htm14 Lloose dtd gt lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Sof tware lt title gt Move to New Window Open in Additional Window lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt Close lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes Close Others
308. reason you will often see regular expressions called grep patterns as TextWrangler does They re the same thing Recommended Books and Resources Mastering Regular Expressions 2nd Edition by Jeffrey E F Friedl O Reilly amp Associates 2002 ISBN 0 596 00289 0 Although it does not cover TextWrangler s grep features specifically Mastering Regular Expressions is an outstanding resource for learning the how to of writing useful grep patterns and the second edition is even better than the original TextWrangler Talk The TextWrangleialk discussion group covers a wide range of topics and questions about using TextWrangler which frequently include searching and the use of grep patterns http groups google com group textwrangler Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Tech Note Note TextWrangler s grep engine is based on the PCRE library package which is open source software written by Philip Hazel and copyright 1997 2004 by the University of Cambridge England For details see http www pcre org Writing Search Patterns This section explains how to create search patterns using TextWrangler s grep syntax For readers with prior experience this is essentially like the syntax used for regular expressions in the Perl programming language However you do not need to understand anything about Perl in order to make use of TextWrangler s grep searching Most Characters Match Themselves Most characters tha
309. respond to those available in the dialog The complete command line syntax for the twdiff tool is twdiff lt options gt FILE1 FILE2 FOLDER1 FOLDER2 See the twdiff tool s online man page man twdiff for a complete description of the available switches and options Invoking twdiff as an External Helper When using twdiff as an external diff helper for any other program e g Perforce or Subversion you should invoke it with the wait option Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more TextWrangler provides robust integration with numerous Unix scripting environments including Perl Python Ruby and shell scripts Using Unix Scripts TextWrangler works directly with the native Perl Python and Ruby environments provided by Mac OS X and supports similar integration with shell scripts and any other Unix scripting language TextWrangler s Unix scripting features are accessed via the Shebang menu Why Shebang Because executable Unix scripts traditionally start with the two character sequence Some people pronounce these two characters hash bang others say sharp bang but the most common pronunciation is simply shebang Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 225 226 The shebang line is the first line of the script and includes a Unix style path to the interpreter for the language for example usr bin perl
310. ring so you only have to type until you find the text you want To use Quick Search 1 Choose Quick Search from the Search menu 2 Type the string you are looking for in the Quick Search window e020 Quick Search Search For Mw Case Sensitive _ Search Backwards As you type TextWrangler selects the first occurrence of what you have typed so far 3 To find the next occurrence of the matching text click Find Again or press the Return or Enter keys 128 Chapter 7 Searching You can use the Case Sensitive and Find Backwards options to change the way Quick Search looks for text To clear the most recent word of the search string you can press Option Delete or to clear the entire search string you may use any of these shortcuts e the Clear command on the Edit menu e the Clear key on the numeric keypad e the Escape key You can keep the Quick Search window open all the time and bring it to the front whenever you want to search When you bring the Quick Find window forward after previously using it typing Return or Enter will search for the currently displayed string while typing any other character will clear the string before entering the typed character This means you don t need to explicitly clear the Quick Find window after activating it to start a new search instead just start typing Search Menu Reference This section describes all of the commands in the Search menu Find Opens the Find amp Replace di
311. rom TextWrangler are given a type of utxt the standard for Unicode text files on the Mac UTF 8 files are given a type of TEXT for compatibility with other applications however TextWrangler will also recognize such files with type UTF8 Opening Unicode Files When opening files TextWrangler will ordinarily determine the format of a file based on its file type and content and automatically process Macintosh text Unicode and UTF 8 However some files are structured such that TextWrangler is unable to correctly determine their format based on their type or contents The cases that we know of are e UTF 8 files whose type is TEXT and which lack a byte order mark If a UTF 8 file is of type TEXT but has a byte order mark it will be correctly interpreted as UTF 8 e Byte swapped Unicode files which were written without a byte order mark usually by broken Windows software e Unicode files whose type is TEXT instead of the Macintosh standard utxt and which lack a byte order mark If a UTF 16 file lacks a BOM but is of type utxt TextWrangler will treat it as big endian Unicode If you know that a file you are trying to open is in Unicode but it displays as gibberish on your screen close its window without saving Then try reopening the file using the Open As pop up menu in the Open dialog to specify whether to treat the file as Unicode byte swapped little endian Unicode or UTF 8
312. s Click Save to save the file filter and use it for this search TextWrangler will ask you to name the filter and it will then appear in the Filters popup menu in the Find amp Replace dialog and in the Define File Filter dialog Click Revert to undo any changes you have made to the filter Hold the Option key when you click Revert to skip the confirmation alert Filtering by Name In order to provide the greatest possible flexibility TextWrangler offers several different criteria for filtering based on file names Chapter 7 Searching File Name Tests the complete string corresponding to the file name File Name Root Tests only the root portion of the file name Given a name of the form foo txt the root is the string which occurs before the period in this case foo File Name Suffix Tests only the file name suffix In the above example the suffix is txt Note that the suffix does not include the period Temporary Filters Choose current criteria from the popup menu in the Find amp Replace dialog to reuse the last set of criteria applied either from using a saved filter or from using the Edit button to define criteria Thus you can use filter criteria on the fly without the need to create and store a throwaway filter Editing and Deleting Filters To edit a file filter you have already defined choose it from the Filters popup menu change it as desired and click Save Since each filter mu
313. s Local only The items in this folder are opened when you quit TextWrangler Usually this function will be used to run scripts of some sort This folder is installed empty by default Shutdown items are now run after all windows have been closed and only if TextWrangler is actually quitting Previously shutdown items were run before all windows were closed and were run whenever the application was told to quit either by the Quit menu command or via the scripting interface regardless of whether it actually quit or not Thus if you wish to run any items as the immediate result of a Quit command you should write a menu script attached to TextWrangler e Quit Startup Items Local only When launched TextWrangler will open any items it finds in this folder This folder is installed empty by default If the items present are documents of a type that TextWrangler knows how to handle such as text files TextWrangler will open them directly If you place a compiled OSA AppleScript or any other OSA compliant scripting language script in this folder TextWrangler will execute the script If you place a folder alias here TextWrangler will open a disk browser window based at that folder If you place other types of items in this folder TextWrangler will ask the Finder to open them Stationery Global Local This folder contains stationery files for use with TextWrangler s New with Stationery command and the Stationery List palett
314. s To restore the behavior of previous versions of TextWrangler turn this preference off 82 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note Hard Wrapping The easiest way to hard wrap text is to type a carriage return by pressing the Return key whenever you want to start a new line If you are editing program source code it is generally best to turn off soft wrapping altogether To turn off soft wrapping for the active window do one of the following e Choose Soft Wrap Text from the Text Options popup menu in the tool bar e Deselect the Soft Wrap Text option from the Text Options sheet box by choosing Text Options from the Edit menu To turn off soft wrapping for new windows deselect the Soft Wrap Text option in the Editor Defaults preference panel TextWrangler provides two ways to convert soft wrapped text into hard wrapped text The first is a simple technique that uses a single command the second is a bit more complicated but gives you much more control over wrapping Hard Wrapping Soft Wrapped Text To convert soft wrapped text to hard wrapped text use the Add Line Breaks command in the Text menu This command inserts a carriage return at the end of every line of the text as it appears in the window If your wrapping margin is the edge of the window you will get different results depending on the width of the window If the current document contains a selection range Add Line Breaks will affect only the selected text i
315. s Menu 106 Text Menu Commands TextWrangler provides a variety of commands which you can use to transform text in different and useful ways Most of these commands are situated in the Text menu and described in this section You can also use TextWrangler s search and replace capabilities or additional plug in tools to transform text each of these topics is covered in a separate chapter Unless otherwise specified each of these commands will be applied to the active text selection in the frontmost document range or if there is no active selection to the entire contents of the document Hold down the Option key when selecting any command from the menu in order to quickly re invoke it with its last used option settings These short form commands are also available in the Menus preference panel so that you can set key equivalents for them 95 Exchange Characters This command once named Twiddle swaps two characters according to the following rules e If there is no selection and the insertion point is not at the beginning or end of a line or of the document this command transposes the two characters on either side of the insertion point e If the insertion point is at the beginning of a line or document this command transposes the two characters following the insertion point e If the insertion point is at the end of a line or document this command transposes the two characters before the insertion point e I
316. s allow you to choose whether strings of digits should be evaluated numerically or compared as strings and whether white space at the beginnings of lines should be considered The Match Using Pattern option allows you to use a grep pattern to further filter the lines to be processed You can enter a pattern in the Searching Pattern field or choose a stored pattern from the pop up menu The Match Using radio buttons control what part of the specified pattern should be used to determine duplication IMPORTANT When you use a grep pattern with this command matches are not automatically anchored to line boundaries so ambiguous patterns may produce unpredictable results To avoid this problem you should use the line start and line end operators as necessary The options on the right hand side of the sheet allow you to specify how duplicate lines should be handled once they have been identified You can copy duplicate lines to the clipboard Duplicates to Clipboard copy them to a new document Duplicates to New Document Window and or delete them from the current document Delete Duplicate Lines You can likewise specify how to handle the lines that are not duplicated by choosing Unique Lines to Clipboard and or Unique Lines to New Document Since each of these options is an independent checkbox you can select any combination of them that you wish For example selecting both Delete Duplicate Lines and Unique Lines ton Clipboard would delete t
317. s lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Close Statement Blocks lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Close Strings 1 lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Close Strings 2 lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt End of line Ends Strings 1 lt key gt lt true gt lt key gt End of line Ends Strings 2 lt key gt lt true gt lt key gt Escape Char in Strings 1 lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Escape Char in Strings 2 lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Identifier and Keyword Characters lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Open Block Comments lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Open Line Comments lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Open Parameter Lists lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Open Statement Blocks lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Open Strings 1 lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Open Strings 2 lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Prefix for Functions lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Prefix for Procedures lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Terminator for Prototypes 1 lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Terminator for Prototypes 2 lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt dict gt lt dict gt lt plist gt Appendix C Code
318. s supporting files is described in subsequent sections System Requirements TextWrangler 3 0 requires Mac OS X 10 4 or later The software will not run on Mac OS 9 or any earlier versions of Mac OS X TextWrangler is a Universal Binary application and runs natively on both Intel based and PowerPC based Macs Installing TextWrangler TextWrangler is distributed in the standard Mac OS X disk image format a dmg file or may be available on demo CD ROMs To install TextWrangler just drag the TextWrangler icon from the disk image or CD ROM to the Applications folder on your hard drive 23 Updating an Existing Copy IMPORTANT In order to update TextWrangler when future versions become available you need only quit the TextWrangler application and replace it with the updated version The first time you launch a newer version of the software TextWrangler will prompt you should any further actions such as updating the command line tools be needed Upgrading from a Previous Version IMPORTANT In addition to installing the TextWrangler application if you are upgrading from a previous version you will need to manually copy across any items you added to that version s TextWrangler Support folder into TextWrangler s new application support folder You should not simply rename your existing TextWrangler Support folder See TextWrangler s Application Support Folders on page 25 Please carefully read the r
319. scription content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of Company lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit supergetinfo mac os Products lt link rel alternate type appl ication rss xml title RSS href http www barebe oe lt style type text css gt Contact body color black background white Window Anatomy 63 Note If you are programming you may be tempted to use markers to mark functions in your source code However if TextWrangler supports the language you are using this is usually unnecessary your functions will automatically appear in the Function popup menu For more information on working with markers please see Using Markers on page 90 Opening Counterparts You can press the Counterpart button next to the Marker popup to quickly open and or switch back and forth between a file and its counterpart source file to header or vice versa This button has the same effect as Open Counterpart in the File menu see page 42 io hena index html S S Last Saved 08 27 2006 13 40 54 rar S L TEJ dy B File Path Sandbox BBSW_Docs Docu 8 5 doc_examples indg gt E lt 4 p 4 index html no symbol selected k DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C 0TD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN ra http wuw w3 org TRAhtml4 Loose dtd gt lt html gt 0 lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt lt meta name generator content BBEdi
320. selected Wy y lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C 0TD HTML 4 81 Transitional EN a http www w3 org TR htm 4 Lloose dtd Documents index html lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt lt meta ht iv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit supergetinfo mac os software gt lt link rel alternate tupe application rss xml title RSS href http www barebones com news lt style type text css gt body color black background white a link color blue a visited color purple f atactive color red lt style gt lt link rel stylesheet hre u gt lt script Language JavaSer i s menulib js gt lt seript gt lt script language JavaSeript type text javascript sre js search_field js gt lt script gt lt script tupe text javascr ipt gt oss site styles css med tupe text javascript si lt I window onload function setupNavttenus lt var menus new Array company products support store contact Ini tializetenus menus ad lt seript gt lt head gt lt body gt lt div id banner gt lt hi id bannerheader gt lt a href http wuw barebon
321. sing Alternation 144 The Longest Match Issue 144 Non Greedy Quantifiers 145 Writing Replacement Patterns 6 cc cece ee eee eens 146 Subpatterns Make Replacement Powerful 146 Using the Entire Matched Pattern 146 Using Parts of the Matched Pattern 147 Case Transformations 148 EX AIM PIES meran Sissies cece es agen oho seria erste EEEE gage wt Shaan EET 149 Matching Identifiers 149 Matching White Space 149 Matching Delimited Strings 150 Marking Structured Text 150 Marking a Mail Digest 151 Rearranging Name Lists 151 Advanced Grep Topics 6 6 c ccc ete ea ai 151 Matching Nulls 152 Backreferences 152 POSIX Style Character Classes 153 Non Capturing Parentheses 154 Perl Style Pattern Extensions 155 Comments 155 Pattern Modifiers 156 Positional Assertions 157 Conditional Subpatterns 159 Once Only Subpatterns 160 Recursive Patterns 162 133 134 Note What Is Grep or Pattern Searching Grep patterns offer a powerful way to make changes to your data that plain text searches simply cannot For example suppose you have a list of people s names that you want to alphabetize If the names appear last name first you can easily put these names in a TextWrangler window and use the Sort tool But if the list is arranged first name first a simple grep pattern can be used to put the names in the proper order for
322. so select recently opened files from the Recent Files item on the New and Old popup menus Comparing Text Files 87 The terms new and old are used for convenience since most often you will want to find changes in the same file across time However the Find Differences command can be used to compare any two files or folders 4 Select the Compare options that apply When the Case Sensitive option is selected TextWrangler distinguishes uppercase from lowercase letters deselect this option if you want TextWrangler to consider uppercase and lowercase letters the same When Ignore Curly Quotes is selected TextWrangler treats typographers quotes the same as straight quotes When one or more of the Ignore Spaces options is selected TextWrangler will ignore the corresponding presence of whitespace at the specified positions while comparing files 5 Click Compare to perform the comparison Alternatively you can use the twdiff command line tool to specify two files or folders and have TextWrangler perform a Find Differences on them If the two files are different TextWrangler arranges the documents and opens a Differences window below them AAA index_alt html 3 7 Last Saved 08 21 2009 09 01 10 7 Vs UD File Path v Desktop index_alt html 4j index_alt html no symbol selected UAE RREZ template args array va TITLE gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software META DESCRIPTION gt
323. sorting A grep pattern also known as a regular expression describes the text that you are looking for For instance a pattern can describe words that begin with C and end in 1 A pattern like this would match Call Cornwall and Criminal as well as hundreds of other words In fact you have probably already used pattern searching without realizing it The Find amp Replace dialog s Match Case and Entire Word options turn on special searching patterns Suppose that you are looking for corn With the Match Case option turned off you are actually looking for a pattern that says look for a C or c O oro Ror r and N or n With the Entire Word option on you are looking for the string corn only if it is surrounded by white space or punctuation characters special search characters called metacharacters are added to the search string you specified to indicate this What makes pattern searching counterintuitive at first is how you describe the pattern Consider the first example above where we want to search for text that begins with the letter C and ends with the letter 1 with any number of letters in between What exactly do you put between them that means any number of letters That is what this chapter is all about Grep is the name of a frequently used Unix command that searches using regular expressions the same type of search pattern used by TextWrangler For this
324. splaying a sheet The Insert Submenu In addition to typing you can use the commands in the Insert submenu of the Edit menu to insert text into the active window These commands which are also available in the Insert popup menu left in the document tool bar let you insert the contents of other files folder listings Macintosh Toolbox templates and page break characters The Insert Submenu 85 86 Tip Tip Inserting File Contents The File Contents command inserts the contents of one or more files into the document you are editing When you use this command TextWrangler displays an Open sheet in which you can choose the files to insert To select more than one file hold down the Shift key or Control key as you click the files TextWrangler then inserts the contents of the selected files at the insertion point or replaces the selected text If you select more than one file the files will be inserted in alphabetical order according to file name You can also drag a file s icon from the Finder into a TextWrangler editing window to insert the contents of that file Inserting File amp Folder Paths The File Folder Paths command inserts the full path information for the selected files and folder into the document you are editing When you use these commands TextWrangler displays a sheet that lets you select the files and or folders TextWrangler inserts the path information at the insertion point or replaces the selected text
325. st select them and press the Delete key or choose Clear from the Edit menu Tool Bar The browser tool bar is like the tool bar in editing windows Some browsers have additional buttons and controls in the status area as well These standard items the pencil icon the Function Text Options Mark Path popup menus and the Info buttons should already be familiar to you since they appear on TextWrangler document windows by default See Window Anatomy in Chapter 4 for an explanation of these standard TextWrangler functions Text View Pane When you click ona file name in the list pane TextWrangler displays that file in the text view pane and you can edit the file just as if it were open in a document window Splitter You can change the size of the file list pane or the text view pane by dragging the double line that separates them Double clicking on the splitter bar will collapse the text view pane completely and double clicking on it again in the bottom of the browser window will restore the text pane to its previous proportions You can also choose the Hide Editor or View Editor commands in the View menu to hide or display the text view pane Chapter 9 Browsers Note Disk Browsers Use a disk browser to explore the contents of a disk or a folder without opening each file one at a time To open a disk browser pull down the File menu and choose Disk Browser from the New submenu TextWrangler opens a new disk browser t
326. st have a unique name saving it will replace the old version of the filter To delete a filter entirely visit the File Filters preference panel You can also create or modify filters there Searching CVS Directories By default TextWrangler skips any directories containing CVS administrative data such as root and repository information during multi file search or search amp replace operations as well as Find Differences operations performed on folders If for some reason you need to have TextWrangler search the contents of such directories you can issue the following Terminal command defaults write com barebones TextWrangler Misc CVSDirsAreInvisible bool NO Multi File Replacing If you want to replace only some occurrences of text in multiple files you can simply search those files select the instances you want to change in the search results browser to open the files to those points and perform the replacements individually However TextWrangler can also change all occurrences of a string in a group of files with one command Globally replacing text in more than one file works the same as replacing it in a single file The only possible complication is that if you make a mistake it can have much wider consequences If you are not sure what effect a replace operation will have test it out on a few sample files or a copy of your data first To do a multi file search and replace replacing all occurrences 1 Enter your d
327. string So if you perform a grep search the script would look like tell application TextWrangler set result to find TextWrangler searching in text window 1 2 options search mode grep if found of result then set text of found object of result to 7 grep substitution of 1 end if end tell Note that when using a backslash character in AppleScript it needs to be escaped by means of another backslash thus in the above example 1 used in the script will become the grep replacement string 1 when passed to TextWrangler Scripting Multi File Searches In TextWrangler a multi file search is a simple extension of the find scripting command To search a single file or folder for all occurrences matching the search parameters specify the file or folder as the searching in parameter of the search For example to find all occurrences of index html in a web site one might use the following scripting command find index html searching in alias Files WebSite Likewise to find JavaScript line comments find searching in alias Files WebSite 7 options search mode Grep To search in a single file find crash searching in alias Files WebSite index html Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Scripting the Clipboard TextWrangler has multiple clipboards These are fully accessible via the scripting interface Due to operating system constraints most clipboard
328. t View Previous Document Cmd Opt View Next Document Cmd Opt Search Replace All Cmd Opt Zoom All Windows Cmd Opt up arrow File Open Counterpart Cmd Opt Shift E Search Enter Replace Pattern Cmd Opt Shift S File Save a Copy to FTP Server Cmd Opt Shift W File Close All Documents 248 Appendix A Command Reference Key Command Cmd Shift A Edit Select None Cmd Shift C Edit Copy amp Append Cmd Shift E Search Use Selection for Find grep Cmd Shift F Search Multi File Search Cmd Shift G Search Find Previous Cmd Shift I Compiler Set Breakpoint Cmd Shift J Search Go to Center Line Cmd Shift N File New Text Window Cmd Shift P File Page Setup Cmd Shift S File Save As Cmd Shift V Edit Paste Previous Clipboard Cmd Shift W File Close Window special Cmd Shift X Edit Cut amp Append Cmd Shift Z Edit Redo Cmd Shift Edit Printing Options Cmd Shift Misc Cycle Through Windows Backwards Cmd Shift Search Find in Reference Cmd Shift Text Show Spelling Panel Cmd Shift Text Shift Left One Space Cmd Shift Text Shift Right One Space Listing by Default Key Equivalents 249 250 Appendix A Command Reference APPENDIX Editing Shortcuts In TextWrangler you can perform many editing functions including word selection or deletion directly from the keyboard Chapter 4 contains complete details
329. t d gt matches an unlimited number of substrings that either consist of non digits or digits enclosed in lt gt followed by either or When it matches it runs quickly However if it is attempts to match this line of text aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa it takes a long time before reporting failure So long in fact that it will effectively freeze TextWrangler This is not really a crash per se but left to run on its own it might take years before it finally fails We are not sure frankly because much like determining how many licks it takes to get to the center of a Tootsie Pop we do not feel like waiting long enough to find out The reason this takes so long to fail is because the string can be divided between the two repeats in a large number of ways and all have to be tried before the grep engine knows for certain that the pattern will not match The example used rather than a single character at the end because both PCRE and Perl have an optimization that allows for fast failure when a single character is used They remember the last single character that is required for a match and fail early if it is not present in the string If the pattern is changed to gt D lt d gt sequences of non digits cannot be broken and failure happens quickly Recursive Patterns Consider the problem of matching a string in parentheses allowing for unlimited nested balance
330. t G Cmd H or none Cmd Shift H Cmd E Cmd Shift E Cmd Opt E Cmd Opt Shift E Cmd Cmd Opt Cmd Shift Cmd Cmd Opt Cmd Shift Cmd Opt uparrow Cmd Opt dnarrow Cmd left arrow Cmd right arrow Cmd hyphen Cmd Shift hyphen See Installing Language Modules and Plug Ins on page 349 Listing by Menu and Command Name 243 Window Minimize Window Minimize All Windows Opt Bring All to Front Palettes see next page Save Default Window Arrange Arrange Opt Get Info Reveal in Finder Cycle Through Windows Cmd Cycle Through Windows Cmd Shift Backwards Exchange With Next Synchro Scrolling Open windows Cmd 1 to Cmd 0 Window gt Palettes ASCII Table Plug In Tools Scripts Stationery Text Factories Windows Unix Scripting Tools Unix Filters Unix Scripts Shebang Check Syntax Check Selection Syntax Opt Run Run Opt Run in Terminal Run in Debugger Run File Show POD Show Module Documentation Unix Filters submenu Unix Scripts submenu 244 Appendix A Command Reference Scripts Open Script Editor Open Scripting Dictionary Open Scripts Folder Start Stop Recording Installed scripts Text Factories Open Text Factories Folder Installed text factories Toolbar Text Options Soft Wrap Text Show Hide Page Guide Show Hide Tab Stops Show Hide Line Numbers Show Hide Gutter Show Hide Invisibles Show Hide Spaces Smart Quotes
331. t Selection TextWrangler gives you several ways to move the insertion point and change the selection You can click and drag using normal Macintosh text selection techniques or you can use various keys on the keyboard Clicking and Dragging You can select text in an editing window in the normal Macintosh fashion by clicking and dragging Holding down the Shift key while clicking or dragging extends the selection No Modifier Shift Click Move insertion point Extend selection Double click Select word Extend selection to word Triple click Select line none Triple clicking is the same as clicking in a line and then choosing the Select Line command from the Edit menu You can hold down the Command or Option keys when clicking or double clicking to trigger special actions Option Command Click none Open URL Double click Look up selected word none in programming reference TextWrangler optionally allows you to select entire lines by clicking in the left margin of an editing window If you have line numbers displayed via the Show Line Numbers option in the Text Status Display preference panel you can click in the line number as well You can click and drag to select multiple lines double click to select an entire paragraph or double click and drag to select a range of paragraphs A checkbox in the Editing General preference panel labeled Allow Single Click Line Selection controls this behavior If
332. t in TextWrangler command in their application e extend the capabilities of BBEdit and TextWrangler with a plug in e implement a language module to support syntax coloring and or function navigation for a source code language not presently supported by BBEdit or TextWrangler The developer information overview page is http www barebones com support develop index html Developer Information 237 238 Chapter 13 Language Modules amp Plug Ins APPENDIX Command Reference This appendix provides a quick reference for key assignments and a comprehensive list of the commands that are available from TextWrangler s user interface In this appendix Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 6 0 cee eee cence eens 239 Assigning Keys to Menu Commands 000 e eee e eee eee e eens 240 Available Key Combinations 240 Listing by Menu and Command Name 6 6 6 eee e eee neces 241 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands Many of TextWrangler s commands have pre defined keyboard shortcuts TextWrangler also lets you reassign the shortcuts for any menu command or plug in to suit your own way of working To change the keyboard shortcut for any menu command you can use the Menus preference panel See Assigning Keys to Menu Commands on the following page Many other TextWrangler features can have keyboard shortcuts assigned as well Here s how to set them Feature Set Keys in Menu comm
333. t you type into the Find amp Replace dialog match themselves For instance if you are looking for the letter t Grep stops and reports a match when it encounters a t in the text This idea is so obvious that it seems not worth mentioning but the important thing to remember is that these characters are search patterns Very simple patterns to be sure but patterns nonetheless Escaping Special Characters In addition to the simple character matching discussed above there are various special characters that have different meanings when used in a grep pattern than in a normal search The use of these characters is covered in the following sections However sometimes you will need to include an exact or literal instance of these characters in your grep pattern In this case you must use the backslash character before that special character to have it be treated literally this is known as escaping the special character To search for a backslash character itself double it so that its first appearance will escape the second For example perhaps the most common special character in grep is the dot In grep a dot character will match any character except a return But what if you only want to match a literal dot If you escape the dot it will only match another literal dot character in your text So most characters match themselves and even the special characters will match themselves if th
334. tWrangler place the tilde after the base name of the file for example foo html Text Printing Preferences The Text Printing preferences control how TextWrangler prints your documents Printing Font To set the default font TextWrangler uses for printing click Set to bring up the standard Font panel where you can choose the font font size and set the width of tab stops The current printing font options appear in the display box Use Document s Font When this option is on TextWrangler uses the document s display font and tab settings when printing Frame Printing Area When this option is on TextWrangler draws a box along the edges of the printed text Print Page Headers When this option is on TextWrangler prints the page number the name of the file the time and date printed in a header at the top of each page Print Full Pathname When this option is on TextWrangler prints the full pathname of the file being printed in the header Print Line Numbers When this option is on TextWrangler prints line numbers along the left edge of the paper Chapter 10 Preferences 1 Inch Gutter When this option is on TextWrangler leaves a one inch margin along the left edge of the paper Use this option if you usually store printed pages in three ring binders Print Color Syntax If this checkbox is on TextWrangler prints all colorized text within the document in color You should generally use this option onl
335. tangular Selections txt W mH e This This text text goes goes on the on the left right This Ea text doesn t go anywhere O J 8 1 none Western Mac OS Roman Classic Mac CR A Next you must paste in the text you just cut You can do this in either of two ways Cursor Movement and Text Selection 73 74 e Use the Paste Column command which will paste down from the current insertion point This allows you to directly insert text without needing to make a rectangular selection first e Make a rectangular selection as described below and then use the standard Paste command This procedure is less efficient for moving columnar data than using the Paste Column command but it allows you to select and replace a region of text as well as simply inserting text To manually make a rectangular selection prior to pasting text position the arrow pointer just to the left of the top right column press and hold the Option key press the mouse button and drag straight down until you have a very thin vertical selection just to the left of the whole column as shown below BOO Rectangular Selections txt _ EE FA G Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 49 02 MY L Taj File Path v Desktop Rectangular Selections txt gt E Rectangular Selections txt Wy This This text text goes goes on the on the left right This text doesn t go anywhere O j gt 2 9 none Western Mac OS
336. te The easiest way to begin creating a codeless language module is to start from a template or an existing module The template provided on the following page contains all required key value pairs plus a selection of additional parameters which you can fill out or remove as desired Creating a Module 257 258 CodelessLanguageModuleTemplate plist lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC Apple Computer DTD PLIST 1 0 EN http www apple com DTDs PropertyList 1 0 dtd gt lt plist version 1 0 gt lt dict gt lt key gt BBEditDocumentType lt key gt lt string gt CodelessLanguageModule lt string gt lt key gt BBLMColorsSyntax lt key gt lt true gt lt key gt BBLMIsCaseSensitive lt key gt lt true gt lt key gt BBLMKeywordList lt key gt lt array gt lt string gt lt string gt array gt key gt BBLMLanguageCode lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt BBLMLanguageDisplayName lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt BBLMScansFunctions lt key gt lt true gt key gt BBLMSuf fixMap lt key gt array gt lt dict gt lt key gt BBLMLanguageSuffix lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt dict gt lt array gt ANAKRAAAAAA lt key gt BBLMCanSpel1CheckCodeRuns lt key gt lt true gt lt key gt Language Features lt key gt lt dict gt lt key gt Close Block Comments lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Close Parameter List
337. tem n an OSA object PROPERTIES properties record all of this object s properties ID integer r o object s unique id container specifier r o object s container if any Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler You will see three properties properties ID and container The first entry properties is a record containing all the object s properties In other words because a window is an item it has in addition to all its listed properties another property which returns all the other properties as a record a single piece of data that can be stored in a variable Every class in TextWrangler is part of a hierarchy with the item class at the top so every object in TextWrangler inherits the properties property This catch all property can be handy for making exact duplicates of objects among other uses Now click on the Back arrow in the toolbar to return to the window class 000 6 TextWrangler sdef quired Suite Standard Suite Miscellaneous BBEdit Suite Text Suite E unix Scripting text document p S text window i eann tool window A documen D bounds B Compare E GB closeable Compare Results e CA collapsed FA FTP Info b vvigv vy af index window n inh item Every open window ELEMENTS contains text documents contained by application PROPERTIES document document r o the document associated with this window bounds rectangle the boundar
338. tent text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit supergetinfo mac os software gt lt link rel alternate type appLlication rsstxmL title RSS href http www barebones com news lt style type text css gt body color black background white gt 1 1 HTML Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF You can also use the options in the Text Status Display preference panel to hide or show individual items on the navigation bar Choosing the Active Document Click the Previous or Next buttons to move to the previous or next document in the window or choose Previous Document Next Document from the View menu You can also choose a specific document from the adjacent popup menu to make it frontmost e000 index html z Last Saved 08 21 2009 08 26 21 p File Path v Desktop index html EJ H POB Rec D0TD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN a http www w3 org TR html4 Lloose dtd gt lt html gt a lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt lt meta name generator content BBEdi t gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publishes best of class softwar lt meta name description content bare bones software bbed
339. tern Our example throws out any comment that may follow the C style constant declaration As an exercise try rewriting the search and replace patterns so they preserve the comment enclosing it in style Pascal comment markers Writing Replacement Patterns 147 148 Here are some more examples Data Search for Replace Result 4 2 d d 2 1 2 4 123445829 d d 14 1 123441234 2152 B C d 4 t JB C VI A D 2152 A D 1 234 56 0 9 d 1 dollars and 2 1 234 dollars and cents 56 cents 4 296 459 19 0 9 d 1 dollars and 2 4 296 459 dollars cents and 19 cents 3 5 6 4 00000 0 9 d 1 dollars and 2 3 5 6 4 dollars cents and 00000 cents Case Transformations Replace patterns can also change the case of the original text when using subpattern replacements The syntax is similar to Perl s specifically Modifier Effect u Make the next character uppercase U Make all following characters uppercase until reaching another case specifier u L XI or E l Make the next character lowercase L Make all following characters lowercase until reaching another case specifier u U I or E E End case transformation opened by U or L Here are some examples to illustrate how case transformations can be used Given some text mumbo jumbo and the search pattern w W w the following
340. tern or mix subpatterns and other pattern elements as you need Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Taking the last set of examples you could modify these to use subpatterns wherever actual data appears Pattern Matches Examples d d a string of digits followed by 4 2 a plus sign followed by more 1234 5829 digits d 4 t B C four digits followed by a tab 2152 B C or a space followed by the string B C 0 9 d an optional dollar sign 1 234 56 followed by one or more 4 296 459 19 digits and commas followed 3 5 6 4 0000 by a period then zero or 0 more digits Using Backreferences in Subpatterns What if we wanted to match a series of digits followed by a plus sign followed by the exact same series of digits as on the left side of the plus In other words we want to match 1234 1234 or 7 7 but not 5432 1984 Using grouping parentheses you can do this by referring to a backreference also known as a captured subpattern There are two kinds of backreferences numbered backreferences and named backreferences You can use both types of backreference within the same grep pattern Each subpattern within the complete pattern is numbered from left to right starting with the opening parenthesis Later in the pattern you can refer to the text matched within any of these subpatterns by using a backslash followed by the number of that subpattern this is a numbered backreferen
341. that the file was printed Printing 53 54 Chapter 3 Working with Files CHAPTER Editing Text with TextWrangler This chapter describes the basics of editing text with TextWrangler wrapping text text manipulations and file comparison In this chapter Basie Editinige aiiin r E ats cere eo hbk Wtaetace eae ahaa and cn due at 56 Moving Text 56 Multiple Clipboards 57 Drag and Drop 58 Multiple Yndo e aaia shee tb ss So cae cad dat Soni A dap SUE WR ads 58 Window Anatomy v soio 275 8s eis ane nF a88 WG Ss 8 Eee Gg eal gee 59 The Tool Bar 60 The Split Bar 61 The Navigation Bar 62 The Documents Drawer 65 The Status Bar 66 The View Menu ns 4 coach oid acd aie dane sein slates Ge bP Alay Cale eve 67 Text Display 67 Cursor Movement and Text Selection 0 00 cece cece ee ee eens 70 Clicking and Dragging 70 Arrow Keys 71 CamelCase Navigation 72 Rectangular Selections 72 Working with Rectangular Selections 72 Scrolling the View 75 The Delete Key 75 The Numeric Keypad 76 Go To Line Command 77 Function Keys 77 Resolving URLs 78 Text Optionsesi eoeta eree i a Saag Bes NG BING ecw a E Behe Wah Eas 78 Editing Options 78 Display Options 79 How TextWrangler Wraps Text 6 ce cece ence ene eee eee 81 Soft Wrapping 82 Hard Wrapping 83 The Insert Submenu ss is sem ec eee eee eee ERE 85 Inserting File Contents
342. the actual Startup Items folder in any convenient location create an alias to it and place the resulting alias in TextWrangler s application support folder Be sure to name the alias Startup Items so that TextWrangler can locate it Chapter 3 Working with Files Creating and Saving Documents To create a new text document or special purpose window within TextWrangler pull down the File menu and open the New submenu Since TextWrangler uses different kinds of documents for specific purposes you will see several options as follows it Edit Text View Search Window Help New gt Text Document 38N New with Stationery gt Open 20 with Clipboard Open Hidden Text Window N Open from FTP SFTP Server 0 Open File by Name D Disk Browser X N FTP SFTP Browser Reopen Using Encoding gt Hex Dump File The available commands and their effects are as follows e Text Document Opens an empty text document e with selection Opens a new text document containing any text selected in the active document and having the same display font saving you the trouble of copying and pasting it e with Clipboard Opens a new text document and automatically pastes the contents of the current clipboard into it e Text Window Opens a new text window see Text Windows later in this chapter for more information e Disk Browser Opens a new disk browser see Chapter 9 for more information
343. the checkbox is turned off clicking in the left margin simply moves the insertion point to the beginning of the clicked line Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Arrow Keys You can use the arrow keys to move the insertion point right left up and down and augment these movements with the Command Option and Control keys No Modifier Option Command Control Up Up one line Up one screen Start of scroll view up document Down Down one line Down one screen End of document scroll view down Left Left one character Left one word Start of line Previous case transition or word boundary Right Right one Right one word End of line Next case character transition or word boundary Holding down the Shift key extends the selection For example pressing Shift Option Right Arrow selects the word to the right of the insertion point If you are used to a word processor or text editor that lets you use Command key combinations to page through your document you may want to swap the meaning of the Option and Command keys 1 Open the Preferences window by choosing Preferences from the TextWrangler menu 2 Select the Editing Keyboard preference panel in the list at the left of the Preferences window 3 Under the heading Exchange Command and Option Key Behavior select Horizontally Vertically or both as you prefer When active these settings change the sense of the up and down arrow keys as follows
344. the list select them and click the Remove button File Filters Preferences 181 182 Note Reasons for Using Unix Search Paths Unix search paths are designed to make it easier to work with Unix source code which uses include statements of the form include lt xxx yyy h gt As a more concrete example the canonical Unix include directory is usr include It contains its own subdirectories but since Unix command line compilers do not usually do recursive searches you need to qualify the include file s name if you want to include a file out of one of the subdirectories include lt sys ioctl h gt With the Unix Search Paths settings you can add usr include to the list actually this is one of the factory defaults When you select sys ioctl h and choose Open Selection TextWrangler attempts to construct a file path using each of the directories shown in the Unix Search Paths list If one resolves to a file TextWrangler will open the resulting file Thus the partially qualified selection sys ioctl h resolves to usr include sys ioctl h and the file opens FTP Settings Preferences The FTP Settings preferences let you change the default settings of some options in the Open from FTP SFTP Server and Save to FTP Server dialogs List FTP Files on the Open Recent Menu When this option is on TextWrangler lists files opened from FTP and SFTP servers on the Open Recent submenu of the File menu T
345. the marker text to list the subject and the sender You would use the following search string From t r rSubject t And mark the text with this replacement string 2 ML Note that for the sequence r r in the middle of the search string the r before Subject is necessary because as previously discussed the special character does not match carriage returns At least not by default See Advanced Topics below for details on how to make dot match any character including carriage returns e e Rearranging Name Lists You can use grep patterns to transform a list of names in first name first form to last name first order for a later sorting for instance Assume that the names are in the form Junior X Potter Jill Safai Dylan Schuyler Goode Walter Wang If you use this search pattern 1 And this replacement string 2 1 The transformed list becomes Potter Junior X Safai Jill Goode Dylan Schuyler Wang Walter Advanced Grep Topics TextWrangler s PCRE based grep engine offers unparalleled syntactical power The topics below cover areas that show how grep can effectively match very complicated patterns of text matches which were impossible to achieve with older versions of TextWrangler However with this power comes complexity Advanced Grep Topics 152 If you are new to grep it is possible that the topics covered in this section will not make much sens
346. the next clipboard Paste never advances automatically Holding down the Shift key changes the Paste command to Paste Previous Clipboard or you can use the key equivalent Command Shift V This command enabled whenever the last operation was a paste and the previous clipboard is non empty replaces the pasted text with the contents of the previous clipboard The previous clipboard becomes current and will be used for any further paste operations repeated applications of the command cycle backward through the available clipboards Basic Editing 57 58 Note For compatibility with international text content the Clipboard window displays text in the font and font size that it was put on the clipboard with Changing the display font in the Clipboard window does not affect the underlying data Drag and Drop Another way to move text from one place to another is by drag and drop If you drag and drop text from one window to another TextWrangler copies the text to the target window without removing it from the original window In addition you can drag and drop an item from the Finder onto an editing window in TextWrangler If the item is a text file the file s contents are inserted If the item is a folder a listing of the item s contents is inserted If you hold down the Command key while dragging a folder the path of the item is inserted instead Multiple Undo TextWrangler provides the ability to undo multiple edits one a
347. tion on the Application panel of the Preferences window You may lock items in this folder to have them persist as Favorites To do this open the Recent File amp Favorites folder and use the Finder s Get Info command to open an info window for each item alias you wish to lock then turn on the Locked option Locked items will be displayed at the bottom of the list below a separator line and are not counted against the specified item limit Recent Folders amp Favorites This folder contains aliases to folders that have recently been searched or compared in a Find Differences operation The items stored in this folder are used to create the folder search pop up menu in the Find amp Replace dialog and the folder lists in the Find Differences dialog To set the number of items shown in these lists use the Remember the most recently used items option on the Application panel of the Preferences window You may lock items in this folder to have them persist as Favorites To do this open the Recent Folder amp Favorites folder and use the Finder s Get Info command to open an info window for each item alias you wish to lock then turn on the Locked option Locked items will be displayed at the bottom of the list below a separator line and are not counted against the specified item limit Preference Files and Folders 29 30 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler CHAPTER Working with Files This chapter discusses how
348. to have TextWrangler automatically save changes to each file after processing it When the Confirm Saves setting is active you will have an opportunity to approve the changes before TextWrangler saves them to disk You should not turn this off unless you are sure that the processing being applied is what you want Applying a Text Factory Once you have selected the files and folders to process click Run to have TextWrangler apply the actions specified by the text factory to each file in the target set This processing happens in the background so you can keep using TextWrangler while it s going on similar to a multi file search operation Text Factories in TextWrangler 107 108 Chapter 5 Text Transformations CHAPTER Arranging Windows amp Palettes This chapter describes the commands in the Window menu These commands allow you to arrange and access editing and browser windows quickly and also to access TextWrangler s extensive set of tool palettes and floating windows In this chapter Window Men s semeia remigio sede sigh Wada Wis Wueceiishe E ante Ge are Minimize Window cs eja soes cece eee cece nee EEEE E Ea aTa Bring All to Frontu ispa ioi i E Neha A EEA AEO EET Palettes nek ankon aee the AS NE S Sek AE dante At aA a A EEST ASCII Table 110 Plug In Tools 110 Scripts 110 Stationery 111 Text Factories 111 Windows 111 Unix Scripting Tools Unix Filters and Unix Scripts 112
349. to use TextWrangler to manipulate text files In this chapter Launching TextWrangler 0 0 0c ccc cee eee eee 31 Startup Items 32 Creating and Saving Documents 1 6 e cece cece ence e eee 33 Saving a Copy of a File 35 File Saving Options 35 File State 36 Long File Names 36 Saving with Authentication 36 Saving Compressed Files with bz2 and gzip 37 Opening Existing Documents 6 cece cece eee ene 37 Choosing the Encoding for a Document 37 Using the Open Command 39 Opening bz2 or gzip Files and Binary plists 40 Using the Open Hidden Command 41 Using the Open Recent Command 43 Using the Reopen using Encoding Command 43 Using the Open Selection Command 41 An International Text Primer 0 6c ccc eee eens 43 International Text in TextWrangler 43 Unicode 44 Saving Unicode Files 44 Opening Unicode Files 45 Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 0 0 c cece eee cee eee cence 46 Opening Files from FTP SFTP Servers 46 Saving Files to FTP SETP Servers 48 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line 6 6 c cece ees 50 Using Stationery soena cee Ga 6 pesca e 0 S lo BG Sarina WHS Din el Cpl eee es 50 Hex Dump for Files and Documents 6 66 c cece eens 51 Making Backups istic sincees stusa aren eo Beare Si ed Sore E a E a fa ene 51 PUTT eiia s Sng oho cages Puta dy he SoS SANS bande ae Wagacw iar aveseratare A 52 Text Printing Options 52
350. tool tip will appear instantly with no hovering delay Holding down the Command key displays the full pathname for document windows or other relevant windows such as disk browsers and FTP browsers Unix Scripting Tools Unix Filters and Unix Scripts TextWrangler integrates directly with any Unix scripting language including Perl shell scripts and any other scripting languages you install such as Python or Ruby The Unix Scripting Tools palette contains a subset of the commands available in the Shebang menu The Unix Filters palette displays shell scripts that you can run against the current document to process its contents For more information on these tools see Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Save Default Window The Save Default Window command saves the position and size of the front window in your preferences and TextWrangler will create all new windows of that type in the same position and with the same size Each type of window has its own default position and size For instance the default position and size for file group windows is different from the default position and size for text windows Window position and size preferences are also keyed to the active screen configuration so if you frequently switch screen layouts as when connecting an external display to a PowerBook you can save separate default window preferences which will be applied depending on which screen configuration is active Ar
351. turn when you reach the right margin has been relegated to the dustbin of history It has been superseded by soft wrapping How TextWrangler Wraps Text 81 IMPORTANT Soft Wrapping To turn on soft wrapping for the active window do one of the following e Choose Soft Wrap Text from the Text Display submenu of the View menu e Select the Soft Wrap Text option from the Text Options sheet by choosing Text Options from the Edit menu To specify the wrapping margin use the Text Options command You can have text wrap at the Page Guide the edge of the window or a specific character position Soft wrapping and rectangular selection are mutually incompatible When soft wrapping is enabled dragging the mouse performs normal non rectangular selection even if the Option key is held down when there is a rectangular selection the Soft Wrap Text option is unavailable in the Text Options popup menu and dialog box To make soft wrapping the default for new windows select the Soft Wrap Text option in the Editor Defaults preference panel You can also use the settings in that panel to specify the default wrapping margin To freeze the current line endings and hard wrap the text at the current soft wrapping settings use the Add Line Breaks command to insert a carriage return at the end of each line While TextWrangler prefers to break lines at white space when soft wrapping lines will be broken as close as possible to the designated wrap
352. u can also hold down the Shift key while selecting a filter item from the menu to reveal the file in the Finder or you can select a folder node from the menu to open that folder in the Finder Optionally filter output can be sent to a different window instead of overwriting the selection hold down the Command key while selecting a filter from the Filters list palette or from the Filters submenu to open the Filter Options dialog Changes made in the Filter Options dialog affect all filters and remain in effect until you make changes in the Filter Options dialog again Using Filters with Multi Byte Text The temp file passed to your filter will be written out as UTF 8 no BOM unless you have turned off the option Use UTF 8 For Unix Script I O in the Encodings preference panel If that option is off TextWrangler will write the temp file in the system default encoding Your filter is responsible for correctly handling the encoding and contents of the temp file Scripts Scripts are similar to filters but do not operate on the text of the frontmost window Like filters you can run scripts from either a submenu at the bottom of the Shebang menu or from the Scripts list palette The same options as for filters apply when running scripts hold down the Command key while double clicking a script in the list or selecting it from the menu to open the Run Options dialog hold down the Option key while double clicking on a script or selecting it fr
353. u select the Find All Matches option in the Open File by Name dialog TextWrangler will search for all files that match the entered name Otherwise TextWrangler stops looking as soon as it finds the first file which matches the entered name If you select the Match Wildcards checkbox in the Open File by Name dialog you can use the following wildcards in the file name Wildcard Meaning Any single character X Any number of characters Any numeric character Escapes one of the above for example enters a question mark To enter a literal backslash use Using the Open Counterpart Command You can use this command or its default key equivalent of Command Option uparrow configurable via the Menu preference panel to switch between counterpart files from source to header and vice versa In addition to intrinsic counterparts e g C C style header source mapping you can explicitly define counterparts for a language via the Suffix Mappings section of the Languages preference panel Chapter 3 Working with Files Note You can also override TextWrangler s default rules for switching between counterpart files by setting a value for the TextWrangler specific x counterpart variable in a file s Emacs variables For example if your file contains the following as part of its variable block x counterpart ExampleStrings R when you type Control Tab TextWrangler will look for the file Ex
354. umentation constitute restricted computer software that is commercial computer software or Department of Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations Supplement under which the program and documentation constitute commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation to that consistent with only those rights as are granted pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof Acknowledgment You acknowledge that you have read this agreement understand it and agree to be bound by its terms and conditions You further agree that it is the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement between you and Bare Bones Software Inc which supersedes all proposals or prior agreements oral or written and all other communications between you and Bare Bones Software Inc relating to the subject matter of this agreement Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Contents Welcome to TextWrangler 15 Getting Startedssitss foster ests Mis ations Mr aantenecst ane ccntlan ht ac 15 What Is TextWrangler 24 ossntsaies tuheee ieee taestaseaatwene 15 How Can I Use TextWrangler 0 00 16 Editing Source Code 16 Editing Text Files 16 Human Interface Notes 0 00000 17 Dynamic Menus 17 Bypassing Options Dialogs 17 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 17 Contextual Menus 18 Snappy Palettes 18 Dialog Box Key Equivalents 18 What s New inthis Version 0 00 cece eee e eee eee eee eee 20 Info on New F
355. umeric order The sorted lines can be copied to the clipboard be displayed in a new untitled window replace the selection within the original document or any combination of the three _ Numbers Match by Value Sorted Lines to Clipboard _ Ignore Leading White Space Sorted Lines to New Document _ Reverse Sort m Sorted Lines Replace Selection M Sort Using Pattern Searching Pattern B d 3 d Case Sensitive Sort Using Entire Search Pattern O All Sub Patterns 1 2 N O Specific Sub Patterns Matching Expression Don t Sort Cancel son There are also options for ignoring white space at the beginning of lines taking case distinctions into account sorting strings of digits by numerical value instead of lexically and sorting in descending rather than ascending order By checking the Sort Using Pattern option you can specify a grep pattern to further filter the lines to be sorted If the pattern contains subpatterns you can use them to control the sort order based on the contents of the strings they match The Case Sensitive option controls the case sensitivity of the search pattern in the same way as the equivalent option in the Find dialog For example suppose you are sorting a list of cities together with their two letter state abbreviations separated by a tab character The pattern and subpatterns shown in the figure will sort the results first by city name and second by state abbreviation Changin
356. urn this option off to have TextWrangler list only local files on the Open Recent submenu Listing Options Show Document Icons When this option is on TextWrangler displays icons for files of known types in FTP SFTP server directory listings Since FTP and SFTP servers do not provide Macintosh type and creator information TextWrangler determines the displayed icon based on the file s name suffix html sit and so on Mac OS X does not currently provide any direct interface for configuring these suffix to type mappings However you can use a third party System Preferences pane such as RCDefaultApp for this purpose Show Files Starting with The Unix convention for creating invisible or hidden files is to begin their names with a period Often configuration files and scripts such as newsrc or login begin with periods so that they do not clutter most directory listings This setting is off by default so that you will not see such files in FTP listings To display them mark this checkbox Chapter 10 Preferences Note Note Bookmarks This list displays any bookmarks you have created for FTP and SFTP servers Click Add to create a new bookmark click Change to edit the selected bookmark or double click the bookmark item in the list or click Remove to delete the selected bookmark To have TextWrangler connect to a server via SFTP turn on the SFTP option in the Edit Bookmark sheet if that option is off TextWra
357. use of the program and documentation is limited solely to internal use Without limiting the generality of the foregoing you may not directly or indirectly transfer convey distribute or provide the program or access to the program to any third party whether by means of a bundling publishing or hosting arrangement or otherwise and whether or not for money or other consideration without the express prior written consent of Bare Bones Software Inc e You may not use or copy the program or documentation or any copy thereof in whole or in part except as provided in this Agreement e You also may not modify the program or documentation or any copy thereof in whole or in part If you use copy modify distribute or transfer the program or documentation or any copy thereof in whole or part except as expressly provided for in this Agreement your license is automatically terminated Term The license is effective on the date you accept this Agreement and remains in effect until terminated as indicated above or until you terminate it If the license is terminated for any reason you agree to destroy the program and documentation together with all copies thereof in whole or in part in any form and to cease all use of the program and documentation Limited Warranty and Limitation of Remedies The program documentation and any support from Bare Bones Software Inc are provided as is and without warranty express and implied
358. ve the value true BBLMIsSourceKind takes precedence but there should really be only one or the other or neither If the module s language has a concept of source versus header files and the appropriate values are specified for example files with names ending with h are considered header files for C whereas files with names ending with cp are considered source files users will be able to jump between source and header files that share a common prefix e g foobar h and foobar cp using command tab BBLMCanSpellCheckCodeRune Boolean If this key is present and its value is true BBEdit will check spelling within code runs Language Features Dictionary This dictionary is simply a collection of key value pairs that define the language elements that the module supports Identifier and Keyword String Characters Most languages have keywords and identify other language elements with names that are words made up of letters digits and possibly other special characters The function scanner looks for complete and unbroken sequences of such characters and then tries to decide whether the word is a keyword or some other identifier This string should contain all of the characters that can be in such a word Thus a typical value for this string might be 0123456789ABCDEFGH IJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopaqrstuvwxyz which is the set of characters used in many languages for keywo
359. vement and Text Selection 75 76 Note If you have activated Horizontally for Exchange Command and Option Key Behavior as described in the previous section the effects of Command and Option shown in the table above will be reversed accordingly The Numeric Keypad Most Macintosh keyboards have a numeric keypad on the right side Normally you use the keys on the keypad to enter numbers If you prefer you can use the numeric keypad to move the insertion point 1 Open the Preferences window by choosing Preferences from the TextWrangler menu 2 Select Editing Keyboard from the list on the left in the Preferences window 3 Mark the Use Numeric Keypad for Cursor Movement checkbox start of line 3 Scroll up left show selection Right 4 end of line down Scroll down 2 You can use the Shift key with the keys on the numeric keypad to extend a selection You can use the Command and Option keys with the 2 4 6 and 8 keys as you would the arrow keys To toggle the behavior of the keypad between moving the cursor and entering numbers hold down the Option key and press the Clear key in the upper left corner of the keypad This key is also labeled Num Lock on some keyboards Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Go To Line Command To move the insertion point to a specific line use the Go To Line command in the Search menu When you choose this command TextWrangler opens a Go To Line sheet in th
360. vigation Bar 195 Show Status Bar 195 Show Page Guide 196 Show Tab Stops 196 Show Line Numbers 196 Function List 196 Windows Preferences 0 000 196 Window Stacking 196 When Arranging Windows 196 Window Menu and Palette 197 Table of Contents x Chapter 11 Chapter 12 Chapter 13 Optional settings via defaults write Controlling Extended Attributes for Files 198 Scripting TextWrangler AppleScript Overview 66 c cece eee ene About AppleScript 200 Scriptable Applications and Apple Events 200 Reading an AppleScript Dictionary 201 Recordable Applications 207 Saving Scripts 207 Using Scripts with Applications 207 Scripting Resources 208 Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 4 Recording Scripts in TextWrangler 210 The Scripts Menu 211 The Scripts Palette 211 Organizing Scripts 212 Attaching Scripts to Menu Items 212 TextWrangler s Scripting Model 220005 Script Compatibility 214 Getting and Setting Properties 216 Performing Actions 216 Common AppleScript Pitfalls 220 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Configuring TextWrangler 6 6666 e cee ee eee eee Syntax Coloring 223 Switching Between Source and Header Files 224 TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line Installing the Command Line Tools
361. vious search 123 in selection only 119 menu reference 129 non printing characters 139 replacing in multiple files 127 results window 121 169 search set 122 wrap around 119 Select All command 18 56 Select Line command 56 Select Paragraph command 56 selected text 56 selecting text 56 70 by clicking 70 extending the selection 71 rectangular selection 72 Send to Back command 114 Services menu 34 Set Jump Mark 131 Set Key button 235 Set Marker command 91 Set Menu Keys command 239 Set Menu Keys command see Menu prefs panel 239 Set Menu Keys see Menus preference panel 17 18 Setting Key Equivalents 235 setting markers 91 using grep 92 Shell scripts 225 shell scripts 225 Shift Delete keystroke 75 shifting text 97 Show Files Starting with 47 Show Invisibles command 60 Show Page Guide 60 196 smart quotes 79 Soft Wrap Text command 60 soft wrapping 79 81 82 as default 82 Software Update 173 solid diamond 60 Sort Lines plug in 99 source files 224 spell checking 92 186 user dictionary 94 with Excalibur 94 split bar 61 in browsers 166 splitting a window see split bar 61 startup window handling 174 startup items 32 stationery 50 creating 35 50 using 50 status bar hiding 79 in browsers 166 in disk browsers 167 status bar see tool bar 60 subpatterns 142 Super Get Info button 61 Synchro Scrolling command 114 syntax coloring 80 on printout 53 resetting 186 T tab width 196 tabs converting to an
362. vorites 29 file filters 124 file groups 33 file list panel 168 file transfer format FTP SFTP 48 files saving 198 Filters 230 filters file 124 Find amp Mark All command 92 Find amp Replace All Matches 128 Find Again command 118 129 Find All 118 121 Find command 115 118 129 Find dialog see Find window 117 Find Differences command 131 Find in Next File command 131 Find in Reference command 132 Find Selection command 129 Find window 117 finding text see searching floating windows ASCII table 110 window list 111 folder listing contents of 86 font for printing 53 Fonts panel 196 foreign text 95 Forward Delete key 75 77 Frame Printing Area 53 freezing line endings 82 FTP alternate ports 48 FTP Browsers 50 function keys 77 function navigation see function popup 63 function popup 63 G Get Info command 61 69 Go To Center Line command 131 Go To Line command 77 131 Go To Previous Error command 131 gremlins 103 grep 118 alternation 144 backreferences 152 character classes 138 comments 155 complex patterns 142 conditional subpatterns 159 entire matched pattern 146 escape codes 135 139 examples 149 excluding characters 138 longest match issue 144 lookahead assertions 158 lookbehind assertions 158 marking a mail digest 151 marking structured text 150 matching delimited strings 150 matching nulls 152 matching white space 149 matching words and identifiers 149 named backreferences 143 named su
363. w text window e Separate Windows TextWrangler will open each of the selected documents into its own text window Opening bz2 or gzip Files and Binary plists TextWrangler transparently opens and displays the contents of any bz2 or gzip compressed files bz2 gz and gzip files and binary plists plist files both directly and during multi file search This is especially useful for viewing and working with system log files and similar automatically generated files as well as system and application preference files If you make any changes to such a file and save it TextWrangler will automatically re compress or re convert the file on save Chapter 3 Working with Files Using the Open Hidden Command The Open Hidden command in the File menu presents a dialog with the same appearance and behaviors as the standard Open dialog except that it shows invisible files including both files whose invisible attribute has been set and those whose names begin with a period Using the Open from FTP SFTP Server Command See Accessing FTP SFTP Servers on page 46 Using the Open Selection Command The Open Selection command lets you open a file that is referenced in the text of a document It is particularly useful for opening include files or any document referenced by another file To open a file whose name is referenced in the text of a document 1 Select the file name within the body of the document 2
364. were generated during the search The list pane lists each line that contains the matched text Every match is identified by file and line number To choose whether to display the search errors warnings and results use the checkboxes at the top of the browser Search Results Browsers 169 To open the file which contains a particular match just click on that match in the results list After you have opened a file you can use the Search menu commands to continue searching it See Chapter 7 for more information on searching The Open button opens the selected items using TextWrangler To open the selected items using the Finder hold down the Option key while clicking the Open button 170 Chapter 9 Browsers CHAPTER Preferences You can use the Preferences command to customize much of TextWrangler s behavior You can decide which windows are open when you launch TextWrangler set the default options for windows set the default options for searches and so on This chapter describes TextWrangler s extensive preference options In this chapter The Preferences Command 0 0 e cece cece cece eee eens 171 Application Preferences 6 cece cece nent eens 173 Documents amp Drawer Preferences 00c cee e cece cece eeeees 175 Editing General Prefer nc S eresse ssar eeu sonno Enee EE a 176 Editing Keyboard Preferences resi pee ren a Kano ia E eens 177 Editor Defaults Preferences 0 ccc ccc cee eee ee
365. wn on page 228 Translate Line Breaks When this option is selected TextWrangler translates Windows or Unix line breaks when opening a file Otherwise TextWrangler leaves the original line breaks untranslated Unlike the other options in the Open dialog the setting of this option is not preserved between uses of the Open command Generally you will want to change this option only temporarily e g to read in a particular file To change the default setting of this option use the Translate Line Breaks option from the Text Files preference panel Read As When opening a file you can tell TextWrangler what encoding to use by choosing it from this pop up menu Usually TextWrangler will correctly auto detect the encoding but if it does not you can try applying the Reopen Encoding command with an appropriate encoding Chapter 5 includes more information on encodings Open In When opening one or more files you can use the options on this pop up menu to override your default document opening preferences These options have the following effect e default TextWrangler will open the selected documents according to your preference settings e Front Window TextWrangler will open all of the selected documents into the frontmost text window If there are no text windows open or the frontmost text window contains an active sheet this option will be disabled e New Window TextWrangler will open all of the selected documents into a ne
366. ws This option allows you to specify additional restrictions for TextWrangler to observe when rearranging windows Chapter 10 Preferences Cascade New Windows When this option is on TextWrangler will arrange new windows or documents without saved state by moving each subsequent window down and to the right by a fixed amount The position and size of the initial window is either that determined by choosing the Save Default Window command in the Window menu or by TextWrangler s defaults When this option is off new windows or documents without saved state will be placed in the same position and have the same size every time This option is on by default Leave Room for Palettes When this option is on TextWrangler leaves room for its open tool palettes when creating or rearranging windows if the palettes are stacked together such that at least one is against either the right hand or left hand edge of the screen This option is on by default Leave Room for DragThing Docks When this option is on TextWrangler will also leave room for any visible DragThing docks when creating or rearranging windows Window Menu and Palette These options control the appearance and organization of items in the Window menu and the Windows palette Always Show Full Paths Turn this option on to have TextWrangler display full paths for all open documents rather than just their names This option is off by default If two or more files have i
367. x coloring by setting the Syntax Coloring option in the Editor Defaults preferences panel 223 224 Switching Between Source and Header Files When editing any source file which has a counterpart header you can press the Counterpart button in the navigation bar or type Control Option up arrow to switch to its counterpart file or vice versa TextWrangler uses the suffix mapping options in the Languages preference panel to determine whether a particular file is a source or header file TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line This section describes how you can use the edit and twdiff command line tools to invoke TextWrangler from the command line Installing the Command Line Tools The first time you run TextWrangler after installation it will offer to install the edit and twdiff tools for you If you choose not to do so you can select Install Command Line Tools from the TextWrangler application menu at any time to install or re install the current version of these tools If older versions of the tools are installed choosing this command will update them it will not overwrite existing versions of the tools with older versions The edit Command Line Tool You can use the edit command line tool to open files in TextWrangler via the Unix command line To open a file in TextWrangler from the command line type edit filename where filename is the name of the file to be opened You m
368. y two files or the contents of two folders You can also specify options to eliminate minor variations in document content such as different amounts of white space from being considered If you have two or more text documents open choose the Compare Two Front Documents command on the Search menu to quickly compare the topmost two documents TextWrangler will automatically determine which document is newer and which older based on their modification dates To compare two arbitrary files or folders 1 Choose the Find Differences command from the Search menu TextWrangler opens the Find Differences dialog Find Differences Compare files Compare folders other HA Desktop index html New Other other E Sites index html Old Other M Case sensitive List identical files C Ignore curly quotes Flatten hierarchies Ignore spaces X Skip folders C Leading V Only list text files C Trailing Use file filter C Runs None Bi Edit 2 Click the Compare Files radio button 3 Use the New and Old popup menus to select the documents you want to compare If the files you want to compare are already open they will appear in the popup menus otherwise you can select them by clicking the Other button next to one of the popup menus or by dragging the files or folders icons from the Finder into the New and Old boxes in the Find Differences dialog You can al
369. y on color printers as colorized text may come out in difficult to read dithered shades of gray on black and white printers Time Stamp This option let you choose whether the date that appears in the printed page header is the date that the file was last modified or the date that the file was printed Print Rubber Stamp Turn this option on and specify a text string to have TextWrangler print that string in enlarged low density grey form on your document using the selected font Text Search Preferences The Text Search preferences let you set default options to use with the Find command Color Grep Patterns in Find Dialog When this option is on and the Use Grep in the Find amp Replace dialog is also on TextWrangler applies syntax coloring to grep search and replace patterns Use Modal Find Dialog This option controls whether TextWrangler presents the Find and Multi File Search windows or a unified Find dialog as in TextWrangler 2 3 and earlier versions This option is off by default Report Single File Replace All Results When this option is on TextWrangler displays a dialog telling you how many replacements it made when you perform a Replace All operation on a single file Include Search Source types These options control what types of items TextWrangler displays in the sources list of the Multi File Search window or the Find dialog Text Search Preferences 193 194 Note Grep Patterns This list disp
370. y properties beyond the basic window class but provides a way to differentiate disk browser windows from other types of window results browser provides a way to reference results generated by a batch operation A results browser does not present any properties beyond the basic window class but provides a way to differentiate results windows from other types of window search results browser a subclass of results browser referringspecifically to the results of a single file Find All command or a multi file search Classes of Document As with windows there are various classes of document e document the basic document class contains properties that apply to any sort of document whether it has unsaved changes the alias to the file on disk and so on TextWrangler s Scripting Model 215 216 text document text documents contain information specific to text files opened for editing in TextWrangler picture document refers to a document corresponding to an open picture file A picture document does not present any properties beyond the basic document class but provides a way to differentiate picture documents from other types of document e movie document refers to a document corresponding to an open QuickTime movie file A movie document does not present any properties beyond the basic document class but provides a way to differentiate movie documents from other types of document QuickTime document refers to a do
371. y rectangle for the window closeable boolean r o Does the window have a close box collapsed boolean Is the window collapsed index integer the number of the window modal boolean r o Is the window modal file alias r o the disk file associated with this window if any modified boolean r o Has the window been modified since the last save name text the title of the window r o if the window represents a document which has been saved to disk position point upper left coordinates of the window resizable boolean r o Is the window resizable selection specifier the selection contents any contents of the window if any text text the window s text object if any titled boolean r o Does the window have a title bar visible boolean r o Is the window visible zoomable boolean r o Is the window zoomable zoomed boolean Is the window zoomed After the class definition every open window comes a list of elements followed by a list of properties Some objects do not have properties for example a string but many do An object s properties are merely a collection of data that describes that particular object For example as you look down the list of window properties you will see that every window has bounds the area of the screen it covers every window has a index number every window has a name and so on AppleScript Overview 205 206 You may real
372. y to New Applies the currently selected difference to the New version of two files which are being compared See Comparing Text Files for more details Apply to Old Applies the currently selected difference to the Old version of two files which are being compared See Comparing Text Files for more details Compare Again Find the differences between two files using the same settings that were used in the last time you used the Find Differences command See Comparing Text Files for more details Find Definition Looks up definitions for the selected word if possible If there is no selection TextWrangler will attempt to determine the symbol name by inspection of the text around the insertion point rather than requiring you to type a name Find in Reference Performs a search for the selected symbol using an appropriate language specific online resource As for Find Definition if there is no selection TextWrangler will attempt to determine the symbol name by inspection around the insertion point For example Find in Reference in a PHP document will look up the selected symbol on php net in a Ruby document it will use the ri interactive reference in a Unix Shell Script it will open the appropriate Unix man page For languages which don t have a pre defined resources lookups will performed on the Apple Developer Connection web site You can modify the URL template which TextWrangler uses t
373. you select and tries to match it with a file of the same name in the same subfolder of the second folder and so on down for all subfolders If you choose Flatten Hierarchies TextWrangler considers the files in the folders as a single flat list allowing a file in one folder to match a file of the same name in the other folder regardless of whether they are in the same subfolder in both hierarchies Only List Text Files If this option is set TextWrangler does not list non text files when comparing folders Skip Folders If this option is set TextWrangler skips subfolders whose names are enclosed in parentheses when comparing folders Use File Filter File Filters allow you to select files for comparison with great precision If either file in a compared pair matches the filter the files are eligible for comparison if neither file matches the filter the files will not be compared See Chapter 7 Searching for more information on creating editing and using file filters When comparing folders with the Find Differences command TextWrangler applies any specified file filter to the contents of the resulting Only in new and Only in old lists so that only those files that match the filter criteria will appear in the lists Using Markers A marker is a selection range that you can name If a document contains any markers you can select them from the Mark popup menu to move quickly to the specified section of the fil
374. you can use a third party System Preferences pane such as RCDefaultApp for this purpose You should select whichever behavior makes the most sense for the sorts of files you work with For example if you often download or work with files which lack filename extensions but you know that they always contain text you can select Assume It s Text Text Files Preferences 189 190 Honor Saved State When this option is on TextWrangler honors state information that may be stored in a file The following suboptions let you fine tune which state information TextWrangler honors Window Position When this option is on TextWrangler restores the window of the document to the same position it had when the file was last saved Otherwise TextWrangler opens the window in its default position Font Settings When this option is on TextWrangler restores the font information stored with a document Otherwise it uses the default font settings Selection Range When this option is on TextWrangler restores the insertion point or selection range to the same position as when the file was closed Otherwise the insertion point is positioned at the beginning of the file Scrollbar Position When this option is on TextWrangler restores the scroll bar position to the same position as when the file was closed Otherwise TextWrangler opens the file with the top of the file showing Option Settings When this option is on TextWrangler restores all

TextWrangler 3.0 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents